Social Security Retirement Age Adjusts, Impacting U.S. Beneficiaries

The increase in Social Security’s full retirement age highlights the importance of strategic planning for those approaching retirement.

For many Americans, the notion of retirement is closely tied to reaching a specific age, traditionally 65. However, with gradual adjustments in the full retirement age (FRA) for Social Security benefits, those born in 1959 will start to see these changes manifest in 2025. At that time, their FRA will be 66 years and 10 months, reflecting the culmination of a gradual shift implemented over decades.

Understanding how these changes impact retirement plans is essential for maximizing Social Security benefits. The 1983 Social Security Amendments set forth a plan to incrementally increase the FRA from 65 to 67. As part of this implementation, individuals born in 1959 will need to wait until they are 66 years and 10 months to reach their full retirement age. Meanwhile, those born in 1960 or later will see an FRA of 67. As a result, people anticipating a retirement age of 66 years and 8 months—such as those born in 1958—will now need to delay their plans by an additional two months.

For those considering early retirement, choosing to collect benefits at age 62 leads to a considerable monthly benefit reduction—29% for the 1959 cohort, increasing to 30% for those born in 1960 or later. On the flip side, delaying benefits beyond the FRA can lead to an annual increase of up to 8%, reaching a total enhancement of 32% if benefits are postponed until age 70.

Individuals who wish to retire before reaching their FRA can adopt several strategies to bridge the gap without the need for full-time work. These include negotiating a phased retirement, where a three- or four-day workweek can aid in covering essential costs without eroding retirement savings. Maintaining a financial cushion through a high-yield savings or money-market account with 18-24 months’ worth of living expenses can also provide stability during this period.

Additional income can be generated by monetizing unused space in the home or driveway, such as through long-term room rentals, which can yield $700–$1,000 monthly, or driveway parking for urban dwellers, which can earn between $150 and $300. Alternatively, part-time positions at national retailers like Costco, Home Depot, and Trader Joe’s come with medical benefits and can offer both income and health insurance while awaiting full retirement benefits.

For early retirees, applying tax-smart strategies can prove beneficial. Withdrawing from taxable brokerage accounts first is advised to avoid penalties and to allow retirement accounts like IRAs or 401(k)s to continue accruing value. Additionally, Roth IRA contributions (excluding earnings) can be withdrawn at any age without facing taxes or penalties.

Maintaining a low Modified Adjusted Gross Income can help individuals qualify for subsidies under the Affordable Care Act, offering significant savings on health insurance premiums until age 65, when Medicare eligibility begins. Side income from activities such as online tutoring, pet sitting, or crafting can further supplement retirement income without the need for a full-time commitment.

As discussions among lawmakers continue regarding potential further increases to the FRA to ages 68 or 69, it is imperative to anticipate these possibilities with a flexible retirement plan. Building a cash reserve, securing part-time income opportunities, and employing tax-efficient withdrawal strategies will offer a buffer against potential future changes in the Social Security system.

While the change in the retirement age from 65 to 67 is nearly complete, careful planning remains crucial amidst the complexities of modern retirement. Even though the increase in the retirement age might seem minor, establishing a robust retirement plan can help ensure that retirement is a personal choice rather than a requirement defined by Social Security.

Source: Original article

Tax Bill Provides Americans With Notable Benefits to Consider

Recent changes in the tax and spending legislation, known as the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB), have introduced significant tax benefits that taxpayers should start planning for now, even before the tax season opens.

The latest tax guidelines offer several enticing opportunities beyond the well-known provisions like the elimination of taxes on tips and overtime and the $6,000 bonus deduction for seniors. Notable additions include deductions for charitable contributions and auto loan interest, as well as enhanced deductions and credits for families.

Brian Gray, a certified public accountant and tax partner at Gursey Schneider, notes the increase in planning opportunities for taxpayers who normally take the standard deduction, compared to past regulations such as the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA). This change aims to make tax planning more accessible to everyday Americans.

Charitable Contributions for All

Under OBBB, taxpayers who take the standard deduction can benefit from a reinstated charitable contributions deduction starting in 2026. During the pandemic, the CARES Act allowed a temporary deduction for cash donations, but this provision expired. Now, individuals can deduct $1,000, or $2,000 per couple, as above-the-line charitable contributions without needing to itemize. This deduction not only reduces adjusted gross income but may also qualify taxpayers for additional deductions or tax credits.

Deducting Interest on Auto Loans

The new law also allows taxpayers to deduct interest on new personal auto loans without itemizing, marking a significant shift from previous requirements that were repealed in 1986. Starting in 2025 and through 2028, individuals can claim up to $10,000 in such deductions, provided they meet specific conditions. Brian Schultz from Plante Moran Wealth Management highlights that qualifying vehicles must be newly bought, assembled in the U.S., and intended for personal use, with certain income limitations.

Such deductions could change the decision-making process for potential car buyers, enabling them to weigh the benefits of purchasing versus leasing a vehicle.

Enhanced Benefits for Families

The OBBB also increases benefits for families who do not itemize deductions. For those with a Dependent Care Flexible Spending Account (DCFSA) through their employer, the annual contribution limit will permanently rise to $7,500, up from $5,000. Despite the increase taking effect next year, plans for this hike will begin in 2025, offers Schultz.

Previously, the highest contribution occurred briefly in 2021 during COVID circumstances, reaching $10,500, up from the long-standing $5,000, as noted by Newfront, an insurance brokerage firm.

The Child and Dependent Care Credit (CDCC) will also experience a double increment starting in 2026. For families with the lowest incomes, the credit percentage will increase to 50% from 35% of qualifying expenses, capping at $3,000 for one child and $6,000 for two or more children. The percentage gradually lessens as household income rises.

Schultz warns that new income phase-outs need attention, prompting taxpayers to be vigilant about their income levels to maximize the benefits of these new provisions.

While the tax season may seem far off, these developments underline the importance of early planning to harness the full potential of the new tax law changes, according to USA Today.

Source: Original article

Trump Sues Murdoch for $10 Billion Over Epstein Letter Story

President Donald Trump has filed a $10 billion defamation lawsuit against Rupert Murdoch and The Wall Street Journal, claiming the publication falsely reported he sent a bawdy letter to Jeffrey Epstein.

President Donald Trump took legal action on Friday against media tycoon Rupert Murdoch, following the publication of an article in The Wall Street Journal alleging that Trump sent a provocative letter to Jeffrey Epstein for his 50th birthday. Trump, who has strongly denied penning the letter, is demanding damages amounting to no less than $10 billion in his defamation lawsuit.

The lawsuit, filed in the Southern District of Florida’s federal court, names as defendants Murdoch, News Corp’s CEO Robert Thomson, The Wall Street Journal publisher Dow Jones & Co., and the two reporters behind the article published on Thursday evening.

A spokesperson for Dow Jones responded with a statement to CNBC, asserting their confidence in the robustness and accuracy of their reporting and expressing an intent to vigorously contest the lawsuit.

This legal move aligns with mounting pressure on Trump to persuade the Justice Department to disclose its investigative files about Epstein, who committed suicide in August 2019 while facing federal child sex trafficking charges.

The contested article stated that the alleged letter from Trump to Epstein was among documentation reviewed by criminal investigators in the process of building cases against Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell, a convicted accomplice said to have solicited the letter from Trump.

Trump took to his social media platform, Truth Social, to announce the lawsuit against everyone involved in publishing what he described as a “false, malicious, defamatory, fake news ‘article'” in what he referred to as a “useless rag” of a newspaper.

The lawsuit alleges that reporters Khadeeja Safdar and Joseph Palazzolo co-authored an article incorrectly accusing Trump of creating a card featuring salacious language within a hand-drawn image of a naked woman. It further claims that the letter included offensive depictions allegedly signed by Trump, constituting significant journalistic and ethical oversights.

In the same post on Truth Social, Trump expressed anticipation at the prospect of having Rupert Murdoch testify, describing the forthcoming event as potentially “an interesting experience.”

Source: Original article

USISPF Appoints Taranjit Sandhu as Board Advisor and Institute Chair

The US-India Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF) has appointed Taranjit Singh Sandhu, a veteran Indian diplomat, as an advisor to the board and chairman of its geopolitical institute.

The US-India Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF) has announced the appointment of Taranjit Singh Sandhu, a seasoned Indian diplomat, to the roles of board advisor and chairman of its geopolitical institute. Sandhu brings nearly four decades of diplomatic experience to the position, previously serving as India’s ambassador to the United States.

During his extensive career, Sandhu played a significant role in bolstering U.S.-India relations. His new role will see him guide USISPF’s strategic initiatives, particularly focusing on major geopolitical projects such as the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC), the Quad (Indo-Pacific Quadrilateral Dialogue), and the I2U2 group, which includes India, Israel, the U.S., and the UAE.

In a statement about his appointment, Sandhu remarked, “I have had the opportunity to work on as well as follow the India-US story for over three decades. The relationship has evolved into a Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership, underpinned by shared values and interests, matured in character, and nurtured by the vibrant people-to-people ties between the two countries.”

Under Sandhu’s leadership, U.S.-India relations achieved significant milestones, such as Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s 2023 state visit to the U.S., President Joe Biden’s participation in the G20 summit in New Delhi, and President Donald Trump’s visit to India in 2020. Sandhu’s earlier tenure in Washington as Deputy Chief of Mission involved crucial diplomatic engagements, including facilitating Modi’s noteworthy 2014 Madison Square Garden address.

Mukesh Aghi, the president of USISPF, praised Sandhu’s extensive experience and diplomatic acumen, describing him as “one of the brightest minds New Delhi has sent to Washington.” Aghi expressed enthusiasm about collaborating with Sandhu in his new capacity at USISPF, stating, “Having worked closely with Ambassador Sandhu during his diplomatic days, I am eager to engage with him in this new avatar, this time with his new USISPF hat.”

Sandhu is expected to enhance USISPF’s efforts in multilateral forums, contribute to supply chain resilience, support energy security initiatives, and foster deeper people-to-people connections. His leadership within the Forum is anticipated to further solidify the strategic ties between the U.S. and India, the world’s largest democracies.

ITServe Alliance Donates $21,000To TEGNA Texas Flood Relief Fund

In response to the recent devastating flash floodscausing loss of lives and properties across Central Texas, IT Serve Alliance – Austin Chapter in coordination with the ITServe Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)officially presented a check for $21,000 in support of flood relief efforts to Byron Wilkinson, President and General Manager at KVUE Austin, representing the TEGNA Texas Flood Relief Fund at the Communities Foundation of Texas.

Vineeth R. Amaram, President of the ITServe Austin Chapter formally presented the check during the monthly meeting of Austin Chapter, attended by dozens of ITServe Chapter members of Austin and Dallas, community and business leaders and media atCentro Event Space, Round Rock, TX on July 15, 2025. Amaran was joined by Murali Bandlapalli, ITServe National Director of Bylaws, Abhishek Boinapally, President of Dallas Chapter, and National CSR Chairs Sri Chavva, and SwathySanapureddy in presenting the check on behalf of ITServe Alliance.

ITserve Austin

Referring to the recent tragedy that has impacted Texans, Vineeth R. Amaramsaid, “In the past two weeks, Central Texas has been devastated by historic flooding. We have seen homes destroyed, families displaced, and — most tragically — lives lost. These are not distant tragedies. These are our neighbors. Our community. And it is in times like these that our core values are tested. In just 7 days, our members mobilized and raised over $21,000 for flood relief efforts — a testament to the compassion, unity, and swift action that defines ITServe.”

“Through this campaign, we were not only able to respond quickly to help flood-affected families but also demonstrate the core values that define ITServe — compassion, leadership, and service. This donation reflects ITServe’s long-standing commitment to giving back, especially during critical times for our fellow Texans,”Amaram added.

Wilkinson expressed his appreciation to the ITServe community for the warm welcome and participation in such a meaningful evening, noting that ITServe’s leadership and generosity would directly impact families across Texas recovering from recent disasters.

“Thank you for including me in such a meaningful evening on behalf of KVUE Austin, representing the TEGNA Texas Flood Relief Fund at the Communities Foundation of Texas, I would extend our deepest gratitude for your generous donation to the TEGNA Texas Flood Relief Fund, where support will directly impact families across Texas who are recovering from recent disasters. It is inspiring to see the leadership your organization continues to show in giving back.”

Vineeth R Amaram President of the ITServe Austin Chapter

“This noble initiative, with rapid mobilization of resources, generous member contributions, and seamless coordination exemplify ITServe’s continued commitment to supporting communities during times of crisis,” ITServe’s National President, Anju Vallabhaneni said in a statement.

“With this effort, ITServe Alliance reaffirms its mission not only to advance the interests of the IT industry, but also to stand as a pillar of strength and support for the communities in which it operates,” Raghu Chittimalla, Governing Board Chair, said.

“In these challenging times, I want to thank the members of ITServe Alliance, whose mission is to support and empower local communities, has yet again at the forefront, extending our support to those affected by the recent floods,” Siva Moopanar, President-Elect of ITServe said.

“The mission of ITServe Alliance CSR is to empower local communities through various noble initiatives across the nation, playing a very critical role in helping us realize our mission of giving back to our communities and working towards the wellbeing of the larger society,” Tanuj Gundlapalli, National CSR Director, said. “The generous donations, resources and the time devoted by our leadership and member organizations, help ITServe in the success of our programs and positively impacting the lives of the lesser fortunate in our communities.”

“From the very beginning, ITServe’s mission has been to empower local communities through a wide range of initiatives,” said Dinesh Movva, National CSR Secretary. “This is yet another noble initiative showcasing that our members are passionate about the wellbeing of society just as they have been about their businesses.”

Amaram expressed his appreciation to Anju Vallabhaneni, for his leadership and continued encouragement of community-focused initiatives. He thanked Tanuj Gundlapalli and Dinesh Movvafor their hands-on guidance and quick approvals that helped accelerate the campaign. He expressed his gratitude to ITServe Dallas Chapter and its team, led by Dallas Chapter President Abhishek Boinapally, for their generous contribution towards this cause.

In his closing remarks, Amaram said, “A heartfelt thank you to all the dedicated members of the ITServe Alliance for stepping up with such urgency and compassion. It is your unwavering commitment to community service that continues to uphold the true spirit of ITServe We are blessed to be part of this noble effort that highlights the tech community’s role in disaster response and community recovery.”

Founded in 2010, ITServe’s vision has been to empower local communities by creating, retaining, and fostering employment opportunities within the United States. ITServe has an active membership of 2,400+ members, and 24 Chapters established across the United States, who are small & medium-sized companies that create local employment and fulfill the growing demand for highly skilled professionals in America. For information on ITServe and its many noble initiatives, please visit: www.itserve.org

UN Special Rapporteurs, Freedom House, USCIRF Call on US to Designate India as Country of Particular Concern

Washington, D.C. (July 17, 2025) — Senior officials from the United Nations and United States, along with leading human rights experts, urged the US government to designate India as a Country of Particular Concern (CPC) over serious and ongoing violations of human rights and religious freedoms. The call was made during a Congressional Briefing on Capitol Hill on Thursday, July 17, attended by over 100 congressional staffers.

Speakers included Professor Nicolas Levrat, UN Special Rapporteur on Minority Issues; Ed O’Donovan, Senior Adviser to the UN Special Rapporteur on Human Rights Defenders; Dr. Asif Mahmood, Vice Chair of the United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF); Freedom House President Annie Boyajian; and Ria Chakrabarty, Senior Policy Director at Hindus for Human Rights (HFHR).

unnamed (1)

Professor Levrat stated that while India portrays itself as the world’s largest democracy, it is “currently not living up to this appellation, as it fails to protect the most fundamental human rights of millions of its citizens.”

“India is falling short, very short of its legal obligations. Its current government is not only failing to protect persons belonging to minorities, but creates and actively promotes conditions that deliberately targets persons belonging to minorities, putting them at risk, not only as regards their way of life, but also as regards their very life,” said Professor Levrat.

“Not only is India failing its responsibility to protect its own citizens, especially those belonging to minorities, but the authorities are actually creating conditions for extremists groups or local authorities to maintain and even increase insecurity for Muslims and other religious minorities in India,” Professor Levrat added. “This leads not only to violation of their freedoms, but also to killings. Governments should guarantee respect for human rights for all, including persons belonging to minorities.”

unnamed (4)

Professor Levrat further noted that he and two other UN Special Rapporteurs wrote to the Indian Government in 2024, asking for measures to be taken to guarantee the safety of minorities and to avoid hate speech by government officials. In this letter, Special Rapporteurs flagged concerns about Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s use of hate speech during Indian elections, as well as the reported refusal of state police and the Electoral Commission to acknowledge complaints made regarding such speeches and failing to conduct formal investigations.

“Unfortunately, and despite its commitment as a Member State of the UN, the Indian Government never answered this allegation letter,” he said.

The Special Rapporteur called on elected representatives to pressure governments, including the government of India, to guarantee respect for human rights for all.

unnamed (5)

Freedom House President Annie Boyajian expressed serious concerns about declining freedoms in India, targeting of the political opposition and spoke extensively on reasons behind downgrading India from “Free” to “Partly Free.”

“We have unfortunately seen 19 consecutive years of decline in freedom around the world, including in India. India’s score has declined in the last decade, and it has lost 15 points since 2014, and this is fairly significant due to discriminatory policies and a rise in persecution,” Boyajian said in her remarks.

“In our most recent edition, which came out in February, India’s score dropped by 3 points because of challenges to the political opposition during Parliamentary elections in the spring,” she added.

On transnational repression, she said that “India is the only democracy we have tracked that is involved in transnational repression. Since 2014, we have documented 14 incidents perpetrated by India.”

unnamed (6)

Boyajian called on the Indian government to review and restructure the anti-conversion laws, build legal and societal protections for victims of religious violence, strengthen police accountability and field-level response, protect religious spaces and ensure the prosecution of perpetrators and prevent impunity. She also called on the US Department of State to designate India as a Country of Particular Concern, [and] impose sanctions on individuals and entities.

Ed O’Donovan, Senior Adviser to UN Special Rapporteur on Human Rights Defenders, Mary Lawlor called the treatment of human rights defenders in India as “wanton cruelty” and said that the overall environment continues to grow more hostile by the day.

“Counter terrorism measures have been weaponized to crush dissent, limit access to resources and spread disinformation, where human rights defenders are labelled as “anti state” or “terrorists”. Those most impacted are activists from oppressed communities and religious ethnic minorities,” O’Donovan said in his remarks.

He raised concerns about the judicial harassment and arbitrary detention of activists working on a range of issues including defenders of Dalit, Adivasi and Muslim rights.

“Indian authorities have perverted the concept of due process and turned it into punishment,” he said.

He also spoke about arrests of activists, academics and lawyers in the Bhima Koregaon case, shuttering of thousands of NGOs by revoking their Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act (FCRA) licenses “to stifle dissent and restrict civil society space.” He also raised concerns about the crackdown on civil society in Jammu and Kashmir including arrest of activist Khurram Parvez and journalist Irfan Meraj, both of which remain languished behind bars under the draconian anti-terror law UAPA since 2021 and 2023 respectively.

According to O’Donovan, the office of UN Special Rapporteur on Human Rights Defenders has sent 40 letters to the Indian government since 2020 making it the country which received the third highest numbers of allegation letters from the mandate. The Indian government has only responded to 20 percent of these letters.

He called on the International community, including the UN and the elected representatives to call out the Indian government for its violations against human rights defenders and called for congressional visit focusing on the legal framework for civil society and human rights defender and designating India as Country of Particular Concern and inducing human rights clauses to weapons sales to India.

Dr. Asif Mahmood, Vice Chair of the United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF), who submitted pre-recorded remarks, emphasized that USCIRF has been recommending that India be designated as a CPC since 2020. The State Department has yet to make this designation.

“In USCIRF’s 2025 annual report, we recommended that the US government impose targeted sanctions on individuals and entities, including India’s Research and Analysis Wing for their culpability in transnational repression, most notably the 2023 assassination attempt of a Sikh activist in New York and the killing of another Sikh activist in Canada,” said Dr. Mahmood. “We urge members of Congress to conduct full investigations into transnational repression allegations. We will also continue to push the US government to designate India as a CPC and to take concrete policy actions, including imposing financial and visa restrictions.

“From majoritarianism to oligarchy to anti-democratic governance, Modi has used every tool in the authoritarian playbook to crush the spirit of Indian democracy,” said Ria Chakrabarty, Senior Policy Director at Hindus for Human Rights.

“And the only way to protect a democracy and the rights of the people is to retake power from aspiring autocrats and the movements that support them,” Ria added.

The briefing was cosponsored by the Indian American Muslim Council, Genocide Watch, World Against Genocide, Hindus for Human Rights, New York State Council of Churches, The Religious Nationalisms Project, American Muslim Institution, Association of Indian Muslims of America, The Humanism Project (Australia), and the Center for Pluralism.

Stablecoin bill clears House in key crypto victory

The House passed a bill setting up a regulatory framework for payment stablecoins, sending it to President Trump’s desk and marking a major win for the industry.Lawmakers voted 308-122 on Thusday to pass the GENIUS Act following a tumultuous “crypto week” in the chamber that saw competing GOP factions bring the House floor to a standstill for two days.

dozen Republicans voted against the measure, while 102 Democrats supported it.

The bill regulating dollar-backed digital tokens now heads to Trump’s desk, where he has indicated he is eager to sign it.

“For far too long, America’s digital assets industry has been stifled by ambiguous rules, confusing enforcement and the Biden administration’s anti-crypto crusade,” Majority Whip Tom Emmer (R-Minn.) said at a press conference Thursday.

“But President Trump and this Congress are correcting course and unleashing America’s digital asset potential with historic, transformative legislation,” he continued.

“President Trump promised to make America the crypto capital of the world, and today, we delivered,” Emmer added.

The legislation’s future appeared in jeopardy less than 24 hours earlier.

A group of hardline Republicans tanked a procedural vote on a trio of crypto bills Tuesday, freezing the floor.

Trump struck a deal to secure their support the next day, but several holdouts remained Wednesday, as the House attempted once again to adopt a rule governing debate on the bills.

The agreement Trump reached with the hardliners also prompted new backlash from members of the House Financial Services Committee.

The deal sought to add provisions from the Anti-CBDC Surveillance State Act, which aims to bar the Federal Reserve from issuing a central bank digital currency (CBDC), to a broader crypto framework called the Digital Asset Market Clarity Act. Both measures passed the House as well Thursday.

After hours of deliberation Wednesday — during which the rule vote remained open and the number of “no” votes from hardliners continued to grow — GOP leadership reached a deal to add the anti-CBDC provisions to the National Defense Authorization Act.

Including the provisions in the must-pass legislation would put them on track to reach Trump’s desk, assuming they don’t get stripped out of the bill as it weaves its way through Congress later this year.

The agreement convinced most of the remaining holdouts to switch their “no” votes on the rule to “yes,” allowing it to pass after more than nine hours.

It easily surpassed the previous record for longest vote in the chamber, which the House set just two weeks earlier during consideration of the GOP’s “big, beautiful bill.”

Obama Couple Responds to Recent Divorce Rumors

Former President Barack Obama and former First Lady Michelle Obama have humorously dismissed persistent divorce rumors during a podcast appearance, emphasizing the strength of their decades-long marriage.

In a recent episode of the podcast “IMO,” hosted by Michelle Obama’s brother, Craig Robinson, the Obamas together addressed the speculative rumors about their marriage that have circulated over the past year.

As the episode centered around the topic of raising young men, the conversation began with lighthearted comments about the rumors. Robinson greeted Barack Obama by jokingly asking, “Wait, you guys like each other?” to which Michelle Obama humorously replied, “Oh yeah, the rumor mill.”

Playing along, Barack Obama added, “She took me back. It was touch and go for a while.” Continuing the playful banter, Robinson remarked on the couple being in the same room, prompting his sister to comment, “I know, ’cause when we aren’t, folks think we’re divorced.”

Speculation about the former first couple’s relationship began earlier this year when Barack Obama attended several public events without his wife, including the funeral for former President Jimmy Carter and the second inauguration of President Donald Trump.

In response to the gossip, Michelle Obama has clarified her absence from certain events, noting her newfound freedom to make personal choices after her daughters became adults and her husband’s departure from public office.

During an earlier episode of the same podcast series, aired on July 9, Michelle Obama expressed, “This stage in life for me is the first time that I have been completely free.”

On the recent “IMO” episode, she further assured listeners that her marriage remains strong. “There hasn’t been one moment in our marriage where I thought about quittin’ my man. And we’ve had some really hard times,” Michelle Obama shared. “We have had a lot of fun times, a lot of adventures, and I have become a better person because of the man I’m married to.”

Barack and Michelle Obama celebrated their marriage in Chicago in 1992. Their enduring partnership was highlighted this past Valentine’s Day when Barack Obama shared a heartfelt message on Instagram, posting a photo of them together. “Thirty-two years together and you still take my breath away,” he captioned the image.

Michelle Obama echoed the sentiment on her social media, sharing the same photo and stating, “If there’s one person I can always count on, it’s you, @BarackObama. You’re my rock. Always have been. Always will be.”

Such affirmations from the couple continue to counter the unfounded rumors, demonstrating the steadfast bond they maintain despite public speculation.

Source: Original article

Trump’s Disapproval Rating Reaches Record High Second Term

President Donald Trump’s disapproval rating has reached the highest level of his second term, according to a recent Economist/YouGov poll.

President Donald Trump’s disapproval rating has hit a new peak since the start of his second term, as reported by the latest Economist/YouGov poll conducted over the weekend. The survey indicates that 55 percent of Americans disapprove of Trump’s performance in office, while 41 percent express approval. This marks a slight change from the previous week, where the figures stood at 53 percent disapproval and 42 percent approval. The pattern had remained the same in the week before that.

At the beginning of his second term, Trump had an approval rating of 49 percent, while 43 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. The most recent statistic of 55 percent disapproval represents the highest disapproval rating during this term. A decline in support has been noteworthy since Trump assumed office, largely attributed to dwindling approval among Democrats and independents.

In a survey carried out late in January, Trump’s approval rating among Democrats was recorded at 12 percent. This figure has now fallen to merely 3 percent. Independents have shown a similar trend, with 41 percent approving of Trump’s job performance at the onset of his second term, a figure that has since decreased to 29 percent. The Republican base, however, shows consistent support, with an approval rating that has barely fluctuated. When Trump began his term, 94 percent of Republicans approved his handling of the presidency, compared to 92 percent in the current survey.

The Economist/YouGov survey also differentiates between self-identified MAGA Republicans and Republicans who do not align with the MAGA movement, identifying each group as making up half of the Republican survey respondents. Among MAGA Republicans, Trump’s approval rating remains exceptionally high, consistently hovering around 98 percent. By contrast, Republicans unaffiliated with the MAGA movement exhibited an initial approval rate of 90 percent at the start of Trump’s term. This figure dipped to 70 percent by mid-April but has rebounded to 85 percent in the latest poll.

This latest survey included 1,680 U.S. adults and was conducted between July 11 and 14. The poll has a margin of error of 3.4 percentage points, according to The Economist/YouGov.

Trump Expresses Disappointment with Putin in BBC Interview

In a recent phone interview with the BBC, President Donald Trump expressed his disappointment with Russian leader Vladimir Putin while outlining plans to send weapons to Ukraine and warning of severe tariffs if a ceasefire is not reached within 50 days.

President Donald Trump, in a recent conversation with the BBC, expressed a spectrum of views on international relations, particularly concerning Russian President Vladimir Putin and the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. Despite voicing disappointment with Putin, Trump insisted he remained open to diplomatic efforts, hours after unveiling plans to send arms to Ukraine and threatening Russia with significant tariffs if no ceasefire is reached in 50 days.

When asked about his trust in the Russian leader, Trump stated, “I trust almost nobody,” indicating a cautious stance. This sentiment was shared following his discussions with NATO chief Mark Rutte at the White House, during which Trump outlined frustration over missed opportunities to resolve the conflict in Ukraine, a situation he hoped to negotiate with Russia. “I’m disappointed in him, but I’m not done with him. But I’m disappointed in him,” Trump reiterated.

Pressed on potential strategies to halt the violence, Trump suggested ongoing efforts, stating, “We’re working at it, Gary,” and described a dynamic where perceived progress towards peace could be abruptly halted by aggressive actions from Russia, such as missile strikes on Kyiv.

The conflict has seen increased drone and missile assaults on Ukrainian cities, contributing to high civilian casualties since Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022. While Putin has advocated for peace, claiming threats from Kyiv, NATO, and Western nations must first be addressed, Trump’s administration remains aligned with NATO’s strategic objectives. Formerly critical of the alliance, Trump has since acknowledged its evolving importance as member countries commit to increasing defense spending.

Discussing NATO, Trump highlighted, “It’s now becoming the opposite of [obsolete] because the alliance was paying their own bills,” and praised the agreement to boost defense spending to 5% of economic output, a feat he described as “amazing” and previously deemed implausible.

Turning to relations with the United Kingdom, Trump spoke warmly of his personal and professional connections, attributing his fondness to successful trade deals and describing a “special bond” with the nation. He also offered candid remarks on Brexit’s aftermath, noting that while the UK had been slow to capitalize on it, progress was being made. Trump shared his intention to visit the UK again in September.

On his domestic agenda, Trump’s administration reportedly achieved declines in illegal border crossings at the US-Mexico border. The focus has now shifted to identifying, detaining, and deporting migrants in the country illegally. Trump declined to specify success metrics for deportations but emphasized the expulsion of criminals as a priority. Notably, a controversial deportation agreement involved transporting gang members to El Salvador.

In his reflection on legal challenges to administration policies, Trump underscored a series of appellate victories after initial setbacks in lower courts, describing some judges as “radical left lunatics.” His administration achieved successes, such as a Supreme Court ruling permitting migrant deportations to third countries.

Financially, Trump lauded the expansive tax reforms enacted during his tenure, including extending cuts from his first term and introducing new breaks and Medicaid cuts. He claimed, “We have the largest tax cuts in history.”

Asked about his legacy, Trump optimistically remarked, “Saving America,” and argued that the nation had been revitalized under his leadership. “I think America is now a great country, and it was a dead country one year ago,” he concluded.

Local Leaders Support Krishnamoorthi’s US Senate Bid in Illinois

More than 40 local leaders across Illinois have endorsed Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi in his bid for the U.S. Senate.

In a show of growing support, Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi has received endorsements from more than 40 local leaders throughout Illinois as he sets his sights on the U.S. Senate. This latest wave of endorsements builds on previous backing from two dozen mayors, further solidifying his campaign’s momentum.

“Local leaders know their communities better than anyone, and I am honored to have the support of this long and growing list of Illinois leaders,” Krishnamoorthi, a Democrat from Illinois, stated in a campaign press release. “From Cook County to downstate and everywhere in between, I will continue to collaborate with those who know their residents best so that together, we can build an Illinois where everyone has the opportunity to thrive.”

Notable endorsements come from Palos Township Trustee Tasneem Abuzir, Rich Township Clerk Arlene “Sugar” Al-Amin, and former Metropolitan Water Reclamation District Commissioner Frank Avila, Sr. Others include Aurora Alderwoman Shweta Baid, former Illinois Senator Michael Bond, and Will County Board Member Herb Brooks Jr.

Congressman Krishnamoorthi’s support extends across a diverse array of community leaders. For instance, Schaumburg Township Trustee Holly Fath expressed her pride in endorsing Krishnamoorthi, highlighting his model public service abilities. Similarly, Peoria County Board Member Phil Salzer commended the Congressman’s dedication to public service, insisting that Krishnamoorthi will maintain his tradition of stellar constituent services as a U.S. Senator.

Elected to Congress in 2016, Raja Krishnamoorthi is currently serving his fifth term in representing Illinois’ 8th District, which encompasses Chicago’s western and northwestern suburbs and the city’s 41st ward. He is an active participant in numerous Congressional bodies, serving as the Ranking Member of the Select Committee on Strategic Competition between the United States and the Chinese Communist Party. This role places him as the first South Asian American in history leading a Congressional Committee.

His legislative roles include serving on the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform as Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on Health Care and Financial Services, Vice-Chair of the Equality Caucus, and Co-Chair of the Congressional Asian Pacific American Caucus (CAPAC) Immigration Task Force. Furthermore, he is the founder and Chairman of the bipartisan Congressional Caucus to End Youth Vaping and the bipartisan Solar Caucus.

Raja Krishnamoorthi’s roots trace back to Indian immigrants in Peoria, Illinois. His academic journey saw him excel as a valedictorian in high school and later graduate summa cum laude from Princeton University, majoring in mechanical engineering and earning a certificate from the Princeton School of Public and International Affairs. He pursued further education at Harvard Law School, graduating with honors and clerking for a federal judge before practicing law in Chicago.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign continues to focus on grassroots support, evidenced by his recent statement on social media platforms expressing the importance of partnering with community leaders to ensure representation for all Illinoisans in Washington, D.C.

According to News India Times, the endorsements mark a significant milestone in Krishnamoorthi’s campaign, reflecting broad grassroots and institutional support, offering potential bolstered visibility for his Senate race.

Vermont Ranked Top State for Quality of Life

Vermont has been recognized as the state with the highest quality of life by CNBC for the fifth consecutive year, highlighting its inclusive laws, low crime rate, and protections for reproductive rights.

Vermont has once again been named the best state for quality of life by CNBC, maintaining its position for the fifth year running. The announcement, made on Monday, placed Vermont at the top of a list that also includes Maine, New Jersey, Minnesota, Connecticut, Hawaii, North Dakota, Massachusetts, Nebraska, and Virginia among the top ten states with high living standards.

The Green Mountain state received an impressive A+ rating, earning a score of 228 out of a possible 265 points for its living standards. Researchers pointed to Vermont’s strong performance in several key areas, including inclusiveness, health, air quality, low crime rates, and reproductive rights, as significant factors contributing to its top ranking.

CNBC highlighted Vermont’s inclusive and welcoming state laws, noting that they provide broad protections against discrimination of all kinds. The state has been a leader in reproductive rights, becoming the first in the nation to enshrine these rights in its constitution in 2022.

The report identified no significant weaknesses in Vermont’s rankings related to quality of life issues. It praised the state’s voting process, which offers 45 days of early voting both in person and by mail, ensuring smooth electoral participation.

While Vermont excelled in quality of life metrics, CNBC’s annual project—which also evaluates states for their business environment—found the state lagging in infrastructure and access to capital. Despite these business challenges, Vermont boasts a low unemployment rate of 2.6 percent, with a population nearing 648,493 residents.

The state’s economic profile includes a top corporate tax rate of 8.5 percent and a top individual income tax rate of 8.75 percent, figures relevant for residents and businesses considering Vermont as a place to live and work.

According to The Hill, Vermont’s consistent high rankings in quality of life are a testament to its commitment to creating an inclusive, safe, and healthy environment for its residents.

India Condemns Attack on Toronto Rath Yatra Procession

India has strongly condemned the egg attack on the Rath Yatra procession in Toronto and urged Canada to uphold religious safety and accountability.

India has called upon Canadian authorities to ensure accountability and safeguard the religious freedom of all communities following an attack on the 53rd annual Rath Yatra in Toronto on July 11.

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) spokesperson, Randhir Jaiswal, described the incident as “despicable” and “regrettable,” asserting that it detracts from the festival’s core values of unity, inclusivity, and social harmony. “We have strongly taken up the matter with Canadian authorities to hold the perpetrators of the act accountable. We hope the Canadian Government will take necessary action to protect the religious rights of people,” Jaiswal stated.

The incident unfolded in downtown Toronto, where thousands of devotees had congregated to participate in the Rath Yatra, a religious procession organized by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON). Despite the attack, consisting of unknown individuals reportedly throwing eggs at the procession, the event continued amid shock and astonishment among the gathered participants.

The act has sparked significant response from both political and community leaders in India. Former Odisha Chief Minister and Biju Janata Dal (BJD) president, Naveen Patnaik, expressed his deep concern regarding the incident, urging the Ministry of External Affairs to formally protest. “Such incidents not only grievously hurt the sentiments of Lord Jagannatha’s devotees worldwide but also cause deep anguish to the people of Odisha, for whom this festival holds profound emotional and cultural significance,” Patnaik asserted.

He further emphasized the need for the Odisha Government to treat the matter seriously and consult with the Ministry of External Affairs to ensure a strong protest is lodged with Canadian authorities, should the media reports prove accurate.

In addition to calls for action, the event highlights ongoing concerns over religious freedoms and safety for minority communities abroad. The Rath Yatra, revered as an essential cultural and spiritual event by the Hindu community, emphasizes communal inclusivity, a principle believed to be threatened by the attack.

According to New India Abroad, the Canadian government has been approached to address and rectify the situation, ensuring the respect and protection of religious rights internationally.

Source: Original article

Trump Proposes Russia Tariffs Alongside New Ukraine Weapons Plan

US President Donald Trump has announced the United States will send advanced weaponry to Ukraine through NATO allies and warned of imposing severe tariffs on Russia if a peace agreement isn’t reached within 50 days.

US President Donald Trump has declared a strategic enhancement in support of Ukraine amid its ongoing conflict with Russia. Following a meeting with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte in Washington, Trump revealed plans to furnish Ukraine with top-tier military equipment to bolster its defense efforts.

The United States’ initiative involves extensive collaboration with NATO countries. Rutte affirmed the decision, highlighting that NATO nations will facilitate the supply of necessary weaponry to Ukraine, while Europeans are expected to cover the costs.

Among the defense capabilities to be supplied are European Patriot air defense systems, which play a crucial role in countering Russia’s targeted airstrikes. These systems will be replenished by US contributions over time, according to Trump.

Although specific details regarding the military aid were sparse, Trump underscored the value of the weaponry package, hinting at its rapid deployment and significant fiscal investment. “Top-of-the-line weapons,” he noted, would soon be on their way to the Ukrainian front lines.

NATO’s intensified support arrives as a strategic move, aiming to compel Russian President Vladimir Putin to engage more earnestly in peace negotiations. Rutte alluded to the heightened pressure this development places on Russia’s leadership, suggesting it might influence their approach towards diplomatic solutions.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky expressed gratitude towards Trump’s commitment to Ukraine. In a statement shared on social media, Zelensky emphasized their joint efforts to fortify Ukraine’s defenses and work diligently toward securing peace.

In addition to military assistance, Trump articulated a robust economic strategy: the imposition of 100% secondary tariffs on Russia’s trade allies should a peace accord remain elusive. These tariffs target any nation conducting business with Russia, afflicting countries like India if they continue purchasing Russian resources.

The tariff plan aims to significantly disrupt Russia’s economic stability. By targeting countries involved in energy trade with Russia, it seeks to stifle Moscow’s primary revenue streams derived from oil and gas exports, which constitute a substantial portion of its economic framework.

Despite the stern measures, the Moscow Stock Exchange witnessed a notable rise post-announcement. Observers attributed this reaction to previous teases by Trump of a potentially more severe proclamation regarding Russia.

This initiative marks Trump’s first significant military pledge to Ukraine since reassuming the presidency. His rhetoric during the briefing demonstrated a marked shift toward a more confrontational stance against Putin, implicitly placing some responsibility for the ongoing conflict on Kyiv.

While Trump remarked on his endeavors to negotiate with Putin, he expressed disillusionment over the lack of tangible progress. Communicating his frustrations, he mentioned repeated instances where positive discussions with Putin were contradicted by subsequent Russian military actions.

Recent ceasefire negotiations between Russia and Ukraine have yet to yield a sustainable resolution, with Moscow attributing delays to Ukraine. Nevertheless, dialogue continues, with US envoy Keith Kellogg engaged in talks with Zelensky in Kyiv.

Reactions from within Russia displayed skepticism toward Trump’s strategy. Pro-Kremlin figures labeled the tariff proposals as ineffective bluffs, suggesting limited direct impacts on Russian stability.

Conversely, Trump’s decision garnered commendation from unlikely quarters, including members of the Democratic Party. Senator Jeanne Shaheen, emphasizing the humanitarian impact of deploying Patriot missiles, advocated for continued US and allied support to encourage an end to the war.

The move was met with relief by some Ukrainians, who perceived it as a gradual alignment of European influence with US policy actions. This reflection underscored the perception that European diplomatic efforts have gradually swayed US leadership to provide critical support to Ukraine.

Source: Original article

US Plans Aerial Release of Flies for Environmental Control

Efforts to combat an outbreak of New World screwworms across Central America have intensified as the U.S. prepares to open a new facility for breeding sterile flies near its border with Mexico.

Hundreds of millions of flies released from airplanes might sound like a nightmare scenario, but experts assert that this strategy serves as a crucial defense against a flesh-eating threat making its way toward the southwestern United States.

The outbreak of New World screwworms, which are larvae of a fly known for infesting the wounds of warm-blooded animals and slowly consuming them, has spread across Central America since early 2023. Countries including Panama, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, Honduras, Guatemala, Belize, and El Salvador have recorded infestations after nearly two decades without significant problems.

The fly’s arrival in southern Mexico in November spurred U.S. agricultural officials to act, leading to the closure of several border-area trading ports for cattle, horses, and bison. The U.S. previously eradicated screwworm populations from 1960 to 1970 through a strategy of breeding sterile male flies and releasing them from planes to mate with wild females, effectively suppressing reproduction.

As the threat approaches the U.S., officials hope to apply the same method again, despite challenges posed by the need for more sterile flies. Currently, only one facility in Panama produces these flies, and hundreds of millions more are required to manage the outbreak effectively. On June 17, 80 U.S. lawmakers highlighted this shortfall in a letter, prompting the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) to announce plans for a “fly factory” near the Texas-Mexico border.

Understanding the screwworm danger underscores the urgency of such measures. The parasitic larvae of the Cochliomyia hominivorax fly, unlike other blowflies, target living animals, explained Dr. Phillip Kaufman, head of Texas A&M University’s entomology department. These maggots inflict severe wounds, mainly on livestock such as cows and horses. Even humans and pets can occasionally fall victim.

“After mating, the female fly finds a living host, lands on its wound, and lays 200 to 300 eggs,” Kaufman said. These hatch within 24 hours, burrowing into the host’s tissue. After several days of feeding, they drop to the ground to pupate and later emerge as adult flies, noted Thomas Lansford, deputy executive director of the Texas Animal Health Commission.

Since 2023, over 35,000 screwworm infestations have been reported, with cattle comprising a significant portion of affected animals, according to the Panama–United States Commission for the Eradication and Prevention of Screwworm Infestation in Livestock (COPEG). Treatment involves wound cleaning and antiseptic measures, but the flies can easily spread if untreated, threatening ranchers’ livelihoods.

Rancher Stephen Diebel, first vice president of the Texas & Southwestern Cattle Raisers Association, emphasized the necessity of daily inspections to prevent infestations and warned of the considerable economic impact they pose. Furthermore, there are no vaccines or effective repellents available, necessitating preventive measures like avoiding wounds on livestock during warm months.

Addressing the spread is complicated by the diverse ways the flies travel, ranging from livestock trading to affecting wildlife such as deer and rodents, Diebel noted.

The core of the strategy to combat screwworms is breeding sterile flies. In facilities, fly pupae undergo gamma radiation that disrupts DNA, rendering male flies infertile without harming people or animals, explained the USDA. Female flies, mating once in their 20-day lifespan, lay unfertilized eggs, leading to population decline.

While specifics on dispersal methods in the U.S. remain unconfirmed, sterile flies are typically released from planes over rural areas, keeping them out of urban environments, Kaufman stated.

Currently, COPEG produces and disperses about 100 million sterile flies weekly across affected regions in southern Mexico and Central America. The new U.S. facility plans to be set at Moore Air Base in Texas, with an estimated cost of $8.5 million, while lawmakers anticipate the factory itself could cost $300 million. Renovating an old Mexican fly factory will also require $21 million.

Despite high costs, rancher Diebel views this investment as essential for protecting the multibillion-dollar livestock industry. “Offsetting $300 million for facility costs against $10 billion in potential economic impact is a straightforward trade-off,” he said, highlighting the importance of domestic production for efficient sterile fly distribution.

Following the USDA’s June 18 announcement, plans to reopen livestock trading ports in Arizona, Texas, and New Mexico are underway, reflecting progress in efforts to curb the screwworm spread in Mexico.

As the U.S. strengthens its defenses against screwworm infestations, the agricultural community anticipates further updates on advancements from COPEG and other involved agencies.

Jay Chaudhry Among Top Richest Indian-Origin US Immigrants

Indian-American tech entrepreneur Jay Chaudhry, CEO of the cybersecurity firm Zscaler, ranks eighth on Forbes’ 2025 list of richest immigrant billionaires in the United States.

Jay Chaudhry, the 65-year-old CEO of Zscaler, has secured a notable position among the wealthiest immigrant billionaires in the United States, as revealed by Forbes’ 2025 rankings. With a strong foothold in the tech industry, Chaudhry is the only Indian to appear in the prestigious top 10 list, ranking eighth overall.

Born in 1960 in a small Himalayan village in India, Chaudhry’s early life was characterized by significant challenges, with his hometown lacking basic amenities like electricity and running water during his school years. Despite these hardships, he excelled academically and pursued an education in engineering at Banaras Hindu University, currently known as IIT (BHU) Varanasi.

In 1980, Chaudhry moved to the United States to further his studies, marking his first experience flying in a plane. He went on to earn Master of Science degrees in electronic and computer engineering and industrial engineering and management from the University of Cincinnati, and he also studied at Harvard Business School.

Chaudhry’s journey in the tech world took a significant turn when he founded Zscaler in 2008. The company has since evolved into one of the prominent cloud-based cybersecurity firms globally, going public on Nasdaq a decade later. Today, Chaudhry and his family own approximately 40% of the company.

Before establishing Zscaler, Chaudhry, alongside his wife Jyoti, had already ventured into the tech industry by founding several other tech companies. These included SecureIT, CoreHarbor, CipherTrust, and AirDefense, all of which were subsequently acquired, paving the way for his later success.

As of 2025, Chaudhry’s net worth is estimated at $17.9 billion, which is about ₹1.49 lakh crore. He resides in Reno, Nevada, where he continues to be influential in the cybersecurity sector.

The Forbes 2025 list of richest immigrant billionaires is led by Tesla CEO Elon Musk, followed by Google co-founder Sergey Brin, Nvidia’s Jensen Huang, and entrepreneur Thomas Peterffy. Jay Chaudhry sits in eighth place, surpassing notable names such as WhatsApp co-founder Jan Koum and Kingston Technology CEO John Tu.

For the information presented in this article, the original details are drawn from the Financial Express.

Trump Delays Tariffs as Global Negotiations Intensify

Despite promises of “90 deals in 90 days,” the Trump administration’s efforts to negotiate trade agreements have fallen short, with only a handful of deals likely by the initial deadline.

Donald Trump’s White House initially aimed to secure “90 deals in 90 days” following a temporary pause in implementing what the U.S. president termed “reciprocal” tariffs. However, this ambitious goal appears to be far from realization.

As the initial deadline of July 9 approaches, it’s clear that fewer than nine agreements will be completed. The original target has proven elusive, highlighting the complexities involved in trade negotiations. In a strategic move, the deadline has been extended from the previous Wednesday to August 1. Further extensions or delays remain possible as talks continue.

From the perspective of the United States, the focus is primarily on addressing trade imbalances with the 18 countries responsible for 95% of America’s trade deficit. Scott Bessent, the U.S. Treasury Secretary, emphasized the concentration on these significant trading partners as negotiations advance.

The correspondence being dispatched from the U.S. to its trading partners this week resembles earlier communications from the White House, specifically the “Liberation Day” blue board, which outlined similar concerns and objectives in trade dealings.

Essentially, the proposed tariff rates have remained consistent since they were first disclosed on April 2. The controversial calculation, initially presented as a measure of trade deficit size to indicate “the sum of all trade cheating,” persists in a similar form amid the ongoing discussions.

According to BBC News, the process illustrates the challenging dynamic of trade negotiations and the complexities of addressing longstanding trade imbalances.

Source: Original article

Indian-Origin Executives Lead Major Global Tech Companies

Indians are increasingly taking the helm at some of the world’s most influential technology companies, marking their presence on the global stage from Google to Apple.

From Sundar Pichai to the newly appointed Apple COO, Sabih Khan, an impressive array of Indian-origin executives are leading major global tech firms and serving as sources of inspiration for millions worldwide.

Sundar Pichai stands at the forefront, guiding both Google and its parent company, Alphabet. He manages numerous innovations in artificial intelligence and the consolidation of global information. Pichai, born in Madurai, Tamil Nadu, is renowned for his leadership capabilities, often said to embody a style that is exemplified by ethics and excellence among other attributes.

Succeeding Pichai, Satya Nadella serves as chairman and CEO of Microsoft, a role he assumed in 2014. Prior to his leadership at Microsoft, he was a board member at Starbucks and spearheaded research and development at Microsoft’s Online Services and Business Divisions. Nadella was born in Hyderabad, Telangana.

Arvind Krishna, the chairman, president, and CEO of IBM, has devoted over 30 years to the company. He gained notable recognition in 2016 when he was listed among “25 geniuses who are creating the future of business” due to his pioneering work in blockchain technology. His journey began in the West Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh.

Over at Adobe, Shantanu Narayen has significantly transformed the company into a creative software powerhouse, particularly with iconic products like Photoshop and Acrobat. Throughout his tenure, he has also secured five patents. Narayen hails from Hyderabad, Telangana.

Thomas Kurian, in charge of Google Cloud since 2019, was honored as ‘Cloud Wars CEO of the Year for 2024’ in recognition of his industry expertise and contribution. His roots trace back to Pampady, a town in Kerala.

Meanwhile, at Micron Technology, Sanjay Mehrotra serves as the CEO, leveraging his background as a co-founder of SanDisk. His efforts in computing architecture and artificial intelligence innovations have yielded over 70 patents. Mehrotra originates from Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh.

As the current CEO of YouTube, Neal Mohan is focusing on enhancing creator tools and ensuring platform safety since his appointment in 2023. Though born to an Indian family, Mohan was raised in the United States.

Finally, Sabih Khan recently ascended to the position of Chief Operating Officer at Apple. Having served in the company for 30 years, he was elevated from his role as Senior Vice President of Operations. Khan traces his origins to Moradabad, Uttar Pradesh.

This cadre of Indian-origin executives not only exemplifies leadership within their respective companies but also represents the growing influence of Indian talent in the global tech arena.

Source: Original article

Indian-Origin Leaders Prominent in Global Tech Firms

From Google to Apple, Indian-origin leaders are at the helm of major global tech giants, showcasing their influence and inspiring innovation worldwide.

In the competitive realm of technology, Indian-origin leaders are making significant strides, heading some of the world’s most recognized companies. This impressive cohort includes Sundar Pichai of Google and Alphabet, Satya Nadella of Microsoft, Arvind Krishna of IBM, and several others, all of whom have distinguished themselves in their fields and continue to lead global innovation.

Sundar Pichai, originally from Madurai, Tamil Nadu, serves as the CEO of both Google and its parent company, Alphabet. Pichai is known for his leadership skills, often described through a framework he calls the 7E style, which focuses on ethics and excellence. Under his guidance, Google has advanced significantly in the fields of artificial intelligence and information organization.

At Microsoft, Satya Nadella holds the positions of chairman and CEO. Assuming these roles in 2014, Nadella has transformed the company’s culture and strategic direction. Prior to his rise at Microsoft, Nadella was on the board at Starbucks and led the company’s Online Services Division’s R&D efforts. His early life was spent in Hyderabad, Telangana.

Arvind Krishna, from the West Godavari district in Andhra Pradesh, has risen to the level of chairman, president, and CEO at IBM. He has dedicated over three decades to the tech giant and has been instrumental in pioneering blockchain technology. In 2016, Wired magazine recognized Krishna as one of 25 geniuses forming the future of business.

Adobe’s evolution into a creative software powerhouse is largely credited to its CEO, Shantanu Narayen. Born in Hyderabad, Telangana, Narayen has led Adobe through a successful period, bolstering its suite of products—most notably Photoshop and Acrobat. His innovative contributions also include holding five patents.

Thomas Kurian, a native of Pampady, Kerala, has been the CEO of Google Cloud since 2019. His leadership has been widely lauded, earning him the title of ‘Cloud Wars CEO of the Year for 2024’. His strategic direction has steered Google Cloud through competitive waters effectively.

Micron Technology’s CEO, Sanjay Mehrotra, has devoted his efforts to advancing computing architecture and artificial intelligence. Mehrotra, from Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, is also the co-founder of SanDisk and is credited with more than 70 patents, underscoring his commitment to technological innovation.

Neal Mohan has been leading YouTube as its CEO since 2023. Born to an Indian family in the United States, Mohan has prioritized enhancing creator tools and ensuring platform safety, continuing the legacy of transformation at the video-sharing giant.

Newly at the forefront of Apple operations as COO is Sabih Khan. Hailing from Moradabad, Uttar Pradesh, Khan has been with Apple for three decades, climbing the ranks from his position as Senior Vice President of Operations. His journey is a testament to dedication and expertise within one of the world’s largest tech companies.

These luminaries not only lead some of the largest technological enterprises but also inspire countless individuals around the globe with their dedication and innovative approaches.

Source: Original article

Dr. Kiran Dhanireddy Led Team Performs First Ever Bloodless Heart-Liver Transplant

Transplant surgeons from USF Health and Tampa General Hospital (TGH) have successfully completed the world’s first bloodless heart-liver transplant, a groundbreaking procedure that marks a significant milestone in the field of transplant surgery.

Dhanireddy Kiran 02 web
Keck School of Medicine faculty member and director of Pancreas Transplantation, Kiran Dhanireddy, MD, has been appointed chief medical officer of USC Care.

Dr. Kiran Dhanireddy, vice president and chief of the USF Health and Tampa General Hospital (TGH) , and Dr. Gundars Katlaps, surgical director of the lung transplant program, both of whom are also associate professors at the USF Health Morsani College of Medicine, have achieved an unprecedented medical milestone. The team was able to perform the complex surgery without the use of blood products, making it the first recorded instance of a bloodless heart-liver transplant.

The operation underscores the importance of academic medical centers in advancing complex medical treatments. Charles J. Lockwood, MD, MHCM, executive vice president of USF Health and dean of the Morsani College of Medicine, emphasized the value of academic medical centers in providing specialized care for patients with limited options. “Our physicians have the expertise to provide complex care for patients who have no other options,” Lockwood stated. He praised the innovative problem-solving and multidisciplinary care that enable better health outcomes at academic institutions, and expressed pride in the leadership demonstrated by TGH’s physicians.

In a message posted on LinkedIn, Dr. Kiran Dhanireddy said, “Today marks a monumental milestone in my career—I am proud to announce we have successfully performed the world’s first bloodless heart-liver transplant—a groundbreaking achievement that reflects the unmatched expertise and innovation of our academic health system. Now we’ve made history with a global first. Number 1 is no longer just a title—it’s a trajectory. We have positioned ourselves as the place where complex problems are not just faced—but solved. This historic success is a testament to the brilliant, relentless, and compassionate teams who continue to push boundaries and reimagine what’s possible in patient care. We’re not just setting the bar—we’re raising it.”

Kiran Dhanireddy MD holds multiple leadership roles at Tampa General Hospital, including Vice President of the TGH Transplant Institute and Surgical Director of Liver Transplant. Additionally, Kiran serves as Executive Director of the Advanced Organ Disease & Transplantation Institute and Associate Director of the same institute. Since January 2022, Kiran has also been the Vice President of Medical Affairs at University of South Florida Tampa General Physicians. Kiran earned a Doctor of Medicine degree from Georgetown University from 1996 to 2000 and a Bachelor of Science in Biology from the same institution from 1992 to 1996.

John Couris, president and CEO of Tampa General Hospital, echoed these sentiments, noting the significance of the academic setting in facilitating access to cutting-edge technology and research. “As a true academic health system, our transplant team has access to cutting-edge technologies, innovative techniques and the latest research available,” Couris remarked. This commitment to academic excellence contributed to the Transplant Institute’s reputation as a leader in the field, attracting patients from across the nation seeking solutions to complex medical conditions.

The patient, diagnosed with both coronary artery disease and fatty liver disease as part of metabolic syndrome, had waited more than 18 months for this groundbreaking procedure. Given the need to avoid blood products, the transplant team undertook the challenge of performing a bloodless dual-organ transplant, a rarity in medical practice.

Dr. Dhanireddy highlighted the achievement as a testament to the capabilities of academic medicine, which allowed for the assembly of a team with unparalleled expertise. “The success of this first-of-its-kind procedure is a true testament to the power of academic medicine,” he said. The procedure demonstrated meticulous surgical technique and coordinated perioperative care, which are crucial in delivering optimal outcomes for patients. Dr. Dhanireddy noted that unfortunately, many patients lack access to such resources, needing to travel significant distances and face delays in care, but TGH aims to provide equitable care for patients both locally and nationwide.

While bloodless transplant surgery has existed since the first single-organ transplant in 1986, it remains uncommon in most health systems. The discipline is evolving, with the first bloodless heart-kidney transplant recorded earlier this year. As the frequency of these surgeries increases, so does the overall success and survival rate for patients.\

Beyond accommodating patients with medical contraindications or religious beliefs that preclude blood transfusions, research shows that minimizing the use of blood products has benefits such as faster recovery times and reduced infection risks. These advantages have led to advocacy for patient blood management programs aimed at optimizing the use of a patient’s own blood where possible.

Dr. Katlaps emphasized that patients already face numerous challenges, including delays and inequities in organ allocation and lack of access to specialized care. “A patient’s inability to receive blood products — whatever the reason — should not be one of them,” he stated. His team takes pride not only in making medical history but also in offering lifesaving care previously unattainable elsewhere.

According to USF Health, this historic surgery signifies a leap forward in transplant medicine, showcasing the potential for academic institutions to pioneer innovative solutions for patients worldwide.

US Airports End Shoe Removal Rule at Security Screenings

U.S. airports will no longer require passengers to remove their shoes during security screenings, ending a long-standing requirement implemented by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA).

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security has announced that the policy requiring passengers to remove their shoes during airport security screenings has been discontinued, effective immediately. This decision marks the end of a measure that has been in place across the nation since 2006.

Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem stated that although passengers can keep their shoes on, the TSA will maintain a “multi-layered” security screening process. Passengers are still required to remove belts and coats and to separate laptops and liquids from their carry-on bags, although these rules are currently under review.

The shoe removal policy was initially enacted in response to an attempted bombing by British national Richard Reid, who attempted to detonate explosives hidden in his shoes on a flight from Paris to Miami in December 2001. Reid was subdued by fellow passengers, allowing the flight to land safely in Boston.

“Our security technology has changed dramatically. It’s evolved. TSA has changed,” Secretary Noem remarked at a news conference. “We have a multi-layered, whole-of-government approach now to security and to the environment that people anticipate and experience when they come into an airport that has been honed and it’s been hardened.”

The adjustment aligns with the intent to enhance the travel experience while maintaining the level of security that travelers expect. “It’s important we find ways to keep people safe, but also streamline and make the process much more enjoyable for every single person,” Noem added.

Some airports, including Cincinnati/Northern Kentucky International Airport, Philadelphia International Airport, and Piedmont Triad International Airport in North Carolina, had already implemented the new shoe policy before the formal announcement.

Previously, those qualified for the TSA PreCheck program, such as children and other approved travelers, were exempt from removing footwear during security checks. The PreCheck program offers a fast-track screening process for approved travelers, which involves an application process and fingerprinting.

Airlines for America, a trade organization representing major U.S. airlines, expressed support for the new changes. “This policy change will go a long way in facilitating smooth, seamless and secure travel for passengers and is welcome news to the millions of people who fly every day,” said Nicholas E. Calio, president and CEO of Airlines for America, in a statement.

The removal of shoes was one of several security measures introduced following the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, along with other precautions aimed at preventing similarly dangerous items from being brought aboard aircraft.

While the policy change affects the shoe removal requirement, it is part of a broader initiative to optimize the airport security experience without compromising safety measures in place since the early 2000s.

Trump Announces Tariffs on Copper and Pharmaceutical Imports

President Donald Trump has announced a new 50% tariff on all copper imports into the United States, though the timeline for its implementation remains uncertain.

President Donald Trump declared on Tuesday that a 50% tariff will be imposed on all copper imported into the U.S., continuing his administration’s pattern of leveraging tariffs as a strategic tool. However, details regarding when this new tariff will take effect are not yet clear.

“Today we’re doing copper,” Trump stated during a Cabinet meeting, indicating his administration’s decision to set the tariff at 50%.

This initiative marks the fourth broad-based tariff imposition by Trump in his second term. Previously, the administration set tariffs of 25% on imported cars and car parts, alongside 50% tariffs on imported steel and aluminum.

The White House has not yet provided CNN with any information about the timeline for enacting the copper tariffs.

The decision to impose a copper tariff follows a Section 232 investigation initiated in February, leveraging a legal framework that authorizes the president to impose tariffs for national security reasons.

Copper is integral to the manufacturing of numerous goods, including electronics, machinery, and automobiles. Imposing tariffs on copper could potentially elevate the cost of these goods for American consumers. Last year, the United States imported $17 billion worth of copper, according to data from the U.S. Commerce Department. Chile emerged as the largest supplier, exporting $6 billion worth of copper to the U.S. in 2024.

Following Trump’s announcement, copper prices soared to unprecedented levels. Copper futures in New York spiked by as much as 15%, reaching a record high of $5.68 per pound.

“I’ve been surprised it’s taken this long to get the copper tariff,” Ed Mills, a Washington policy analyst at Raymond James, remarked to CNN.

This year, copper prices have surged by 38%, reflecting a tendency to stockpile the metal in anticipation of tariff hikes.

“A 50% increase will be a massive tax on consumers of copper,” commented Ole Hansen, head of commodity strategy at Saxo Bank. “Watch what Trump does, not what he says,” Hansen advised, suggesting that a staggered tariff approach might be adopted to mitigate its impact on consumers.

In addition, Trump announced impending 200% tariffs on pharmaceuticals, noting that these could be delayed to incentivize pharmaceutical companies to relocate their operations to the U.S.

Although the president had exempted pharmaceutical imports from tariffs during his first term, he has been vocal about implementing such measures, citing national security concerns. An investigation into pharmaceutical imports commenced in mid-April, potentially paving the way for these tariffs.

Trump argues that increasing domestic pharmaceutical production is crucial for reducing reliance on foreign medicine supplies. Several pharmaceutical companies have announced plans to expand their manufacturing capacities within the U.S., some of which were initiated prior to Trump’s second term beginning in January.

The announcement of possible pharmaceutical tariffs prompted a reaction from Australia’s Treasurer, Jim Chalmers, who stated that the country is “urgently seeking” more details about this development given its potential impact on billions of dollars in exports to the U.S.

Additionally, on Monday, Trump extended a pause on “reciprocal” tariffs until August 1. These tariffs, originally set to resume in April, were scheduled to restart at 12:01 a.m. ET on Wednesday. In the interim, Trump has been actively communicating with foreign leaders about potential new tariff rates, pending further negotiations.

This article has been updated to include additional context and recent developments, according to CNN.

Texas Floods Cause Fatalities on July 8, 2025

More than 160 people are missing and over 110 have died due to devastating floods in Kerr County, Texas, prompting a review of the state’s emergency alert system.

Authorities in Texas are grappling with the aftermath of severe flooding that has left more than 160 individuals unaccounted for in Kerr County, central Texas. Governor Greg Abbott reported that these figures were obtained through “combined law enforcement efforts.” Additionally, at least a dozen people are missing in other parts of the state. Tragically, more than 110 fatalities have been confirmed in the region.

Governor Abbott addressed the situation in a news conference held in the heavily affected area. He announced that the state’s emergency alert system, which some have criticized in the wake of the disaster, is scheduled for discussion during a special session of the Texas legislature later this month. This review aims to address any shortcomings and improve the system’s effectiveness in future emergencies.

Just two days before the flooding, Camp Mystic, a youth camp located in Kerr County, was inspected by a state official. Records, later acquired by CNN, indicate that the camp had an emergency plan in place, and its structures, including cabins and other buildings, were certified as safe.

According to CNN, the flooding in Kerr County has been one of the deadliest weather-related events in Texas in recent years, highlighting the urgent need for ensuring the safety and preparedness of communities in flood-prone areas.

FIA New England Honors Veterans, Celebrates 249th U.S. Independence Day

The Foundation of Indian Americans (FIA) New England celebrated the 249th Independence Day of the United States with a notable event in Northborough, Massachusetts, recognizing American war veterans and fostering cross-cultural unity.

The Foundation of Indian Americans (FIA) New England, in partnership with The Boston Group, commemorated the 249th Independence Day of the United States on June 29, 2025, in Northborough, Massachusetts. This grand occasion united diverse communities to celebrate shared values of “freedom, unity, and cross-cultural pride.”

The event commenced with a warm welcome from Jyoti Singh, a member of the FIA Board of Directors, and was emceed by Maggie Lemay, a U.S. military veteran and 9/11 survivor, who also holds the title of Ms. Continental Worldwide. Sanjay Gokhale, Vice President of FIA, led the opening ceremony with the Pledge of Allegiance. The U.S. National Anthem followed, performed by children from the Padamini Dance Academy and accompanied by a local band.

A significant highlight of the celebration was the honoring of American war veterans and local law enforcement officers. The recognition was extended to Elizabeth Barry, a U.S. Army Veteran; Bruce DeGraff, a U.S. Marine Corps Veteran; and the Northborough Police Department, represented by Chief Brian Griffin and Officer Spencer. Community leaders Meetu Gupta and Irvin Victoria King were also acknowledged for their civic contributions.

According to FIA, the veterans shared poignant memories of their military service, including reflections on World War II, creating a deeply moving experience for all in attendance. These heroes received special honors from Shruthi Purushottam, Deputy Consul General of India in Boston, FIA President Abhishek Singh, and other FIA executives.

The event also featured a surprise video message from former U.S. Congressman Joe Kennedy III, who expressed heartfelt greetings and praised the Indian American community for its ongoing contributions to American society. Subu Kota, the founder of The Boston Group, highlighted the integral role of the Indian American community within the U.S. fabric, emphasizing its longstanding commitment to the nation’s welfare and progress.

The celebration included cultural performances, live music, and a diverse array of cuisine, offering a vibrant display of Indian American pride and American patriotism. Organizers stressed the event’s core message of inclusivity, multiculturalism, and civic unity.

The FIA extended its gratitude to its key team members, including Rakesh–Deepti Kavsari, Amol–Piyusha & Pranita, Santosh–Girish Soni, Mohan Ji, Chanukya Rao, Divya Prakash, Naveen Kumar, Abhinav Yadav, Vishant Mahajan, and Himanshu Chouhan. Special thanks were also given to Mitesh & Padamini and her dance team; Santosh & Bhawana for their musical contributions; and Maharshi & Jassi, along with the American band led by Mark Femino and others, for their support in making the event a success.

IRS Permits Churches to Endorse Candidates Without Tax Penalty

The IRS has signaled that churches can endorse political candidates without jeopardizing their tax-exempt status, challenging a long-standing interpretation of the U.S. tax code’s Johnson Amendment.

The Internal Revenue Service announced in a federal court filing that churches are entitled to endorse political candidates during services without forfeiting their tax-exempt status. This decision marks a significant shift from a 70-year-old interpretation of the U.S. tax code, specifically the Johnson Amendment, which historically prohibited certain non-profit organizations, including churches, from engaging in such endorsements.

The IRS’s filing stated that communications from a house of worship to its congregation during religious services, when conducted through customary channels, do not violate the Johnson Amendment. The agency clarified that when a church discusses electoral politics from a religious perspective during services, it does not amount to participation or intervention in a political campaign, as understood within the usual meaning of these terms.

This move could lead to significant changes in how churches and religious organizations interact with political campaigns and candidates. The filing was part of a legal settlement effort in a U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, involving the IRS, the National Religious Broadcasters group, Sand Springs Church in Athens, Texas, and First Baptist Church Waksom in Waksom, Texas. The parties involved in the lawsuit argued that the Johnson Amendment infringed upon their First Amendment rights to free speech and religious expression.

President Donald Trump has previously advocated for the repeal of the Johnson Amendment, aligning with arguments presented by these religious groups. The IRS’s recent position indicates a considerable deviation from its past interpretations of the tax code concerning church involvement in political endorsements.

The lawsuit resulted in a joint motion to settle through a consent judgment, which, if approved, would prevent the IRS from enforcing the Johnson Amendment against the suing churches. However, at the time of the filing, the district court had not yet issued a ruling on the motion.

According to CNCB, these developments could influence similar cases and may lead to broader implications for the intersection of religious freedom and political expression within U.S. tax law.

Trump’s Bill Reduces Remittance Tax for Indians to 1%

President Donald Trump’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act has advanced in the Senate, featuring a reduced 1% tax on remittances, offering relief to Indian professionals and non-resident Indians (NRIs) in the U.S.

In a significant development for Indian professionals and non-resident Indians (NRIs) in the United States, President Donald Trump’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act has managed to surmount a major hurdle in the Senate, now offering a considerably lowered remittance tax of 1%. This development is seen as a substantial relief from the originally proposed 5% tax rate, which had initially drawn widespread concern.

The updated draft of the bill now implements a mere 1% tax on remittances sent via cash, money orders, or cashier’s checks. This marks a substantial reduction from the 5% rate proposed in May, which was later downscaled to 3.5% in the House version of the bill. The reduced tax rate applies to remittance transfers not made through financial institutions or using a debit or credit card issued in the United States.

The initial draft of the bill passed by the House of Representatives in May caused alarm among many Indian professionals due to its high proposed tax, affecting non-U.S. citizens, including those on Green Cards and temporary visas like H-1B and H-2A. Remittances comprise a significant component of India’s foreign income, making the tax rate particularly relevant for Indian nationals residing abroad.

Data from the Migration Policy Institute, as cited by The Times of India, indicated that approximately 2.9 million Indians were living in the U.S. as of 2023, making them the second-largest foreign-born demographic in the country. Additionally, the World Bank reported in 2024 that India was the largest recipient of international remittances, accumulating $129 billion, with 28% of these remittances originating from the U.S.

In light of these statistics, the remittance policy is pivotal for states like Kerala, Uttar Pradesh, and Bihar, where remittances are a crucial financial lifeline for millions of households.

Despite the remittance tax relief, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act includes contentious elements such as a $150 billion increase in military spending, mass deportation measures, and funding for a border wall. To offset these expenses, the bill proposes substantial cuts to federal programs, including Medicaid and incentives for clean energy, inciting opposition from various political factions, including divisions within the Republican Party itself.

This policy proposal has led to public disagreements, notably between President Trump and Tesla CEO Elon Musk, who lashed out at the bill as “utterly insane,” cautioning that it would jeopardize millions of American jobs.

The flag-bearing piece of legislation narrowly passed a Senate vote by 51-49, pushing it forward for further Senate discussions. According to Al Jazeera, President Trump aims to see the bill enacted by Congress before the Fourth of July.

Source: Original article

Law Targeting Nazis May Strip Citizenship from More Americans

The U.S. Department of Justice, under the Trump administration, is looking to expand its denaturalization efforts, placing millions of naturalized citizens at potential risk of losing their citizenship.

The Justice Department (DOJ) has traditionally employed denaturalization powers to revoke citizenship from those who falsely obtained it or hid significant parts of their past, such as former Nazis. However, a recent memo indicates a potential broadening of this scope under the current Trump administration, raising concerns among legal experts.

According to the memo, attorneys are now instructed to focus their efforts on denaturalizing individuals who may pose a “potential danger to national security.” This marks a shift that aligns with the administration’s stringent immigration policies and could affect a significant number of naturalized citizens by risking their deportation.

The efforts prioritize individuals who have committed violent crimes or are associated with gangs, drug cartels, or have engaged in fraudulent activities. The memo, issued by the head of the DOJ’s Civil Division, outlines these priorities.

Experts and officials are voicing concerns that the broader initiative may instill fear among legal immigrants, especially those critical of the Trump administration. Cassandra Burke Robertson, a law professor at Case Western Reserve University, expressed concern about this potential politicization of citizenship, stating, “The politicization of citizenship rights is something that really worries me, I think it’s just flatly inconsistent with our democratic system.”

This current effort harkens back to a McCarthy-era statute initially used to identify Communists. Over the years, it has primarily targeted war criminals, marked by the establishment of a DOJ unit in 1979 which focused on deporting individuals affiliated with the Nazis.

More historic efforts included Operation Janus under the Obama administration, focusing on identity theft in obtaining citizenship. Trump had previously attempted to extend denaturalization by establishing a specialized office at the DOJ in 2020, which was later dismantled by the Biden administration.

On returning to power, Trump has aimed to remodel immigration enforcement broadly, enlisting agencies like the FBI and U.S. Marshals in deportation efforts and scrutinizing foreign student visas. The new directive does not revive the prior office; instead, it prompts the entire Civil Division to prioritize denaturalization “in all cases permitted by law,” as per the memo. This guidance suggests that U.S. attorneys across the nation should highlight cases potentially suitable for denaturalization proceedings.

During Trump’s first term, 102 denaturalization cases were filed, compared to the 24 cases filed under Biden, stated Chad Gilmartin, a DOJ spokesperson. In Trump’s second term, five cases have been filed in its initial five months.

The DOJ clarified, “Denaturalization proceedings will only be pursued as permitted by law and supported by evidence against individuals who illegally procured or misrepresented facts in the naturalization process.” However, several current and former DOJ officials expressed concern that the memo’s broad directives could be used to expel individuals based on vague allegations.

Robertson noted that the administration might seek out historical errors in the naturalization process of political opponents, including student activists. Irina Manta, a law professor at Hofstra University, suggested the policy change could stifle free speech due to fear among citizens, stating, “I regularly observe the fear firsthand.”

Adding to this concern, Trump has suggested deporting certain American citizens, although his seriousness remains ambiguous. He has implied that the administration should potentially examine removing individuals, like criticizing businessman Elon Musk, following a disagreement over policy.

In a formal step reflecting this stance, Congressman Andy Ogles recently requested Attorney General Pam Bondi to investigate whether Zohran Mamdani, a New York City mayoral candidate and naturalized citizen from Uganda, should be considered for denaturalization due to his political expressions in support of contentious figures.

The broader implications of these potential policy shifts remain provocative, with significant apprehension among legal professionals and immigrants distressed over what may follow, according to CNN.

Source: Original article

Trump Signs Significant Bill into Law

President Trump signed a comprehensive reconciliation package into law, incorporating tax cuts and Medicaid reductions, marking a major political achievement for his administration following extensive negotiations with Congressional Republicans.

President Trump finalized a significant legislative accomplishment on Friday by signing into law an expansive reconciliation package that includes extended tax cuts and phased-in reductions to Medicaid, culminating after months of challenging negotiations with Republicans on Capitol Hill.

The signing took place during a Fourth of July military family picnic at the White House. Trump had aimed to have the legislation ready by Independence Day, a goal that seemed uncertain just days before. “We made promises, and it’s really promises made, promises kept, and we’ve kept them,” Trump declared from the balcony overlooking the South Lawn. He added, “This is a triumph of democracy on the birthday of democracy. And I have to say, the people are happy.”

First Lady Melania Trump, various Cabinet officials, and numerous Republican lawmakers, including Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.), House Majority Leader Steve Scalise (R-La.), House Majority Whip Tom Emmer (R-Minn.), and Rep. Jason Smith (R-Mo.), attended the ceremony. The event featured added spectacles such as a flyover by two B-2 bombers. These aircraft recently carried out strikes on Iranian nuclear facilities last month.

The Senate passed its version of the bill early Tuesday morning, with Vice President Vance casting the tie-breaking vote after three Republicans opposed it. The House approved the legislation without amendments on Thursday afternoon, following extended efforts to secure support from hesitant members during a procedural vote. The final House vote was close at 218-214, with two Republicans voting against it.

Friday’s bill signing capped off a series of favorable developments for Trump, including achievements in foreign policy, a strong jobs report, and historic low apprehension numbers at the southern border. “We’ve I think had probably the most successful almost six months as a president and the presidency,” Trump stated. “I think they’re saying it was the best six months, and I know for a fact they’re saying the last two weeks, there has never been anything like it as far as winning, winning, winning.”

The legislation incorporates key elements from Trump’s 2024 campaign platform. It extends the tax cuts originally enacted in 2017, which were due to expire later this year. It also eliminates certain taxes on tipped wages and raises the cap on state and local tax (SALT) deductions, a contentious issue during negotiations.

The bill allocates $150 billion for border wall funding, immigration enforcement, and deportations, alongside $150 billion in new defense spending for projects like shipbuilding and the “Golden Dome” missile defense initiative. It cuts green energy incentives while boosting domestic fossil fuel production. The legislation also increases the debt ceiling by $5 trillion, alleviating concerns about a potential federal default.

Democrats have criticized the bill for its cuts to low-income health and nutrition programs, arguing that these reductions offset tax cut revenue losses but also threaten health coverage for millions. House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries (D-Calif.) delivered an extensive speech opposing the bill, claiming it would harm working families. Trump dismissed Jeffries’ remarks and Democratic criticism as a “con job.”

Despite negative polling, White House officials have downplayed criticism, contending that public opinion will improve once Republicans adequately inform constituents about the bill’s benefits, according to The Hill.

U.S. Economy: 147K Jobs Added in June, Exceeding Expectations

The U.S. economy added 147,000 jobs in June while the unemployment rate held steady at 4.1 percent, surpassing economists’ expectations, according to the Labor Department.

The labor market continued its steady progress last month, outpacing economists’ predictions that called for 100,000 new jobs and a slight uptick in the unemployment rate to 4.3 percent. These numbers reflect the resilience of the U.S. economy, which has withstood challenges from President Trump’s extensive tariffs that have significantly raised import tax rates and fueled uncertainty about future trade relations.

Tensions over trade seemed to ease slightly as President Trump delayed or reduced some proposed tariffs initially set out in April. However, a deadline looms as the White House approaches a self-imposed cutoff on July 9 to negotiate agreements with nations affected by these tariffs. President Trump has maintained that he is prepared to re-impose significant tariffs, which could revive economic apprehension.

The June jobs report detailed sector-specific growth: the health sector saw an addition of 39,000 jobs, while social assistance jobs increased by 19,000. However, sectors such as oil and gas, construction, manufacturing, and mining saw little change, with manufacturing employment decreasing by 7,000 jobs for the month.

A notable rise in government employment contributed to the overall job growth, with 73,000 jobs added primarily at the state and local levels, while federal employment declined by 7,000 positions. Concurrently, the labor force experienced a decline of 130,000 individuals, with the workforce participation rate slightly decreasing to 62.3 percent from May’s 62.4 percent.

Amid these economic developments, the Federal Reserve has refrained from altering interest rates, holding off on cuts to evaluate the influence of tariffs and other macroeconomic factors on pricing. Inflation indicators show an upward trend with the consumer price index and the personal consumption expenditures price index recording annual increases of 2.4 percent and 2.3 percent, respectively.

There is anticipation among forecasters that the impact of tariffs on consumer prices will become more pronounced over the summer. However, uncertainties remain regarding how these import taxes will affect different points in the value chain, or if they will diminish product demand or be transferred to consumers.

President Trump has been vocal about his frustration towards the Federal Reserve’s reluctance to reduce rates, having sent a message to Fed Chair Jerome Powell urging significant rate cuts, citing substantial financial losses. Currently, U.S. inflation surpasses other regions, with the European Union achieving a 2 percent inflation rate in June, meeting the Fed’s target rate. Christine Lagarde, President of the European Central Bank, noted this accomplishment at an international conference, while Jerome Powell attributed the Fed’s static rate policy to the ongoing tariffs imposed by the White House.

According to The Hill, these economic dynamics continue to play a vital role in shaping both domestic and international financial landscapes.

Source: Original article

House Approves Tax and Spending Bill Backed by Johnson, Trump

House Republicans narrowly passed President Trump’s “big, beautiful bill,” with a final vote of 218-214, sending it to his desk for signing.

House Republicans successfully passed President Trump’s “big, beautiful bill” on Thursday, with a tight vote margin of 218-214. The bill now awaits Trump’s signature, which is expected to take place on the Fourth of July, meeting the deadline he had set for its arrival at his desk.

The legislation’s passage did not come without challenges. GOP leaders engaged in hours of procedural votes, striving to secure the necessary support. Among those opposing the bill were two Republican representatives, Thomas Massie of Kentucky and Brian Fitzpatrick of Pennsylvania, who joined all Democrats in voting against it.

Trump was actively involved in the process, and House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries (D-N.Y.) delivered a substantial floor speech that lasted 8 hours and 44 minutes, criticizing the legislation.

The bill’s approval represents a significant triumph for both President Trump and Speaker of the House Mike Johnson (R-La.).

Beyond the legislative victory, President Trump plans to attend additional engagements. On Thursday, he will meet with former Israeli hostage Edan Alexander alongside First Lady Melania Trump. Following this meeting, he will travel to Iowa to commence the celebration of America’s 250th year with a speech at the state fairgrounds.

The original report of the bill’s passage was shared by The Hill.

Source: Original article

House GOP Leaders Strive to Unite on Trump Megabill

GOP leaders are racing to secure alignment within their ranks to pass a pivotal Senate bill that embodies former President Trump’s domestic agenda before the impending holiday weekend.

Republican leaders face significant challenges as they attempt to unify their caucus behind a substantial Senate bill aimed at implementing key aspects of former President Trump’s agenda, including substantial tax cuts, stricter immigration policies, a pivot from green energy initiatives, and significant reductions in federal health and nutrition programs.

The endeavor comes amid resistance from both moderate Republicans concerned about increased Medicaid cuts and conservatives alarmed by a rise in deficit spending, both measures exacerbated in the Senate’s version of the legislation. This discord poses a critical test for Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) and other GOP leaders who are under pressure to pass the bill, which demands nearly unanimous support given the slim Republican majority in the House.

Rep. Chip Roy (R-Texas), a prominent member of the conservative House Freedom Caucus, voiced skepticism about the bill’s ability to achieve the Trump administration’s objectives. “I know why they’re going to lobby for it, I know why the president’s going to push for it. They want to see it get done, and I get it,” Roy said, but he added, “But I think we have more work to do.”

Tensions are rising as House Republicans must decide between opposing a Senate-modified bill they originally supported or yielding to pressure for party unity and delivering Trump a legislative victory. Some, like a moderate House Republican, have expressed uncertainty about the best course of action. “Maybe I’ll get lucky and have a rough enough landing or something that I’m unable to make [it] to D.C. for a few weeks,” the member said to The Hill.

Former President Trump is actively lobbying Republicans to back the bill, with threats suggesting primary challenges against those who oppose what he calls the “big, beautiful bill.” Rep. Thomas Massie (R-Ky.), who opposed the House version in May, faces a MAGA-backed push to unseat him due to his expected dissent against the Senate bill.

Meanwhile, Democrats remain critical of the legislation, which includes significant cuts in low-income health and nutrition programs to fund tax reductions. House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries (D-N.Y.) highlighted the bill’s potential impact on constituents, questioning why Republicans, especially those in competitive districts, would support it.

With a self-imposed deadline to pass the bill by July 4, Speaker Johnson acknowledges the ambitious timeline. He stated, “We’ll see what happens in the next 24 hours,” also admitting discontent with the Senate’s modifications but recognizing the necessity to advance without alterations to avoid another Senate vote.

There are doubts regarding the House’s ability to meet this timeline, as expressed by Rep. Marlin Stutzman (R-Ind.) on social media. Stutzman pointed out the Senate’s “unacceptable increases to the national debt and the deficit,” making House passage challenging.

The urgency is evident as the House Rules Committee convened to discuss the bill, marking the beginning of its progression through the House. If cleared, GOP leaders plan to move forward quickly, initiating debates and votes as early as Wednesday morning. However, initial steps face obstacles. Rep. Andy Harris (R-Md.), aligned with the Freedom Caucus, announced opposition to the procedural rule necessary for advancing the bill, threatening a legislative standstill.

The margin is slim, with Republicans allowed only three defections if Democrats uniformly oppose the rule. Already, Harris and Rep. Ralph Norman (R-S.C.) have committed to voting against it.

Trump, undeterred, hailed the Senate’s passage and urged House Republicans to follow suit. “I thought the Senate was going to be tougher than the House. We got there. We got pretty much what we wanted,” he said, emphasizing the importance of passing the landmark bill.

A senior White House official, stressing urgency, called for the bill’s enactment in its present form by the July 4 deadline to allow Trump to sign it ceremonially on Independence Day. “The end of the road is here. The bill is finished. The bill needs to be sent to the president’s desk and it needs to be done … on or before July 4,” the official stated.

The administration is conducting an extensive effort to galvanize support, utilizing top officials, including Trump, his budget director, and heads of relevant departments, to coordinate the endeavor.

Source: Original article

GOP Leaders Work to Unite Party on Trump Megabill

Republican leaders in the House are urgently working to unite their party behind a substantial Senate bill aimed at enacting former President Donald Trump’s domestic agenda before the upcoming holiday weekend.

The effort is proving challenging, as both moderate and conservative Republicans have expressed concerns. Moderates are troubled by the expanded cuts to Medicaid — a change made in the Senate — while conservatives are alarmed by the increased deficit spending also introduced by the Senate. These divisions threaten the bill’s passage, as the GOP holds only a slim majority in the House, necessitating nearly unanimous support from the party.

Rep. Chip Roy of Texas, a member of the conservative House Freedom Caucus, expressed skepticism about the bill: “If you look at the totality of this, I don’t believe this delivers what the president, what the administration, were working to deliver on,” he said, indicating ongoing efforts to manage deficit spending.

Speaker of the House Mike Johnson of Louisiana and other GOP leaders are racing against time to consolidate support for the bill. The legislation is critical to Trump’s second-term agenda, comprising sweeping tax cuts, a hardline stance on immigration, a shift away from green energy policies, and substantial reductions in federal health and nutrition programs.

House GOP members, from moderates to hard-liners, originally cautioned against a bill changed by the Senate that could be perceived as “worse.” They now face a difficult choice: abandon their initial stance to deliver a victory for Trump, or maintain their position and risk defeating the bill.

Echoing the internal struggle, a moderate House Republican remarked to The Hill, “Maybe I’ll get lucky and have a rough enough landing or something that I’m unable to make [it] to D.C. for a few weeks,” underscoring the challenge of their predicament.

Adding to the pressure, former President Trump is strongly advocating for the bill, warning House Republicans of potential primary challenges if they oppose the legislation he terms the “big, beautiful bill.” This is not an idle threat; Rep. Thomas Massie of Kentucky, who opposed the House version, has been targeted by a MAGA-super PAC, and Sen. Thom Tillis of North Carolina faced backlash from Trump, leading to his announcement of retirement after the current term.

While Democrats cannot block the bill, they are underscoring its most controversial elements, like significant cuts to low-income health and nutrition programs — proposals aimed at funding the Republican tax cuts. House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries criticized the bill, saying, “This bill won’t make life more affordable for the American people. It will make life more expensive.”

The timeline for passing the legislation adds another layer of complexity. Johnson and GOP leaders aim to meet a self-imposed deadline of July 4, requiring swift action from lawmakers.

Despite the tight timeline, there is skepticism about meeting this goal. Conservatives and moderates alike have voiced concerns about increased national debt and deficits, complicating efforts to consolidate support. Rep. Marlin Stutzman of Indiana stressed the need to ensure the bill is more fiscally responsible for future generations.

On Tuesday, the House Rules Committee held a meeting as the first step in the legislative process. Subsequent actions include convening the House to debate and vote on procedural rules before deciding on the legislation. However, progress is already facing hurdles; Rep. Andy Harris of Maryland, head of the Freedom Caucus, intends to vote against the procedural rule, jeopardizing the bill’s advancement.

Trump continues to push the bill, praising the Senate’s approval and urging the House to follow suit, highlighting its significance. A senior White House official stressed the urgency of passing the bill in its current form before July 4, dismissing any notion of conferencing the House and Senate versions.

As the deadline looms, the White House is intensifying efforts to rally support, with top officials engaged in outreach to ensure the bill’s passage.

Source: Original article

Indian-American Lawmakers Criticize Senate Passage of GOP Budget Bill

Indian American lawmakers have expressed strong disapproval following the U.S. Senate’s passage of a Republican-led budget proposal that aims to significantly alter federal spending, including deep cuts to healthcare and social safety net programs while increasing funds for military and immigration enforcement.

On July 1, the U.S. Senate passed a controversial budget package that has stirred significant opposition from Indian American members of Congress. The proposal, led by Republicans, has come under fire for significant cuts to federal healthcare programs and social safety net initiatives while allocating more resources to military and immigration enforcement.

Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi (D-IL) criticized the Senate bill’s journey through Congress, stating, “The House Republican version of the Trump budget was already a disaster for the American people. The Senate somehow made it even worse.”

Representative Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) described the Senate’s amendments to the budget as “selfish, cruel and expensive,” particularly criticizing the healthcare provisions. She noted, “Senate Republicans just voted to cut healthcare for millions of Americans to pay for a tax break for the rich. Americans will die so that billionaires can get a tax cut.”

Other lawmakers, including Representative Suhas Subramanyam (D-VA), weigh in on the matter, asserting that the current bill compounds the shortcomings of the original proposal. “Old version: slashed Medicaid, cut clean energy, exploded the debt. New version: slashes more Medicaid, cuts more clean energy, raises the debt even more,” said Subramanyam. He also emphasized that “Nearly 17 million Americans are projected to lose their health insurance because of the Trump Administration’s Big Ugly Bill.”

Representative Shri Thanedar (D-MI) warned of the severe implications for food security and health coverage, stating, “This bill will take food off the table of 2 million Americans and take away access to healthcare from 16 million more,” continuing, “All to give billionaires yet another tax cut. I’m heading to DC right now to vote HELL NO on this Big Ugly bill in the House.”

Echoing this sentiment, Representative Ami Bera (D-CA) underscored that Democrats are in solidarity against the bill. “House Democrats stand united against this harmful bill that will strip at least 16 million Americans of their health care. We must defeat this,” he stated.

The Senate vote was narrowly split at 51-50, with Vice President JD Vance casting the tie-breaking vote after three Republicans—Thom Tillis of North Carolina, Susan Collins of Maine, and Rand Paul of Kentucky—sided with all 47 Democrats in opposing the bill.

Next, the budget bill will be reviewed by the House of Representatives, where Republicans maintain a slim majority of 220-212, making the outcome uncertain. House Democrats are anticipated to stand unanimously against the measure.

Stepping up efforts for its enactment by the Fourth of July, President Trump is expected to take a prominent role in convincing House Republicans to pass the bill.

According to New India Abroad

Source: Original article

Trump’s Birthright Citizenship View Contradicts Historical Facts

The Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution, long interpreted to grant birthright citizenship to immigrant children born in the U.S., has become a focal point of debate following President Donald Trump’s remarks questioning its applicability.

“All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.” This opening line of the Fourteenth Amendment has been traditionally understood by legal scholars as conferring citizenship on anyone born on U.S. soil, including the children of immigrants. However, President Donald Trump recently challenged this interpretation, claiming the amendment was intended only for descendants of enslaved individuals.

During a press conference celebrating a Supreme Court decision that partly allows the administration to push forward with ending birthright citizenship, Trump asserted, “This had to do with the babies of slaves.” While the ruling addressed lower courts’ limits to block the policy nationwide, Trump’s larger legal goal faces further challenges. He insists the framers of the amendment never intended it to apply to immigrant children.

The Fourteenth Amendment, indeed, was primarily drafted to secure rights for formerly enslaved people, as the post-Civil War era saw ex-Confederate states enacting laws severely restricting the freedoms of newly freed Black Americans. The Black Codes, as they were known, effectively sought to maintain slavery in all but name through restrictive regulations on labor, property ownership, and other civil rights.

To counteract these abuses, Congress passed the Civil Rights Act of 1866 over President Andrew Johnson’s veto, granting rights and citizenship to Black residents in the South. Recognizing these protections might not endure under changing political climates, lawmakers sought to enshrine them constitutionally in the Fourteenth Amendment.

Trump’s objections rest on two points: an interpretation of the amendment’s phrasing around jurisdiction and a belief that it was never intended to cover immigrant children. Critics of Trump’s perspective point to the framers’ intentions as evidence against his claims.

Senator Jacob Howard of Michigan, who drafted the amendment’s language, articulated its purpose was to declare that every person born in the U.S. was a citizen. He clarified, however, that the provision did not apply to children of foreign diplomats, indicating that other immigrant groups were included.

This understanding is further illustrated during Senate debates. Senator Edgar Cowan of Pennsylvania expressed fears that the amendment would lead to demographic upheaval by granting citizenship to immigrant children. His concerns, voiced during discussions, were especially focused on the Roma community in Pennsylvania and Chinese immigrants in California. However, Senator John Conness of California defended the amendment, stating it would rightfully include children of Chinese immigrants.

Though Cowan’s apprehensions highlighted racial and ethnic biases of the time, the broader consensus among the amendment’s supporters, both then and in judicial interpretations such as the 1898 United States v. Wong Kim Ark decision, was that birthright citizenship was meant for all born on U.S. soil, regardless of parental nationality.

The Supreme Court in Wong Kim Ark upheld that individuals born in the U.S. to immigrant parents were citizens, setting a crucial precedent that remains today. Despite Trump’s stance, the recent court decision did not directly support his interpretation of the Fourteenth Amendment. Rather, it addressed procedural aspects, limiting lower courts from issuing broad injunctions, effectively opening pathways to potentially uneven application across states.

Trump’s reading challenges the way millions of American families of European descent historically acquired citizenship. While current debates center on Asian or other non-European immigrant communities, European immigrants benefited from broad interpretations of existing laws. The framers focused then on the citizenship eligibility of Asian immigrants, not Europeans, under the original 1790 Naturalization Act provisions.

If Trump’s interpretation prevailed, the American identity and citizenship path for many with immigrant ancestors would be in question. The historical record, however, underscores a longstanding recognition of birthright citizenship as foundational to America’s national identity, bridging diverse origins under one citizenry.

Legal experts assert that the history is clear: the Fourteenth Amendment’s birthright citizenship clause was intended to be inclusive. Originalism, a judicial philosophy favored by conservatives, emphasizes interpreting the Constitution as understood at its inception, and within this framework, the historical context affirms the broader application of the citizenship clause.

For now, as legal battles continue, the understanding established since 1868 – that birthright citizenship applies to all born in the U.S. – remains valid, although its future is potentially at the mercy of ongoing legal interpretations and political intentions.

Source: Original article

The American Telugu Association (ATA) successfully convened its Board Meeting and Selected the Baltimore Convention Center for the 19th ATA Conference and Youth Convention.

DSC02222The American Telugu Association (ATA) held its Board Meeting on Saturday, June 28, 2025, at the APA Hotel Woodbridge in New Jersey. The event began with a devotional prayer song, followed by graceful classical dance performances. The board discussed recently conducted events, upcoming priorities, and partnerships, and approved the site and dates for the 19th ATA Conference.

Activities: During the board meeting, President Jayanth Challa highlighted several impactful initiatives that ATA has recently undertaken. These include a strategic collaboration with IIT Hyderabad to develop educational programs for students, as well as the celebration of Mother’s Day and Women’s Day across 12 U.S. cities. He also emphasized ATA’s focus on community engagement through eventsDSC02100 such as ATA Days, sports activities, 5K runs, yoga sessions, and community clean-up drives. Additionally, ATA has hosted a series of webinars addressing student concerns, health awareness, and immigration issues. Further initiatives include the launch of SAT preparation courses, IT training programs, and plans to expand health and fitness activities across multiple cities.  Looking ahead, ATA will host Start-up Cubes competitions in six major cities to promote innovation and help transform promising ideas into successful ventures. ATA is also advancing support for small businesses and women entrepreneurs, especially in the non-IT sector, through a series of awareness seminars that will guide participants from business setup to scalable operations. Further DSC02340strengthening its service efforts, ATA is partnering on clean water projects to empower NRIs to support development initiatives in their hometowns and villages across Telugu-speaking states. In addition, A presentation was given on Krishivaas, an AI-based mobile app developed by Agribridge, which aims to assist rural farmers in improving agricultural productivity while enabling NRIs to contribute toward enhancing farmer livelihoods.

Secretary and Treasurer Reports: Secretary Sainath Boyapalli and Treasurer Srikanth Gudipati presented their respective reports, along with updates from various standing and special committees. The Treasurer reportDSC02100 showcased the tradition of providing full transparency on ATA finances.

ATA Vedukalu: Seva Days in ATA President-Elect Satish Reddy announced the launch of “ATA Seva Days” in December 2025, which will culminate in the ATA Vedukalu Grand Finale on December 27, 2025, at Ravindra Bharathi in Hyderabad.

ATA 19the Conference and Youth Convention: The ATA Board unanimously approved the plan to host the 19th ATA Conference & Youth Convention from July 31 to August 2, 2026, at the Baltimore Convention Center in Baltimore, Maryland. Board members emphasized that Baltimore’s central location in the northeastern corridor makes it an DSC02055ideal choice for the convention. The event will take place under the leadership of ATA President Jayanth Challa. The ATA Board also reviewed and approved the budget for the upcoming national conference.

Appreciation to the NJ Team: The meeting concluded with warm appreciation for the New Jersey team for their excellent coordination and hospitality. ATA members and Board of Trustees from across the country participated in the event.

Attendees: The meeting was attended by President Jayanth Challa. President-Elect Satish Reddy, Secretary Sainath Boyapalli, Treasurer Srikanth Gudipati, Joint Secretary Sharada Singireddy, Joint Treasurer Vijay Reddy Thupally, Executive Director Narsi Reddy Gaddikoppula, along with members of the Board of Trustees, Kashivishwanath Kotha, Kishore Guduru, Maheedhar Muskula, Narsimha Reddy Dhyasani, Raghuveer Maripeddi, Raju Kakkerla, Ram Mattapalli, Ramakrishna Reddy Ala, RV Reddy,  Santosh Koram, Sreedhar Kanchanakuntla, Sridhar Banala, Srinivas Dargula, Sudheer Bandaru, Venkatram Reddy Ravi, Vijay Kundoor, Vinod Koduru, Vishnu Madhavaram,  Regional  Coordinators, Standing Committee Members, Advisors and Past Presidents  from various cities, who have been actively serving the community participated in large numbers.

Next Board Meeting: It was decided to conduct the next board meeting in Baltimore on October 25th, 2025.

For more information, please visit: www.ataworld.org

Justice Department Intensifies Denaturalization Drive, Raising Constitutional Concerns

The Justice Department is increasingly focusing on stripping U.S. citizenship from certain naturalized Americans. According to a memo dated June 11, DOJ leadership is instructing attorneys to prioritize denaturalization in cases involving naturalized citizens who have committed specific crimes. The directive also grants U.S. attorneys more authority in deciding when to pursue such actions. This policy shift targets individuals not born in the United States, and as of 2023, nearly 25 million immigrants had obtained U.S. citizenship through naturalization.

The new emphasis on denaturalization has already produced results. On June 13, a judge revoked the citizenship of Elliott Duke, an American military veteran originally from the United Kingdom who uses they/them pronouns. Duke had been convicted of distributing child sexual abuse material, a crime they later admitted to committing even before becoming a U.S. citizen.

Historically, denaturalization was a prominent tool during the McCarthy era in the late 1940s and early 1950s. It was further utilized during the Obama administration and expanded under President Trump’s first term. The process has typically targeted individuals who concealed past crimes or affiliations with banned organizations—such as the Nazi Party or communist groups—on their citizenship applications.

In his memo, Assistant Attorney General Brett A. Shumate emphasized the importance of this effort: “The Civil Division shall prioritize and maximally pursue denaturalization proceedings in all cases permitted by law and supported by the evidence.”

This renewed focus aligns with the Trump administration’s broader effort to reshape the U.S. immigration system. President Trump has made immigration policy a central issue in his governance, seeking to end birthright citizenship and reduce refugee admissions. These moves reflect a fundamental redefinition of who is entitled to American citizenship.

However, constitutional scholars and immigration experts have expressed significant alarm about this denaturalization push. Cassandra Robertson, a law professor at Case Western Reserve University, noted that the DOJ’s reliance on civil litigation for denaturalization raises serious concerns. In civil court, those targeted do not have the right to government-appointed attorneys, the standard of proof is lower, and cases can be resolved more quickly.

Robertson warned, “Stripping Americans of citizenship through civil litigation violates due process and infringes on the rights guaranteed by the 14th Amendment.”

Still, the move has supporters. Hans von Spakovsky of the Heritage Foundation endorsed the initiative, stating, “I do not understand how anyone could possibly be opposed to the Justice Department taking such action to protect the nation from obvious predators, criminals, and terrorists.” Regarding concerns over legal representation, he added, “Nothing prevents that alien from hiring their own lawyer to represent them. They are not entitled to have the government — and thus the American taxpayer — pay for their lawyer.”

He further argued, “That is not a ‘due process’ violation since all immigration proceedings are civil matters and no individuals — including American citizens — are entitled to government-furnished lawyers in any type of civil matter.”

Neither the DOJ nor the Trump White House commented on the matter.

The June 11 memo significantly broadens the categories of offenses that could trigger denaturalization. These include crimes related to national security and fraud against individuals or the government, such as Paycheck Protection Program loan fraud or Medicaid and Medicare fraud.

Sameera Hafiz, policy director at the Immigrant Legal Resource Center, described the administration’s new approach as “very shocking and very concerning.” She stated, “It is kind of, in a way, trying to create a second class of U.S. citizens,” implying that naturalized citizens remain vulnerable to losing their status despite having followed legal processes.

Adding to these concerns, the memo grants federal attorneys the discretion to pursue denaturalization cases beyond the listed categories. “These categories do not limit the Civil Division from pursuing any particular case,” the memo reads, further noting that priorities may include “any other cases referred to the Civil Division that the Division determines to be sufficiently important to pursue.”

Steve Lubet, professor emeritus at Northwestern University’s Pritzker School of Law, found this language troubling. “Many of the categories are so vague as to be meaningless. It isn’t even clear that they relate to fraudulent procurement, as opposed to post-naturalization conduct,” he observed.

Von Spakovsky countered that the government is right to be uncompromising. “When we extend the opportunity for naturalization to aliens, we are granting them a great privilege — the privilege of becoming a U.S. citizen,” he said. “Anyone who has abused the privilege of the opportunity of becoming a U.S. citizen should have that citizenship revoked when they engage in such reprehensible behavior.”

Lubet also pointed out the broader implications for families, particularly children who derived citizenship through a naturalized parent. “People who thought they were safely American and had done nothing wrong can suddenly be at risk of losing citizenship,” he said.

The DOJ did not address questions about how children of denaturalized parents would be affected or what would happen if individuals were rendered stateless.

The case of Elliott Duke appears to be an early example of how the new denaturalization efforts might play out. Duke, who became a U.S. citizen in January 2013, was found to have started distributing child sexual abuse material while serving in Germany in 2012. Duke relinquished their U.K. citizenship to become an American. The DOJ filed the case in February in Louisiana, citing both the prior conviction and Duke’s failure to disclose criminal activity during the naturalization process.

During the legal proceedings, Duke struggled to secure representation and could not attend court in Louisiana. “My heart shattered when I read the lines [of the order]. My world broke apart,” Duke said.

Shumate, in a statement, warned, “If you commit serious crimes before you become a U.S. citizen and then lie about them during your naturalization process, the Justice Department will discover the truth and come after you.”

Laura Bingham, executive director of the Temple University Institute for Law Innovation and Technology, cautioned that the Duke case sets a worrying precedent. “Citizenship is not supposed to be something that you can continuously open up for some people, and you can’t for others,” she said.

Historically, denaturalization surged during the McCarthy era, with over 22,000 cases filed annually. “At the height of denaturalization, there were about 22,000 cases a year… It was huge,” Robertson recalled. However, a 1967 Supreme Court ruling curtailed the practice, citing its incompatibility with democratic values.

From that point until the Obama era, denaturalization became rare. The Obama administration revived it with initiatives like Operation Janus, which sought out potential naturalization fraud, especially linked to national security concerns.

Trump’s first term saw further expansion, with a preference for pursuing denaturalization through civil rather than criminal courts. Although Robertson questions how many cases will meet the criteria outlined in the recent memo, she fears the aggressive push may target individuals with minimal infractions. “It fits in with the other ways that we’ve seen immigration enforcement happening,” she said.

This recent policy shift marks a significant chapter in U.S. immigration enforcement, raising crucial questions about due process, equal protection, and the long-term security of naturalized citizenship.

US Embassy in India Emphasizes Strict Visa Screening and Social Media Disclosure as National Security Measure

The United States Embassy in India has reiterated the stringent vetting procedures tied to its visa policies, describing each visa adjudication as a matter of national security. In a statement posted on the social media platform X, the embassy highlighted the requirement for all applicants to provide complete details of their social media presence over the last five years while applying for nonimmigrant visas.

“Visa applicants are required to list all social media usernames or handles of every platform they have used from the last 5 years on the DS-160 visa application form. Applicants certify that the information in their visa application is true and correct before they sign and submit,” stated the US Embassy in a recent post.

This disclosure requirement, according to the embassy, is an integral part of the broader national security screening process employed by the United States. Failing to comply with this requirement could have serious consequences. “Omitting social media information could lead to visa denial and ineligibility for future visas,” the post further warned.

This advisory is part of a broader campaign by the embassy to inform and caution visa applicants about the importance of accuracy and transparency in their applications. The embassy’s post included digital posters reiterating the security aspect of the visa process. One poster read, “Every U.S. visa adjudication is a national security decision,” and emphasized, “The United States requires visa applicants to provide social media identifiers on visa application forms. We use all available information in our visa screening and vetting.”

In a related update earlier this month, the embassy had urged applicants falling under F, M, or J non-immigrant visa categories to make their social media accounts public. This recommendation was made to aid US authorities in verifying applicants’ identities and establishing their admissibility under American law. These visa categories include F and M for students and J for exchange visitors.

The embassy elaborated that since 2019, the United States has mandated the disclosure of “social media identifiers” as part of both immigrant and non-immigrant visa applications. This long-standing requirement, according to the embassy, is vital to national security and helps immigration authorities thoroughly vet each applicant.

The embassy’s statements come amid a wider crackdown on immigration in the United States. Recently, the Trump administration intensified enforcement actions in Los Angeles, targeting immigration violations more aggressively. In light of this, the US Embassy in India has stepped up its communication, providing frequent updates on policy and legal expectations for visa applicants.

On June 24, the embassy issued another warning, stating that immigration law enforcement had been stepped up across the country. The message was unambiguous—those found violating immigration laws would face strict penalties, including detention, deportation, and permanent ineligibility for future visas.

Adding to this, the embassy’s statement noted, “The US had increased enforcement of immigration laws, and violators would face detention, deportation and permanent consequences for future visa eligibility.” The warning was not limited to overstays or misrepresentation; it also made it clear that illegal entry into the United States would result in jail time and removal from the country.

This was not the only caution issued during the month. On June 19, the embassy released another strongly worded statement reminding applicants that obtaining a US visa is not a guaranteed right but a discretionary privilege. It emphasized that screening and scrutiny continue even after a visa is issued. Authorities in the US reserve the right to revoke a visa if the holder is found in violation of any laws.

The embassy said, “A US visa was a privilege, not a right,” underscoring that post-issuance reviews are routine and can result in visa cancellation if necessary. It further added that involvement in illegal activities, including drug use or breaking US laws while in the country on a student or visitor visa, could severely impact one’s ability to receive future visas.

This line of messaging from the US Embassy in India has been consistent throughout the month. The campaign has included reminders that although the US continues to welcome legal travelers, any attempt to enter the country illegally or abuse the visa system will not be tolerated.

Reiterating this stance, the embassy made a significant statement on June 16, asserting that the United States “will not tolerate those who facilitate illegal and mass immigration to the US.” This message also revealed a policy shift: the US had introduced “new visa restrictions” aimed specifically at foreign government officials and individuals who violate immigration laws.

This multi-pronged approach by the US government reflects a broader tightening of immigration and visa processes, especially in the wake of mounting concerns around illegal immigration. With policies targeting both individual applicants and those facilitating unlawful entry, the US is sending a clear signal about the importance of legal compliance.

By highlighting these issues through multiple channels and on various dates, the US Embassy in India is working to ensure that prospective travelers are well aware of the rules and expectations. The detailed advisories, warnings about visa ineligibility, and emphasis on national security collectively serve to underline the gravity with which the US government views visa applications.

These measures not only aim to safeguard national interests but also serve as a deterrent for those considering bypassing legal immigration processes. By requiring disclosure of social media identifiers, encouraging transparency, and increasing legal enforcement, the United States is fortifying its immigration system against potential risks.

At the same time, the US government continues to stress that it welcomes legal immigration and supports those who abide by the rules. But any deviation from lawful practices will result in serious and lasting consequences.

The embassy’s message, repeated throughout June, is unambiguous: compliance with visa rules, honesty in the application process, and adherence to US laws are non-negotiable. The US authorities are equipped to detect discrepancies and enforce immigration laws without hesitation.

From urging public visibility of social media accounts to warning against drug use and law violations, the embassy has rolled out a series of reminders to leave no room for misunderstanding. These reminders serve both as guidance for sincere applicants and a deterrent for those contemplating any kind of misuse of the system.

Ultimately, the consistent tone and content of the embassy’s advisories reflect a strategic policy direction that prioritizes national security while maintaining opportunities for legal entry. Through transparency, accountability, and firm enforcement, the United States aims to maintain the integrity of its immigration system.

Shifting Social Security Rules Push Retirement Age Higher: How Americans Can Strategize Early Retirement Plans

For many years, the age of 65 has represented a symbolic point at which Americans envisioned hanging up their work boots and enjoying retirement. However, due to a series of gradual legislative changes, the Social Security system is moving the goalposts. Starting in 2025, individuals born in 1959 will reach full retirement age (FRA) at 66 years and 10 months. For everyone born in 1960 or later, the FRA will be a full 67 years. While this shift might appear minor, its financial effects are far from negligible, particularly for those considering retiring early.

These changes reflect long-term policy decisions intended to keep the Social Security system financially sustainable. Understanding how the adjustments impact benefits and creating a financial plan tailored to these evolving realities is crucial for ensuring a comfortable retirement.

Understanding the Adjustment to Full Retirement Age

The phased increase in the full retirement age can be traced back to the 1983 Social Security Amendments, which were designed to improve the program’s long-term viability. These amendments incrementally raised the FRA from the longstanding age of 65 to 67. The implementation has been gradual, increasing by two months for each birth year.

For example:

  • Those born in 1958 face an FRA of 66 years and 8 months
  • Individuals born in 1959 will reach FRA at 66 years and 10 months
  • Anyone born in 1960 or after will face an FRA of 67

Though people can start claiming Social Security as early as age 62, doing so comes with a permanent reduction in benefits. For those born in 1959, claiming benefits at 62 results in about a 29% decrease in monthly payments. The cut increases to 30% for those born in 1960 or later.

On the other hand, delaying benefits past FRA can result in an 8% annual boost, continuing until age 70. If you wait until then, you can receive up to 32% more each month. These numbers can significantly impact your long-term financial picture.

How to Handle the Income Gap Before Full Benefits

While many workers aim to retire before hitting FRA, doing so without careful planning can harm long-term financial health. Several strategies can help bridge the income gap from early retirement until full Social Security benefits become available.

One practical method is phased retirement. Instead of leaving the workforce entirely, you might negotiate a lighter schedule—working three or four days per week. Even working 15 to 20 hours weekly can help cover essential expenses and slow the depletion of your savings.

Another recommended approach is building a financial buffer. Experts advise saving enough to cover 18 to 24 months of living expenses in a high-yield savings or money market account. This safety net allows you to avoid dipping into long-term investments during volatile market periods.

Unused personal assets can also generate income. For instance, homeowners might consider renting out a spare room, potentially bringing in $700 to $1,000 per month. If you live in an urban area, leasing your driveway for parking could yield $150 to $300 per month.

There’s also the option of taking on a bridge job that offers both pay and benefits. Employers like Costco, Home Depot, and Trader Joe’s often hire part-time workers and provide health coverage for those working 20 to 28 hours weekly. These roles are especially attractive for early retirees looking for flexibility and medical benefits.

Making Withdrawals Work for You

If you retire before age 65 or delay claiming Social Security, your finances will depend heavily on personal savings. Using tax-efficient withdrawal strategies can minimize your tax burden and help your money go further.

One approach is to withdraw from taxable brokerage accounts first. This avoids early withdrawal penalties and allows retirement accounts to continue growing in a tax-advantaged environment.

You can also tap into Roth IRA contributions at any time without penalties or taxes, as long as you only withdraw the contributions and not the earnings. This provides an additional source of tax-free income.

Keeping your Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) low is another valuable tactic. A lower MAGI can help you qualify for subsidies under the Affordable Care Act, which can dramatically reduce health insurance costs before you’re eligible for Medicare at age 65.

Generating Side Income Can Help Too

If you’re looking for extra income without the responsibilities of a full-time job, side gigs can offer flexibility and supplemental cash flow. Tutoring, for example, pays between $30 and $50 per hour and can be done on your schedule. Other options include pet sitting, dog walking, or selling crafts through platforms like Etsy.

Prepare for the Possibility of Future Policy Changes

Though the FRA currently caps at 67, ongoing discussions in Washington suggest it could rise further. Some proposals have floated the idea of increasing it to 68 or even 69, citing long-term funding concerns for the Social Security system. While these are not yet law, staying prepared for further changes is wise.

To stay ahead, build a plan that allows for delayed benefits if necessary. Emergency savings and alternative income sources offer greater financial flexibility. Regularly reviewing your retirement income plan will also help you adapt to any policy shifts.

Conclusion: Retirement on Your Own Terms

The gradual rise in Social Security’s full retirement age might seem like a bureaucratic detail, but for millions of Americans, it redefines when and how retirement can happen. Without planning, it can mean smaller monthly checks and more years of work. However, by strategically saving, leveraging assets, working part-time, and utilizing smart withdrawal tactics, you can take control of your financial future.

Retirement shouldn’t be defined by a government schedule. With a solid plan in place, you can retire when you’re ready—on your own terms.

By recognizing the impact of changing policies and preparing accordingly, you give yourself the freedom to shape your own retirement journey.

House Passes Bill to Deport Noncitizens Convicted of Drunk Driving

The U.S. House of Representatives on Friday passed a bill that would mandate the deportation of noncitizens convicted of driving under the influence, according to a report by Breitbart. The legislation, titled the Jeremy and Angel Seay and Sergeant Brandon Mendoza Protect Our Communities from DUIs Act, was put forward by Representative Barry Moore, a Republican from Alabama. The bill is named in remembrance of victims who lost their lives due to accidents caused by intoxicated migrant drivers.

Representative Moore introduced the legislation to honor Jeremy and Angel Seay, a couple from his district, who were tragically killed when a noncitizen driving under the influence struck them while they were riding a motorcycle. Speaking to the Alabama Daily News, Moore said, “Their lives were cut short by the senseless act.” He added, “Tragedies like this are not uncommon across this country,” emphasizing the wider impact of such incidents involving impaired driving by noncitizens.

The bill has ignited a heated debate in Congress, receiving overwhelming support from Republican lawmakers. Most Republicans view the legislation as a necessary measure to safeguard American communities from individuals who repeatedly break laws and endanger lives through reckless behavior such as drunk driving. The bill aims to amend existing immigration policy by making DUI convictions grounds for mandatory deportation.

In contrast, 160 Democrats voted against the bill, raising concerns about the potential for overly broad enforcement and its implications for immigration justice. Opponents argue that while DUI offenses are serious, automatic deportation removes the opportunity for due process or context to be considered, especially for immigrants who may have lived in the U.S. for extended periods or have deep family and community ties.

Despite the partisan split, the legislation’s passage in the House marks a significant step in the ongoing political effort to link public safety and immigration enforcement. The bill now moves to the Senate, where its future remains uncertain, particularly given the different power dynamics and legislative priorities in that chamber.

Representative Moore, in advocating for the legislation, has highlighted personal tragedies such as those experienced by the Seay family to bring attention to what he sees as preventable deaths caused by lax immigration enforcement. By attaching specific names to the bill, including that of Sergeant Brandon Mendoza, a police officer killed in a similar incident, Moore is stressing the real-world consequences of policy gaps. Mendoza’s case, like that of the Seays, has become a symbol in political discussions about the intersection of immigration and criminal law.

“Their lives were cut short by the senseless act,” Moore repeated in statements to the press, underscoring the emotional weight behind the legislation. His remarks reflect a broader Republican viewpoint that public safety should take precedence in immigration decisions, especially when there is a criminal record involved.

The bill’s language stipulates that any noncitizen convicted of driving under the influence would be subject to mandatory removal from the United States. Supporters argue that the measure closes a loophole that allows dangerous individuals to remain in the country despite endangering others through impaired driving. Critics, however, caution that the legislation could lead to disproportionate punishment and may particularly impact certain immigrant communities more heavily than others.

Immigration rights groups and some Democratic lawmakers have expressed concerns that such legislation could further criminalize immigrant populations and erode trust between law enforcement and communities. They argue that while preventing DUI-related deaths is important, a one-size-fits-all deportation policy fails to take into account rehabilitation efforts, family situations, and other mitigating circumstances.

Still, proponents believe the law will serve as a deterrent to noncitizens who might otherwise engage in reckless behavior. By introducing automatic consequences for DUI convictions, supporters contend that the law strengthens both immigration policy and public safety.

The bill’s naming after specific victims adds a human face to what is otherwise a policy discussion, which may help in gaining public support. The use of personal stories has become a common legislative strategy to create empathy and urgency around specific issues, and Moore’s bill is a prominent example.

While the political divide on immigration-related bills continues to grow, this legislation’s focus on DUI offenses could garner some bipartisan interest in the Senate, especially among lawmakers who prioritize public safety. However, it is expected that the bill will face stronger opposition in the Senate, where Democratic control and a more moderate stance on immigration issues could result in amendments or outright rejection.

For now, the bill’s approval in the House reflects a broader Republican push to tighten immigration enforcement and prioritize citizen safety, especially in cases involving criminal behavior. Whether or not this bill becomes law, it has already sparked a national conversation about how the U.S. should handle immigration enforcement in cases involving criminal activity, and how policy can be crafted to prevent further tragedies like those that took the lives of Jeremy and Angel Seay.

With its passage, the House has signaled its stance on the matter, placing the burden of next steps on the Senate. If the bill passes there, it could significantly alter how DUI offenses are treated in the context of immigration law, potentially impacting thousands of noncitizens across the country.

Until then, the debate over balancing compassion in immigration policy with accountability for criminal conduct is likely to continue, both in Congress and among the American public.

USCIS to Change Text Alert Number Starting July 1: Applicants Urged to Save New Contact

Beginning July 1, the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will implement a significant change in how it communicates via text messages with applicants. The federal agency, which oversees lawful immigration to the United States, has announced it will discontinue its current text alert number and begin using a new one.

Until now, USCIS has sent text messages to applicants from the number 468-311, which many came to recognize as GOV-311. This number will be retired, and all future messages will instead come from the new number 872466. The numeric sequence represents USAIMM, an abbreviation for “U.S.A. Immigration.” The agency’s move aims to improve clarity and foster trust among those receiving these messages.

This transition is particularly important for applicants who rely on USCIS text updates, such as notifications about the status of their immigration cases or reminders for scheduled appointments. The agency is encouraging everyone who receives these updates to save the new number in their contacts. Doing so, they say, will help avoid misidentifying official USCIS messages as spam or fraudulent texts.

The use of text alerts by USCIS is targeted primarily at applicants who opt for electronic communication. This preference is indicated by filing Form G-1145, which allows individuals to receive notifications via text and email. The text messages typically include a receipt number and guidance on how to check the status of a case on the USCIS website.

In a statement, USCIS clarified that the reason behind the number switch is to make it easier for applicants to recognize messages from the agency. It also seeks to improve the public’s confidence in the legitimacy of the communications they receive. The agency explained: “Effective July 1, 2025, USCIS will no longer send text (SMS) messages from the phone number 468-311 (GOV-311). Our new number will be 872466 (USAIMM).”

Form G-1145, officially known as the E-Notification of Application/Petition Acceptance, plays a supportive role in the immigration application process. While it does not directly confer any immigration benefit or legal status, many applicants attach it to other USCIS forms—such as Form I-485, used for applying for lawful permanent residency—to ensure they receive prompt acknowledgment when their documents are accepted. The form provides a receipt number and directs applicants to the tools they need to track case progress online, adding convenience and assurance in a process that can otherwise feel uncertain.

USCIS’s decision to update its text message system aligns with its broader push toward improving communication and technological efficiency. The new number is intended to reflect the agency’s identity more clearly and reduce the risk of applicants missing important updates due to unfamiliar sender information.

This change to the text alert system follows another update from USCIS earlier in June, which affected all new applications for permanent residency. The agency now requires applicants to submit an updated medical examination form with each new green card application. This marks a shift from the previous policy, where applicants could reuse medical forms indefinitely. The updated requirement is part of a series of recent adjustments in USCIS procedures.

Back in March, a more abrupt change in multiple immigration application forms caused widespread confusion among applicants and immigration lawyers. The sudden implementation of new forms, without sufficient notice, led to concerns and legal action. Immigration attorneys filed a lawsuit in response, urging the agency to provide a smoother transition. USCIS responded by modifying its policy and offering at least a two-week grace period for the new forms to become mandatory, giving applicants more time to adjust to the updated requirements.

In addition to procedural updates, USCIS continues to urge applicants to be vigilant about scams. The agency emphasized that it never requests payment or passwords via text message. If an applicant receives a suspicious text claiming to be from USCIS, the advice is clear: do not respond, and instead report the message through the official USCIS website. This warning serves as a reminder that scammers often attempt to exploit applicants during periods of administrative change.

Scammers have been known to mimic official government communications, making it essential for recipients to verify the source of any message. Saving the new 872466 number in a contact list will help reduce the risk of falling victim to such frauds. Additionally, individuals should remain wary of unsolicited messages requesting sensitive information or financial transactions.

With the July 1 transition date approaching, USCIS has provided straightforward guidance: individuals who receive text updates should immediately add the new number to their phone contacts and stop responding to or expecting valid messages from the former 468-311 number. “USCIS recommends that users add the new number to their contacts and disregard any texts from the old number beginning July 1,” the agency stated.

This measure is part of the agency’s continuing efforts to modernize and streamline its services while maintaining security and transparency for applicants. As the immigration process involves numerous steps, forms, and deadlines, clear communication from USCIS plays a vital role in ensuring that applicants remain informed and compliant.

To sum up, the main takeaway for all USCIS applicants is to update their contact list with the new number 872466, stay alert for official notifications, and continue using Form G-1145 to receive electronic updates. These small but crucial actions can help applicants avoid unnecessary delays or complications in their immigration journey.

By making this simple yet impactful adjustment in its messaging system, USCIS hopes to ensure that its communications are immediately recognizable and trusted. The agency’s recent actions, including the rollout of a new number and improvements to policy transparency, reflect its broader aim of providing better service in a landscape where timely and clear communication is more essential than ever.

In conclusion, while the change may seem minor, it represents a continuing evolution in USCIS’s approach to applicant engagement. By focusing on clarity, responsiveness, and fraud prevention, the agency aims to foster a more secure and streamlined process for those navigating the complexities of the U.S. immigration system. Applicants should take note, act accordingly, and remain cautious to ensure that their interactions with USCIS remain safe and effective.

Understanding the Final Shift in Social Security Retirement Age: What It Means for Future Retirees

Changes to the Social Security retirement system have not come unexpectedly. Instead, they are part of a carefully phased plan initiated in 1983 to ensure the long-term stability of the Social Security trust fund. This final phase marks the completion of a broader reform strategy intended to reflect the realities of longer life spans and shifting demographic and economic circumstances in the United States. As a result, those who are approaching retirement need to be fully aware of what these adjustments mean, particularly when it comes to the Full Retirement Age (FRA).

The Full Retirement Age is the point at which individuals are eligible to receive 100 percent of their Social Security benefits. Under the current system, individuals born in 1959 will reach their FRA at the age of 66 years and 10 months. For people born in 1960 or after, the FRA is set at age 67. This shift directly affects not only the size of monthly benefit payments but also the timing of when one should ideally start collecting them. The change in FRA is a crucial element that current and future retirees must factor into their planning.

This increase in FRA is not arbitrary but is rooted in the structural challenges facing the Social Security system. Americans are living longer than previous generations, which means they spend more years collecting retirement benefits. Without reforms like this one, the Social Security system would be under significant financial strain, potentially jeopardizing its ability to make payments to future retirees.

The importance of understanding these changes is heightened for those nearing retirement age. As reiterated, those born in 1960 or later will need to wait until they are 67 years old to receive full Social Security benefits. Opting to claim benefits before reaching that age comes at a cost. Monthly payments are permanently reduced for those who decide to start collecting benefits earlier. For example, if benefits are claimed at age 62—the earliest possible age—individuals can expect a reduction in their monthly payments by about 30 percent for the rest of their lives.

The timing of when to begin collecting Social Security benefits should be based on a mix of personal and financial considerations. For people in good health with a secure financial foundation, delaying benefits might be the more sensible option. Postponing benefits allows retirees to receive larger monthly payments for the rest of their lives. On the other hand, individuals who are dealing with medical issues or who have a shorter life expectancy may find it more beneficial to begin collecting earlier. This flexibility allows retirees to tailor their decisions based on their specific circumstances.

One of the most effective ways for individuals to navigate these changes is by staying informed and regularly reviewing their Social Security statements. These documents provide a detailed record of earnings and an estimate of future benefits, which can help in making more informed decisions. Tools like the SSA Retirement Estimator also allow users to simulate different retirement scenarios by entering different retirement ages. This helps in visualizing the financial impact of various decisions and planning accordingly.

“The increase in the FRA responds to structural needs of the system, as Americans are living longer, so retirees are collecting benefits for more years than before, and without these adjustments, the Social Security system would face severe financial pressure that would compromise future payments,” the article noted, summarizing the key rationale behind the gradual increase in the retirement age.

There’s no one-size-fits-all answer when it comes to deciding the optimal time to claim benefits. It requires a careful balance of health, finances, and life expectancy. Deciding when to claim Social Security benefits depends on personal and financial factors. If you are in good health and have a stable financial situation, it is best not to anticipate claiming benefits. While in a case with a shorter life expectancy, it may be advisable to anticipate the collection of monthly payments.

This guidance underscores the need for personalized retirement planning rather than relying on broad assumptions. The consequences of claiming too early or too late can be substantial, and every year of delay past age 62 results in increased monthly benefits—until the age of 70. Beyond that, there is no additional advantage to waiting.

Another crucial point made is about the value of the SSA tools: “It is also advisable to regularly review the Social Security statement to track income and estimated benefits. Tools such as the SSA Retirement Estimator can be used to help get an idea of how much would be received at different ages.” These resources empower individuals to take control of their retirement planning and make educated decisions that align with their long-term goals.

Ultimately, the final phase of the Social Security retirement age reform is not merely a bureaucratic update but a necessary adjustment to meet today’s economic and demographic realities. For those approaching retirement, understanding the impact of this change and using available tools to plan accordingly is critical. Retirees who take the time to educate themselves and make informed choices will be in a much better position to ensure financial stability in their later years.

The overarching lesson from these reforms is the importance of proactive planning. Whether it’s delaying retirement to maximize monthly benefits or making early claims due to personal health conditions, the decisions individuals make today will shape their financial well-being for years to come. The shift in FRA from 66 to 67 may seem small, but its impact is far-reaching. Being aware of it and understanding its consequences is the first step toward a more secure retirement.

As the Social Security system adapts to the evolving needs of the population, staying informed and making strategic decisions will be essential. The final phase of the 1983 reform serves as a reminder that financial sustainability requires forward-thinking policies—and individuals who are prepared to make the most of them.

Sanjyot Dunung Enters Illinois Congressional Race to Reclaim the American Dream with Pragmatic Leadership

Sanjyot Dunung, a Des Plaines-based entrepreneur, civic leader, and mother of three sons—including one serving in the military—has launched her campaign for Congress in Illinois’s 8th District. A Democrat and first-time candidate, Dunung is positioning herself as a commonsense alternative to career politicians, bringing with her decades of experience in business, education, and global policy. Her campaign is centered on restoring the American Dream through practical reforms, economic innovation, and deeply rooted community values.

“I’m a small business owner and proud mother of three sons, including one in the military,” Dunung announced in her campaign video. “In a time of real chaos and frustration with the status quo, I am the change candidate stepping up to fight for the American Dream and put people over politics.”

Born in India and immigrated to the US at age 6, raised in Des Plaines, Illinois, Dunung’s personal story is tightly woven into the community she now seeks to represent. Her family initially lived with friends until they could afford their own apartment, and her parents’ tireless work ethic inspired her own sense of responsibility. By age nine, she was babysitting; by ten, she had turned that into a weekend childcare business. “I was born in India, but I was made in America,” she stated. “This community gave me a chance.”

sanjyot 2Her work ethic carried into her college years at Northwestern University, where she juggled studies with a daily paper route. As an adult, she balanced the demands of single motherhood, running a small business, and caring for her ailing parents. These life experiences have given her firsthand insight into the everyday struggles facing working families. “My life was Made in America. This campaign was Made in America. It could not have happened anywhere else,” she declared. “Now, I’m committed to making sure that the same American Dream is alive and well now, and for generations to come.”

Dunung is the founder and CEO of Atma Global, an EdTech company that creates learning solutions for businesses and public institutions. She has authored 17 books, including textbooks on international business and a young adult novel titled “Maddie & Sayara.” Her career has been defined by building—companies, jobs, ideas—and by solving real-world problems with creativity and collaboration.

“I’m running to protect Social Security and Medicare for the next generation, honor our commitment to military families and veterans, ensure healthcare is affordable and accessible, fight for reproductive freedoms, invest in educational opportunities from universal Pre-K to vocational training, harness the American entrepreneurial spirit, and make homeownership and retirement achievable, not aspirational,” she said.

Her campaign reflects her deep concerns of what she sees as ineffective governance. “This administration promised to fix the economy, but instead, it’s breaking promises and tearing down opportunities that make the American Dream possible,” she emphasized. For Dunung, this campaign isn’t just about policy—it’s about practicality. She wants the government to function more efficiently and dynamically for 21st-century needs without cutting the essential programs families rely on.

She brings a wide array of experience to her candidacy. Dunung serves on the Board of Directors of the National Small Business Association, the Truman Center for National Policy, and the American Leadership Project. She was also a member of President Joe Biden’s Foreign Policy Working Group focused on international trade, where she worked to strengthen U.S. small business exports and expand fair trade relationships.

Dunung’s economic views are grounded in her business acumen and policy experience. She has been critical of past and current administrations for their approaches to trade and manufacturing. “The Trump administration asked the right questions—how do we make trade fairer and how do we revitalize manufacturing—but their solutions were all wrong,” she said. “We don’t need to crash the economy in order to fix it. We don’t need to just arbitrarily levy tariffs and hostile policies on countries that are our friends and allies.”

She also took issue with what she sees as the current administration’s abandonment of strategic industrial policies, citing the CHIPS Act under Biden as an important but neglected investment. “You can’t just say you want manufacturing; you have to invest in both learning—from K through 12 to vocational training—and help businesses of all sizes to be able to do that,” she explained.

Dunung is especially focused on workforce development. She wants to ensure that as manufacturing evolves, Americans are equipped to meet new demands. “What might have taken 20 people once to do a manufacturing process now may take five, but those five need to be highly skilled at an AI-driven manufacturing process,” she said. “We need to rethink the training and education to make sure that we give everybody a fair chance at good-paying jobs for the future.”

Her views on immigration also align with her broader economic vision. “We have a declining birth rate. It’s 1.6, and we need to replenish at 2.2,” she said. “We need the immigration system to be fair, transparent, and legal. But our secret sauce as a country is immigrants. We bring work ethic, know-how, and South Asian immigrants fuel technology. We need to champion them.”

As part of her early campaign momentum, Dunung has earned notable endorsements and media recognition. She was recently endorsed by ASPIRE PAC, the political arm of the Congressional Asian Pacific American Caucus. “Sanjyot Dunung is committed to building a future that is more affordable, safer, and healthier for all Americans,” said ASPIRE PAC Chair Rep. Marilyn Strickland. “She understands the issues that matter to our communities—from lowering costs to protecting our democracy—and is focused on commonsense solutions that will help working families get ahead.”

Dunung responded, “As a proud Asian American, I am honored to receive ASPIRE PAC’s endorsement. My experiences as an Indian-born, American-made small business owner, single mom, and civic leader inform everything I do.”

She has also been highlighted by Roll Call, which described her as “the candidate for commonsense change across parties,” a recognition she says validates her ability to win a five-way race in a district she knows intimately. Additionally, she was featured in the Northwestern University newspaper as a local alumna running for office, underscoring her strong educational and community ties.

Dunung joins a growing list of candidates competing for the seat soon to be vacated by Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi, who is running for the U.S. Senate. Other Democratic candidates include Cook County Commissioner Kevin Morrison, Hanover Park Trustee Yasmeen Bankole, and brand executive Christ Kallas. Business owner Mark Rice, a Republican, has also filed to run.

Despite the crowded field, Dunung believes her unique blend of business, policy, and lived experience makes her stand out. “I’m not beholden to special interests. I’m really about being focused on results,” she said. “Everybody talks about needing change, but they want responsible, methodical change. We can improve how the government works. We can get efficiencies. We can get rid of waste. But the way to do it is not with a chainsaw and not overnight by crashing agencies.”

She emphasizes the importance of community-based leadership. “I grew up in this community. I graduated from high school, went to Northwestern. During the last 10 years, I’ve been taking care of my aging parents,” she said. “I’ve walked the talk and I’ve lived the experience that for many people is their daily life.”

Dunung also recognizes the significance of representation in government. “We only have six South Asians in Congress, and only one is a woman. We need to do better. And we can only do better together as a community,” she said. “People from the South Asian community need to get involved to understand how to support folks who align with their views and their values.”

With the Democratic primary set for March 17, 2026, and the general election scheduled for November 3, 2026, Dunung is campaigning hard across the district, which includes areas of Cook, DuPage, and Kane Counties, as well as cities like St. Charles and Geneva. The district also includes St.  Charles, South Barrington Schaumburg,  and Des Plaines, among others. As she connects with voters on the campaign trail, her message remains clear and consistent: responsible government, inclusive opportunity, and long-term investment in people. “We need to lean on the things that have always made America great: freedom, opportunity…and each other,” she said. “By thinking anew and not being afraid to listen and work with anyone, regardless of party, we can get it done for America.”

Dunung’s candidacy is not just a campaign—it’s a story of determination, resilience, and community-driven leadership. For voters in Illinois’s 8th District, she offers a vision rooted in reality and guided by purpose.

To know more about Sanjyot Dunung and support her camdidacy, please visit:
www.SanjyotForCongress.com
. Support: https://secure.actblue.com/donate/sml.rol

Trump’s Sweeping Agenda Bill Clears Initial Senate Hurdle Amid GOP Fractures

A sweeping legislative package reflecting former President Donald Trump’s policy vision narrowly advanced in the Senate, overcoming internal Republican dissent and late-night wrangling. Despite opposition from key GOP senators over Medicaid cuts and debt concerns, the bill gained enough support to move forward, setting the stage for intense debate and a possible July 4 final vote.

In a dramatic turn of events on Capitol Hill, Senate Republicans narrowly pushed forward a massive legislative package championed by former President Donald Trump, despite public resistance from members within their own ranks. The 1,000-page bill — a centerpiece of Trump’s revived domestic agenda — cleared its first procedural vote late Saturday, overcoming internal turbulence and a tense standoff that tested GOP unity.

Two Republican senators, Rand Paul of Kentucky and Thom Tillis of North Carolina, broke ranks and opposed the measure. Paul voiced sharp objections to the bill’s proposed $5 trillion debt ceiling hike, while Tillis cited a projected $38.9 billion cut to Medicaid funds in his home state, warning of devastating consequences for hospitals and rural communities.

The measure, which includes $160 billion for border security, $150 billion in defense spending, and sweeping tax reforms, teetered on the edge of collapse as GOP leaders scrambled to secure votes. The drama unfolded in real time on the Senate floor, where Senate Minority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.), flanked by top Republicans, anxiously awaited key votes from skeptical colleagues.

Senators Mike Lee, Rick Scott, and Cynthia Lummis eventually cast their votes in favor after closed-door negotiations, with Senator Ron Johnson switching from “no” to “yes” under mounting pressure. Their support came after Vice President J.D. Vance and party leaders engaged in last-minute talks behind closed doors, culminating in a late-night walk to the chamber that clinched the advancement.

One of the most contentious points came earlier in the week when the Senate parliamentarian struck down a key Medicaid tax provision for violating the Byrd Rule. Republican leaders hastily rewrote the section to comply with Senate rules. Another flashpoint emerged just hours before the vote, when freshman Senator Tim Sheehy (R-Mont.) threatened to oppose the bill over a clause requiring the sale of public lands. Party leaders diffused the crisis by promising him a vote on an amendment to remove the language.

Despite these efforts, criticism from both sides of the aisle remains fierce. Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) lambasted Republicans for dropping a nearly 1,000-page substitute amendment late Friday, leaving senators little time for review. He accused the GOP of hiding the bill’s true fiscal impact, stating, “They’re afraid to show how badly this will increase the deficit.”

Schumer cited a preliminary Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimate indicating the legislation would slash Medicaid by $930 billion, a far deeper cut than the House-passed version. “It’s worse on health care, worse on SNAP, worse on the deficit,” he declared, vowing resistance.

Senator Susan Collins (R-Maine), often a pivotal swing vote, offered tentative support for moving the bill forward but made clear she’s not yet on board for final passage. “There are positive changes, but I still want to see further revisions,” she told reporters, adding that she plans to propose several amendments.

Outside the chamber, the proposal also drew backlash from high-profile figures like Elon Musk, who denounced the bill as a backward-looking handout. “It’s full of giveaways to fossil fuel industries and will kill millions of jobs,” Musk posted on X, formerly Twitter.

In a procedural twist, Schumer warned that if the bill proceeded, he would invoke a time-consuming tactic to have the entire bill read aloud on the Senate floor — a move that could delay debate for up to 12 hours and test the stamina of both clerks and lawmakers ahead of a lengthy series of amendment votes, colloquially known as vote-a-rama.

With a July 4 deadline set by President Trump for final passage, the legislation now heads into what promises to be a grueling final stretch. While Thune celebrated the initial advancement as a “once-in-a-generation opportunity,” deep divisions within the GOP and fierce Democratic resistance signal that the road ahead will be anything but smooth.

Schumer Plans Procedural Block to Delay GOP’s Megabill Passage

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer of New York has informed fellow Democrats that he intends to enforce a full reading of the 1,000-page Republican megabill on the Senate floor as a procedural counter to Republican efforts. This strategy, to be enacted after the Republicans vote to proceed with the legislation, is expected to consume roughly 12 hours and potentially delay President Trump’s legislative timeline by at least half a day.

According to a Democratic insider with knowledge of the internal floor strategy, Schumer has instructed members of his caucus to be ready for the lengthy procedural maneuver. His objective is to compel Senate clerks to read aloud the entirety of the bill, a rarely used Senate tactic that can significantly slow down legislative action. The reading would likely stretch through Saturday night and into early Sunday morning, disrupting Senate Republicans’ timeline and forcing staff and senators to endure a prolonged overnight session.

The Senate’s Republican leadership had been bracing for this move, anticipating Schumer might use it as a form of protest. Schumer’s action aligns with broader Democratic resistance to the Republican-led bill, which encompasses sweeping tax cuts and government spending initiatives. The bill is a key component of President Trump’s agenda, and Senate Republicans have been scrambling to pass it before the July 4 deadline set by the president himself.

Originally, GOP leaders had planned to hold a procedural vote on Saturday afternoon to move the bill forward. That vote was to be followed by as many as 20 hours of formal debate. After debate time expired, the Senate would begin a “vote-a-rama” — a marathon session in which senators can offer an unlimited number of amendments, each requiring a vote.

However, Schumer’s procedural move has now shifted that anticipated timeline. With the full reading of the bill expected to last approximately 12 hours, the vote-a-rama is likely to begin much later than planned, potentially in the early hours of Sunday or even later.

There is also uncertainty about whether the Republicans will push clerks to begin reading the bill immediately and continue late into the night, or allow for some pause to give Senate staff time to rest. That decision could affect not only the comfort of Senate staffers but also the pace at which Republicans can push the bill through the chamber.

At the core of this dramatic Senate standoff is President Trump’s aggressive timeline. The administration and GOP leaders want the bill passed quickly to secure a legislative victory before the Independence Day holiday. Schumer’s procedural tactic, while not capable of stopping the bill outright, is meant to spotlight Democratic concerns about the content of the legislation and the rushed manner in which Republicans are pushing it forward.

While Schumer’s strategy is creating logistical hurdles for Republicans, it is not the only obstacle in their path. The vote margin is razor-thin, and GOP leaders are confronting internal dissent within their own ranks. The Senate Republican majority is slim, and they can only afford to lose three votes on any given measure if all Democrats are opposed.

Currently, three Republican senators — Rand Paul of Kentucky, Ron Johnson of Wisconsin, and Thom Tillis of North Carolina — have indicated that they will vote “no” on advancing the bill. Their opposition adds to the suspense surrounding whether the legislation will ultimately move forward.

Senator Schumer’s procedural move is not without precedent. While rarely used, forcing the full reading of a bill is a legitimate tool available to any senator and can be used to slow down the legislative process, especially when a party is seeking more time for scrutiny or public awareness. In this case, the Democrats argue that the Republican bill is being rushed through without adequate discussion or consideration.

The size and scope of the bill — a sprawling legislative package that touches on both tax policy and government spending — make it particularly consequential. Democrats contend that such a large and impactful bill deserves a more deliberate and transparent legislative process. By compelling a reading of every line, Schumer is emphasizing his party’s position that the bill merits far more debate than it has received.

A source close to Democratic leadership summed up the mood within the caucus, saying that the goal is “to make it absolutely clear to the American people that this bill is being rammed through without proper vetting.” The source added that Schumer’s tactic was meant to “draw attention to the sheer size and recklessness of the legislation.”

Republicans, meanwhile, have expressed frustration with the delay. They view Schumer’s maneuver as a political stunt designed to obstruct rather than contribute to the process. However, they are aware that this is one of the few procedural levers Democrats can still pull in a chamber where they lack the majority.

For GOP leaders, the clock is now a significant factor. With the July 4 deadline looming and resistance within their own party, any delay — even one lasting just 12 hours — increases the pressure on their legislative strategy. The timing of the vote-a-rama, already a grueling process under normal conditions, is now more unpredictable than ever.

Whether Republicans will respond to Schumer’s tactic by immediately pushing through the reading overnight or pausing to regroup remains unclear. Either approach carries risks. An overnight reading could strain staff and senators alike, while a pause might give Democrats more time to mobilize public opposition or sway wavering Republicans.

Ultimately, Schumer’s move is a high-profile signal of Democratic dissatisfaction with both the substance and the speed of the Republican bill. While it may not be enough to kill the legislation, it underscores the increasingly acrimonious environment in the Senate as both parties clash over priorities and procedures.

In the coming hours, all eyes will be on the Senate floor — not just to see if the clerks begin their long reading, but also to gauge whether the Republican majority can hold together. With just three Republican senators needed to block the bill, and three already publicly opposed, the outcome remains on a knife’s edge.

As one Democratic source put it, “This is about more than just reading a bill. It’s about standing up for transparency, accountability, and the rights of the minority party.”

NAVA Honors Community Leaders at 18th Annual Celebration in Flushing

The New American Voters Association (NAVA) hosted its 18th Annual Dinner Dance and Award Ceremony on June 19, 2025, at Flushing Marina. Organized by NAVA’s Founder and President Dr. Dilip Nath, the evening was a vibrant celebration of civic engagement, public service, and cultural unity. This year’s event also commemorated Juneteenth and included a performance by “Joy of Dance,” blending festivity with the recognition of significant contributions to the community.

A primary focus of the event was to honor individuals who have made noteworthy commitments to public service. These honorees were presented with awards in recognition of their dedication and efforts to uplift society. The evening featured speeches by several prominent elected officials who came to show their support and appreciation for NAVA’s mission and the honorees.

Among those delivering remarks were New York City Public Advocate Jumaane Williams, Queens Borough President Donovan Richards, Manhattan Borough President Mark Levine, Queens District Attorney Melinda Katz, and New York State Senators John Liu and Leroy Comrie. Additionally, representatives from the offices of U.S. Senator Charles Schumer and Governor Kathy Hochul were also present, reflecting the event’s broad political engagement.

Dr. Hari Shukla, Chairman of NAVA, received a particularly significant honor during the ceremony. United States Senator Charles Schumer presented him with a Proclamation that highlighted Dr. Shukla’s extraordinary contributions to medical science and child health. The document acknowledged that Dr. Shukla was the first in the United States to use surfactant treatment in preterm infants. It also pointed out his groundbreaking development of a formula for umbilical catheterization, which has become a standard in pediatric care globally. As noted in the Proclamation, “Dr. Shukla’s formula for umbilical catheter is used in 400 million children throughout the world.”

This recognition placed a spotlight on the vital intersection of scientific innovation and public service, emphasizing NAVA’s commitment to celebrating immigrant success stories and the far-reaching impact of such achievements.

The audience included more than two hundred attendees, a mix of community members, NAVA supporters, and civic leaders, all gathered to acknowledge the role that immigrant communities play in shaping the broader narrative of American progress. The high attendance further demonstrated the community’s ongoing support for NAVA’s work and its broader mission of civic engagement and voter participation among new Americans.

Dr. Dilip Nath, who spearheaded the event, has been a consistent advocate for immigrant rights and civic empowerment. Through NAVA, he has worked for nearly two decades to encourage political involvement among new citizens and to create a platform where their voices are recognized. The annual dinner dance serves as a highlight of this ongoing mission, bringing together public servants and constituents in a celebratory setting that also promotes civic responsibility.

The presence of key city and state officials reinforced the importance of this initiative. “Events like these are vital,” said NYC Public Advocate Jumaane Williams, “because they help unite our diverse communities while recognizing those who are building bridges across neighborhoods and cultures.” Williams, known for his advocacy work and progressive stances, praised NAVA’s efforts to make the electoral process more accessible to immigrant populations.

Queens Borough President Donovan Richards echoed these sentiments, stating, “Organizations like NAVA play a crucial role in empowering communities that are too often underrepresented. We need to continue supporting platforms that amplify these voices.”

Manhattan Borough President Mark Levine spoke to the evolving landscape of New York City’s demographic makeup and how organizations such as NAVA contribute to civic inclusivity. “The work being done here is about making democracy stronger,” he said, “by ensuring that every resident, regardless of where they come from, feels invested in the future of this city.”

Queens District Attorney Melinda Katz commended NAVA for recognizing individuals who not only serve the public but also inspire future generations. “Tonight’s honorees have dedicated their lives to service, and that deserves our deepest appreciation,” she said.

Meanwhile, New York State Senator John Liu, himself a trailblazer as the first Asian American to hold citywide office in New York, emphasized the importance of acknowledging community leadership. “When we lift up stories like those of Dr. Shukla,” Liu remarked, “we send a powerful message about the contributions immigrants make every day to our society.”

The evening’s recognition of Dr. Hari Shukla stood out as a symbolic reminder of how medical innovation and immigrant excellence go hand in hand. Senator Charles Schumer’s Proclamation stated, “Dr. Shukla is the pioneer in the United States of using Surfactant in preterm infants,” underscoring his trailblazing role in neonatal care. The citation further noted the global reach of his work: “Dr. Shukla’s formula for umbilical catheter is used in 400 million children throughout the world.”

This prestigious recognition from one of the highest-ranking U.S. lawmakers exemplified the spirit of the event: honoring those who, through their expertise and commitment, have impacted millions of lives while also representing the best of American ideals.

NAVA’s decision to align this year’s dinner with Juneteenth added an extra layer of significance. Juneteenth, which marks the emancipation of enslaved African Americans in the United States, served as a fitting backdrop for a night celebrating freedom, equality, and progress. The “Joy of Dance” performance energized the room and served as a cultural bridge connecting the historical legacy of Juneteenth with the modern journey of immigrants becoming fully active participants in American civic life.

The celebratory tone of the evening did not overshadow its broader message. Rather, the festivity underscored a sense of achievement while also calling attention to the work that remains in ensuring inclusivity in public life. Dr. Dilip Nath reminded attendees of NAVA’s enduring mission, which is not just about voter registration, but about nurturing leadership, building trust in institutions, and encouraging lifelong civic involvement among new Americans.

As the evening came to a close, the atmosphere remained vibrant and hopeful, fueled by a sense of shared purpose and mutual recognition. More than just a ceremonial gathering, the 18th Annual Dinner Dance served as a vivid reminder of the positive influence that immigrants have across every sector of society — from public service and political leadership to groundbreaking advancements in science and medicine.

With over two hundred people in attendance, the 2025 edition of NAVA’s annual event was more than a celebration — it was a reaffirmation of community, service, and the essential role that immigrant voices continue to play in shaping the American experience.

Millions Denied Boarding Each Year Due to Overbooked Flights, Study Reveals

An eye-opening report has unveiled that a staggering number of air passengers are being denied boarding despite holding a valid boarding pass and passport. This widespread issue stems from the common airline practice of overbooking, which has left millions of travelers stranded.

According to data released by the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA), approximately 6.6 million passengers each year are turned away from boarding flights after being ‘bumped’ due to overbooked planes. This occurs when airlines sell more tickets than there are available seats, anticipating that a portion of passengers won’t show up. However, when more travelers turn up than expected, airlines are forced to deny boarding to some, creating delays and frustration among affected passengers, as reported by The Liverpool Echo.

A recent study conducted by GoCompare, utilizing CAA data and supplemental survey insights, estimates that over the past decade, roughly 20.9 million passengers have experienced consequences due to overbooking. The study found that one-third of those impacted were outright denied the chance to board their flights, resulting in an annual average of 6.6 million travelers unable to fly despite being ticketed.

Legally, airlines are required to assist those who are denied boarding by offering rebooking options, compensation, and additional support. Despite these requirements, the study reveals that assistance is not always guaranteed. While the majority—84 percent—of bumped passengers were eventually placed on alternative flights, this still leaves about one million people annually who never received a replacement flight, compounding their travel disruption.

For those who missed their flights, the aftermath was not just about delays. Nearly two-thirds reported financial losses resulting from being denied boarding. This includes missed accommodations, transport connections, or additional costs incurred from having to make new travel arrangements. Alarmingly, less than half of these affected passengers pursued claims through their travel insurance, even though some costs could potentially be recovered.

These findings have prompted renewed calls for travelers to be fully aware of their rights and options when it comes to overbooking-related issues. Rhys Jones, a travel insurance expert at Go.Compare, strongly advised passengers to take action when facing this stressful scenario.

“Flight overbooking happens more than we’d like to think, and it can make for an extremely stressful start to any trip for the passengers affected,” Jones warned. He emphasized the importance of confirming the reason for denial. “If it happens to you, and you’re not allowed to board a plane, the first thing you should do is confirm with the airline that you were denied boarding because of overbooking. Get this in writing if possible.”

Jones also encouraged travelers to immediately engage with the airline to understand how they will be supported. “Next, you’ll want to discuss what your airline intends to do to get your trip back on course, how they plan to assist you and what compensation they’re offering. They should try to book you onto another flight when possible,” he added.

In addition to communication, documentation is crucial. “Remember to keep all relevant documents like boarding passes, communications from your airline and receipts for accommodation or meal costs,” Jones advised. “Your airline should compensate these expenses. Know that you can complain to your airline if necessary, and even, if it isn’t being resolved, take your complaint to the UK Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) or an Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) scheme.”

While many might assume that travel insurance covers such situations, Jones clarified that this isn’t always the case. “While travel insurance likely won’t cover you for overbooking, you should be able to claim compensation from your airline for certain costs incurred as a result, like if you missed your connection or have to cancel part of your trip.”

That said, he pointed out that some insurance plans include optional travel disruption cover. “And, some insurance policies do offer optional travel disruption cover, which can protect you if your airline fails to provide a suitable alternative flight. So it’s worth checking if your provider offers this, and the details of what’s included,” he noted.

The findings of the study underscore just how common the issue has become and highlight the importance of both airline accountability and passenger preparedness. While the practice of overbooking may make economic sense for carriers trying to maximize capacity, it has clear and often serious repercussions for travelers who expect a seamless journey.

The combination of the legal obligations imposed on airlines and the recourse options available to passengers suggests that being well-informed is one of the most powerful tools a traveler can have. As the data shows, millions have already faced the fallout from overbooking, and many more could be affected in the future unless there’s better transparency and a stronger push for consumer awareness.

The study ultimately calls attention to a practice that many may not even realize is occurring until they find themselves on the wrong side of the boarding gate. With proper awareness and understanding of one’s rights, passengers can mitigate the stress and potential financial burden of being denied boarding.

By knowing what steps to take—starting from getting written confirmation to preserving receipts and contacting the appropriate resolution bodies—travelers can increase their chances of receiving appropriate compensation and support.

In a time when air travel has resumed high volumes post-pandemic, the message is clear: vigilance and knowledge are essential. As Rhys Jones concluded, being prepared can make a world of difference if your flight plans suddenly go awry.

Trump Wins 2024 Election with Broader Coalition and First Popular Vote Victory

In his third bid for the presidency, Donald Trump clinched a decisive victory over Kamala Harris in the 2024 election. Not only did he secure 312 Electoral College votes, but for the first time, he also won the national popular vote, defeating Harris by 1.5 percentage points. His success was fueled by a more diverse voter coalition compared to his earlier campaigns, as outlined in a new Pew Research Center study examining the 2024 electorate.

Among Latino voters, Trump made significant inroads, narrowing the gap considerably. While Joe Biden had defeated him among Hispanics by a wide margin in 2020 (61% to 36%), the 2024 figures were much closer, with Harris winning 51% and Trump securing 48%. This nearly even split suggests Trump made notable progress with this key demographic.

Black voter support for Trump also increased substantially. In 2020, he received just 8% of the Black vote. By 2024, that figure had climbed to 15%. Although Harris maintained majority support among Black Americans, the shift toward Trump signals an important change in voting behavior.

Asian American voters showed similar trends. While Harris earned the support of 57% of Asian voters, Trump won 40%. In comparison, Biden had captured 70% of the Asian vote in 2020, with Trump garnering only 30%. The narrowed margin in 2024 indicates Trump’s growing appeal among this group as well.

According to Pew, these shifts were mainly due to changes in voter turnout between 2020 and 2024 rather than widespread switching of party loyalty. Most voters stuck with the party they supported in the previous election. However, Trump gained from increased turnout among his 2020 supporters and an edge among new voters who did not participate in the 2020 election. This new voter group was significantly more diverse than those who voted in both years.

Despite Trump’s improved performance among various groups, many of the entrenched voting patterns that have characterized American politics for decades persisted. One of the most prominent was the divide in educational attainment. Trump continued to dominate among voters without a four-year college degree, widening his advantage to 14 percentage points (56% to 42%), double the margin he achieved in 2016. In contrast, Harris outperformed Trump among college-educated voters, winning 57% to his 41%. However, her lead was smaller than Biden’s margin in 2020.

The urban-rural divide also deepened. Trump captured rural voters by a massive 40-point margin, with 69% of rural residents backing him compared to just 29% for Harris. Meanwhile, voters in urban areas largely supported Harris, with 65% favoring her and 33% choosing Trump.

Religion continued to influence voter behavior. Pew found that nearly two-thirds of Americans who attend religious services at least monthly (64%) voted for Trump. In contrast, Harris was favored by 56% of those who attend services less frequently, while 43% of that group chose Trump.

Voter retention and turnout differences also played a critical role in Trump’s win. A larger portion of Trump’s 2020 supporters (89%) turned out again in 2024, compared to 85% of Biden’s 2020 voters. Additionally, among those who didn’t vote in 2020 but did in 2024, 54% supported Trump, while 42% voted for Harris.

Between the two elections, voter loyalty held steady for most. “About 85% of those who backed Trump in 2020 did so again in 2024,” Pew reported. Only 11% of his previous supporters did not vote in 2024, and 4% switched sides or supported another candidate. Harris retained the backing of 79% of Biden’s 2020 voters, but a slightly higher 15% of them didn’t vote, and 6% either chose Trump or someone else.

New and returning voters – those who had been eligible in 2020 but didn’t vote – also leaned toward Trump when they participated in 2024. Among this group, which includes those who were too young to vote in 2020, 14% voted for Trump and 12% for Harris. This indicates a modest advantage for Trump among first-time or returning voters.

Overall, voting behavior between 2020 and 2024 showed both consistency and change. About 75% of eligible adults repeated their 2020 behavior – either voting for the same party or sitting out both elections. The remaining quarter changed course by switching party allegiance, voting in 2024 after not voting in 2020, or abstaining in 2024 after voting in the previous election.

Despite the high stakes, Harris might not have gained significantly from a broader turnout. When Pew asked nonvoters how they would have voted, responses were nearly even: 44% said they would have backed Trump, while 40% said Harris. This contrasts with 2020, when nonvoters showed a clear preference for Biden over Trump (46% to 35%).

This suggests that even with full voter participation in 2024, the final result likely wouldn’t have changed much. Pew noted that in 2020, a full turnout would likely have increased Biden’s margin of victory, unlike in 2024 when the nonvoter pool leaned more evenly between both parties. “Democrats have held an edge among nonvoters in prior elections dating back to at least the 1960s,” Pew stated, “though there is some evidence this advantage had declined in recent elections.”

Among naturalized citizens – immigrants who have become U.S. citizens – support was nearly split. Harris won 51% of their votes, while Trump captured 47%. This marked a significant shift from 2020, when Biden had led this group by 21 points (59% to 38%). In the 2024 electorate, naturalized citizens accounted for 9% of all voters.

Trump also gained ground with male voters, especially younger men. Men overall favored Trump by a 12-point margin (55% to 43%), a notable increase from 2020 when the gender divide was narrower. Among men under 50, the race was nearly even in 2024, with 49% supporting Trump and 48% backing Harris. In 2020, this group had favored Biden by 10 points (53% to 43%).

Despite historically high voter engagement in recent elections, many Americans remain disengaged. The 2024 turnout rate stood at 64%, the second-highest since 1960, trailing only the 2020 turnout. Still, about 26% of eligible voters had no record of voting in any of the last three national elections. These nonparticipants were disproportionately younger and less likely to have college degrees than consistent voters.

Another notable development was the growth in early in-person voting. In 2024, 32% of voters cast their ballots in person before Election Day, up from 27% in 2020. Meanwhile, 34% voted in person on Election Day itself.

Pew’s analysis paints a complex picture of the 2024 election: while traditional voting patterns held firm in many areas, Trump’s outreach to more diverse demographics, combined with targeted voter turnout strategies, enabled him to secure a broader coalition and his first-ever win in the national popular vote.

Supreme Court Backs Trump in Narrowing Blocks on Birthright Citizenship Ban

In a significant ruling on Friday, June 27, 2025, the U.S. Supreme Court sided with President Donald Trump by allowing the administration to limit nationwide judicial orders that had been preventing the enforcement of his controversial policy to end automatic citizenship for U.S.-born children of undocumented immigrants and foreign visitors. This decision marks a crucial moment in Trump’s broader efforts to impose more restrictive immigration rules.

The 6-3 decision, with the court’s liberal justices in dissent, now returns the case to the lower courts. These courts are tasked with determining how this ruling should be applied in practice. While the Supreme Court did not directly address whether the birthright citizenship ban itself is constitutional, the judgment nonetheless clears a procedural hurdle for Trump’s policy to potentially advance further.

The Trump administration’s request to the high court did not focus on a definitive ruling about the legality of denying citizenship to children born in the U.S. under these circumstances. Instead, the administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing universal injunctions, which blocked the policy from taking effect across the entire country during ongoing litigation.

Justice Amy Coney Barrett, writing for the majority, challenged the legitimacy of these broad, nationwide court orders. She argued that such actions go beyond the judicial powers granted by Congress. “Some say that the universal injunction ‘give[s] the Judiciary a powerful tool to check the Executive Branch,’” she wrote. “But federal courts do not exercise general oversight of the Executive Branch; they resolve cases and controversies consistent with the authority Congress has given them. When a court concludes that the Executive Branch has acted unlawfully, the answer is not for the court to exceed its power, too.”

This reasoning reflects the court’s growing discomfort with the expansive power lower courts have used in recent years to block major federal policies nationwide. Justices and legal scholars have increasingly scrutinized the use of nationwide injunctions, particularly in cases involving contentious policies from both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Sonia Sotomayor, a liberal member of the court, issued a strongly worded dissent. Speaking directly from the bench, she expressed profound opposition to the ruling, describing it as a judicial failure with severe consequences. She stated that the decision was a “travesty” and warned that it would “cause chaos for the families of all affected children.”

The court’s ruling was among six released on the final day of its current term, highlighting the importance and urgency of the decisions being made. The ruling stops short of validating Trump’s executive order but does reduce the ability of lower courts to impose sweeping national blocks while the legality of such orders is being debated.

The use of nationwide injunctions has long sparked criticism from both Democratic and Republican leaders. These types of judicial orders, which halt the implementation of policies across the country, are intended to prevent potential harm while lawsuits proceed. However, critics argue they give disproportionate influence to individual judges and undermine the democratic process.

The broader issue underlying this legal battle is whether Trump has the authority to eliminate birthright citizenship for certain groups of U.S.-born children. The executive order signed by Trump on his return to office aims to deny citizenship to those born on American soil if neither parent is a U.S. citizen or legal permanent resident.

Trump’s policy is part of a sweeping immigration agenda that seeks to reduce both legal and illegal immigration. His administration has previously moved to ban travelers from over a dozen nations, accelerate deportations—particularly of individuals suspected of gang affiliation from countries like Venezuela—limit refugee admissions, and strip legal protections from over half a million migrants residing in the U.S.

The order to end birthright citizenship sparked immediate legal backlash. Twenty-two states and numerous immigrant advocacy organizations filed lawsuits, arguing that the move conflicts with the U.S. Constitution and previous rulings from the courts.

Central to the argument is the interpretation of the 14th Amendment, which was ratified after the Civil War. This amendment established citizenship rights for formerly enslaved individuals and stated that “all persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof” are citizens. This clause was designed to overrule the Supreme Court’s infamous Dred Scott v. Sandford decision, which had denied Black Americans the right to citizenship.

Trump and his supporters contend that the children of undocumented immigrants and temporary visitors are not truly “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States because their parents lack legal status. Based on this interpretation, they believe these children do not qualify for automatic citizenship.

However, this view is strongly opposed by most constitutional experts, legal scholars, and immigration advocates. They argue that Trump’s interpretation would require a dramatic re-reading of the 14th Amendment and goes against long-standing legal precedent. In particular, they point to the Supreme Court’s 1898 ruling in United States v. Wong Kim Ark, which upheld that a child born in the United States to immigrant parents—who were not citizens—was nonetheless an American citizen. Wong Kim Ark was born in San Francisco to parents who were subjects of the Chinese Emperor, yet the court affirmed his citizenship under the 14th Amendment.

This precedent forms a central pillar in the opposition’s legal challenge. Critics argue that excluding certain children born in the U.S. from citizenship sets a dangerous precedent and opens the door to broader exclusions based on ancestry or parentage.

The high court’s latest decision does not determine whether Trump’s executive order will ultimately stand. Instead, it allows the policy to be more easily implemented by lifting the universal injunctions that had previously blocked it across the country. This procedural win makes it harder for opponents to prevent enforcement of the order while they continue their legal fight.

Moving forward, the legal battle over birthright citizenship is likely to return to the lower courts, where judges will weigh constitutional arguments in greater detail. Given the Supreme Court’s reluctance to address the constitutional question directly in this instance, it remains to be seen how and when the justices might eventually rule on the core issue of whether children born on U.S. soil to undocumented parents can be denied citizenship.

For now, Trump and his supporters have scored a procedural victory that may allow the policy to take effect in parts of the country—unless lower courts find other grounds to block it. However, the controversy is far from over, and with lawsuits continuing to unfold across multiple jurisdictions, the future of birthright citizenship in America remains uncertain.

Supreme Court Ruling Alters Presidential Powers and Judicial Oversight Dynamics

The U.S. Supreme Court’s ruling on a case tied to birthright citizenship, delivered on Friday, extends its implications well beyond President Donald Trump. This significant decision reshapes the boundaries of presidential power and judicial checks, granting expanded authority not only to Trump but to future occupants of the Oval Office.

The decision’s core impact is the curbing of the judiciary’s ability to impose nationwide blocks on presidential actions. The ruling weakens the longstanding role of lower federal courts in restraining the executive branch. Whether this development is seen as a victory or a threat largely depends on political perspective. Currently, Republicans view it as a success, while Democrats express concern. These reactions will likely reverse should a Democrat hold the presidency in the future.

Importantly, the court did not directly address whether Trump’s proposal to redefine birthright citizenship is constitutional. Trump has long championed the idea of ending automatic citizenship for children born on U.S. soil to non-citizen parents. This effort, which immigration hardliners frame as a fight against “anchor babies,” aims to prevent individuals from gaining citizenship through birth when their parents are in the country unlawfully. Supporters argue it would close a loophole that shields unauthorized immigrants from deportation by virtue of their citizen children.

However, critics assert that Trump’s position violates the Fourteenth Amendment, which declares, “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.” They argue that even undocumented immigrants fall under U.S. jurisdiction while residing in the country, and thus their children should be granted citizenship.

While the debate over birthright citizenship remains unresolved, lower courts have consistently ruled against the Trump administration on the matter. Those decisions have been appealed, and the issue may return to the Supreme Court in the near future. But Friday’s ruling focused not on birthright citizenship itself, but rather on the authority of district courts to issue what are known as “universal injunctions.”

The court, in a 6-3 decision, ruled that district courts can no longer enforce such nationwide injunctions that prevent implementation of federal actions beyond the immediate parties involved in a lawsuit. This majority consisted of the Court’s six conservative justices, three of whom were nominated by Trump during his first term, effectively outvoting the three liberal justices.

Justice Amy Coney Barrett, writing for the majority, stated, “A universal injunction can be justified only as an exercise of equitable authority, yet Congress has granted federal courts no such power.” She expressed concern that allowing judges to issue such broad blocks could lead to an imbalance of power, warning against what she described as an “imperial judiciary” that could overstep its constitutional limits. In contrast, she cautioned against those who, like Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson, might try to limit presidential power by overly empowering the courts.

This decision favors not only the current president but future presidents as well, empowering them to act without immediate fear of blanket judicial halts. Yet it also opens the door to potential legal confusion, where executive orders might be enforced in some states and blocked in others—at least until the Supreme Court provides a definitive ruling.

President Trump, reacting swiftly to the ruling, made a brief appearance in the White House briefing room. He declared the ruling to be “a monumental victory for the constitution, the separation of powers and the rule of law.” For Trump and his allies, the decision represents a crucial win in the ongoing clash between the executive branch and the judiciary. Figures like Stephen Miller have frequently condemned judicial decisions that countered Trump-era policies, accusing judges of orchestrating a “judicial coup.”

Justice Sonia Sotomayor authored the main dissent, delivering a passionate rebuttal to the majority’s logic. She declared, “No right is safe in the new legal regime the Court creates,” and added, “Today, the threat is to birthright citizenship. Tomorrow, a different administration may try to seize firearms from law-abiding citizens or prevent people of certain faiths from gathering to worship.” Her dissent emphasized the dangers of granting unchecked power to the executive branch, suggesting that it could undermine rights previously assumed to be protected.

Sotomayor also challenged the Trump administration’s underlying motive in shifting focus to injunctions, arguing it was a diversion due to the administration’s inability to succeed on the core legal issue. She wrote, “Trump had an impossible task in light of the Constitution’s text, history, this Court’s precedents, federal law, and Executive Branch practice.”

Unlike her conservative peers, Sotomayor chose to grapple directly with the constitutionality of altering birthright citizenship. She suggested that the administration’s maneuvering around universal injunctions was an attempt to circumvent the likely defeat of its limited interpretation of citizenship rights.

Interestingly, even among the majority, some expressed concern about the ruling’s practical consequences. Justice Brett Kavanaugh, though aligned with the conservative majority, flagged the complexities of implementing such a fragmented legal framework across the country. He noted that during the period when various legal challenges are playing out, it is problematic to have a “patchwork scheme” where a federal statute or executive order may be enforceable in some states but not in others.

Kavanaugh warned, “There often (perhaps not always, but often) should be a nationally uniform answer on whether a major new federal statute, rule, or executive order can be enforced throughout the United States during the several-year interim period until its legality is finally decided on the merits.” He added, “It is not especially workable or sustainable or desirable to have a patchwork scheme, potentially for several years, in which a major new federal statute or executive action of that kind applies to some people or organizations in certain States or regions, but not to others.”

These concerns underscore the broader implications of the ruling. While it strengthens the hand of the president and limits judicial overreach, it could also introduce significant legal inconsistency and uncertainty throughout the country. As such, it reflects one of the most far-reaching recalibrations of the balance of power between the executive and judicial branches in recent memory.

The birthright citizenship issue remains unresolved and contentious, but this Supreme Court decision is likely to shape presidential authority and legal challenges for years to come. Whether it leads to greater efficiency or increased constitutional friction will depend on how both current and future leaders wield the power this ruling has now affirmed.

House Votes to Deport Noncitizens Convicted of Driving Drunk

The House on Friday passed legislation to deport noncitizens convicted of drunken driving, reported Breitbart.

The legislation, the Jeremy and Angel Seay and Sergeant Brandon Mendoza Protect Our Communities from DUIs Act, was introduced by Rep. Barry Moore, R-Ala., in honor of a couple from his district who were killed by a migrant drunken driver while they were riding a motorcycle.

“Their lives were cut short by the senseless act,” Moore told the Alabama Daily News. “Tragedies like this are not uncommon across this country.”

Republicans overwhelmingly supported the bill, while 160 Democrats opposed the measure.

China Edges Closer to B-2 Rival as U.S. Deploys Stealth Bomber Against Iran

In a stunning demonstration of military capability, the United States recently used its stealth B-2 Spirit bomber to target Iran’s most fortified nuclear facility—marking an unprecedented application of air power. While this headline-grabbing move captured global attention, another significant development has been unfolding quietly in the shadows: China appears to be progressing with its own stealth bomber program. Satellite images dated May 14, 2025, obtained by The War Zone, captured a strikingly large, stealthy aircraft with a flying wing design at a covert test site near Malan in China’s Xinjiang region.

The mysterious aircraft, which resembles a drone, is believed to be a high-altitude, long-endurance (HALE) platform. Analysts say its appearance outside newly constructed hangars suggests it could be part of a broader technological ecosystem involving China’s next-generation stealth projects such as the H-20 bomber and the J-36 fighter jet. Experts have estimated the aircraft’s wingspan to be roughly 52 meters—or about 170 feet—placing it in the same size category as the U.S. B-2 Spirit.

Though the sighting points to an impressive feat in aviation, questions persist about whether China’s technological leap was entirely indigenous. A shadow from the past resurfaces in this context, involving a man who was once an integral part of America’s stealth program. In 2005, former Northrop engineer Noshir Gowadia was arrested for leaking top-secret U.S. defense information to China and other foreign nations. His betrayal may have sown the seeds for the capabilities now visible in China’s burgeoning stealth aircraft arsenal.

Gowadia, born in Bombay (now Mumbai), joined Northrop in the 1960s. During his time with the company, he played a critical role in the development of the B-2’s revolutionary low-observable propulsion and stealth technology. After leaving Northrop in 1986, Gowadia went on to launch his own consulting firm. However, by 2004, federal investigators were scrutinizing his activities after classified infrared suppression documents were discovered in a furniture shipment addressed to him. The FBI’s findings indicated something far more alarming than a paperwork mishap.

According to Popular Mechanics, Gowadia had made several trips to China between 2003 and 2004, during which he allegedly handed over sensitive details about stealth technology. In return, he received approximately $110,000 over a span of three years. The FBI acted decisively in October 2005, raiding his home in Maui, Hawaii, and seizing 500 pounds of material that included paper documents and electronic storage devices.

“Gowadia had spent two decades at the aerospace and defense contractor Northrop (now Northrop Grumman) where he was instrumental in designing the stealth propulsion system for the B-2 Spirit bomber, one of the most revolutionary military technologies in generations,” the report stated. “He once had top security clearance and taught university classes in advanced aeronautical principles.”

Initially, Gowadia denied any wrongdoing, but eventually he submitted a written confession. “On reflection, what I did was wrong to help the PRC make a cruise missile. What I did was espionage and treason,” he admitted. His acknowledgment of guilt left little ambiguity about the gravity of his actions. In 2010, he was convicted on 14 counts under both the Arms Export Control Act and the Espionage Act. The following year, he was sentenced to 32 years in prison. Today, he remains incarcerated at the supermax federal penitentiary in Florence, Colorado.

Despite the conviction, the case continues to generate controversy. Gowadia’s son, Ashton Gowadia, has steadfastly maintained his father’s innocence. He alleges that vital pieces of evidence were withheld during the trial and that the FBI shaped the entire narrative to ensure a conviction. While these claims persist, the consensus among security experts is that the damage was already irreversible.

The intelligence compromised by Gowadia seems to have accelerated China’s access to advanced stealth capabilities. Observers now see a direct link between his betrayal and the technological maturity reflected in China’s recent aviation developments. The newly spotted aircraft near Malan bears key design similarities to the B-2 Spirit, particularly in its flying wing structure and its apparent ability to reduce radar cross-section, both hallmarks of American stealth design.

Though full operational details about the Chinese craft remain classified or speculative, its dimensions and structure hint at more than just a surveillance role. The aircraft could potentially be a manned bomber, a large autonomous drone, or a flexible platform capable of carrying advanced payloads for both reconnaissance and strike missions. With projects like the H-20 long-range stealth bomber reportedly in development for over a decade, the emergence of this HALE-like aircraft reinforces speculation that China is close to unveiling its own version of the B-2.

The geopolitical implications of this development are profound. As the U.S. continues to maintain a technological edge with proven platforms like the B-2, the emergence of a near-peer Chinese equivalent represents a shift in the balance of strategic air power. The B-2 remains the only operational stealth bomber in the world with long-range strike capabilities and the ability to penetrate the most heavily defended airspaces. However, if China succeeds in fielding a similar craft, it could significantly alter the equation of deterrence and response in any future conflict scenario.

China has remained tight-lipped about the aircraft spotted near Malan. No official statements have been released, nor have any details been published in state-controlled media. Nonetheless, defense analysts agree that this sighting adds weight to growing concerns about China’s rapid advancements in military aerospace technology. These developments are especially notable given the country’s past reliance on reverse-engineering foreign systems. With help from figures like Gowadia, China’s journey to achieving true stealth capabilities may have gained crucial momentum.

In retrospect, the full scope of Gowadia’s betrayal goes beyond the man himself. It exposed vulnerabilities in America’s defense industrial security and provided adversarial powers with a shortcut to catching up. The fallout from his actions is now playing out in satellite images, in foreign hangars, and perhaps soon in global airspace.

As China edges closer to deploying a stealth bomber that could stand shoulder-to-shoulder with the B-2, the world is witnessing a new era of aerial warfare defined not just by innovation, but also by the lingering consequences of espionage.

US Strikes on Iran’s Nuclear Sites Caused Limited Damage, Say Intelligence Assessments

Recent United States military strikes on three of Iran’s nuclear facilities did not achieve their goal of fully dismantling the country’s nuclear program, according to a preliminary intelligence evaluation. The report, described by seven individuals familiar with its findings, indicates that while damage was done, the effect of the strikes is estimated to have delayed Iran’s progress by only a few months.

The evaluation was produced by the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), which serves as the Pentagon’s intelligence branch. It relied on battle damage assessments carried out by US Central Command following the strikes. According to one source, the analysis remains ongoing and may evolve as more intelligence is gathered. However, the early conclusions contradict assertions made by President Donald Trump and his administration regarding the effectiveness of the attacks.

President Trump has claimed that the strikes “completely and totally obliterated” Iran’s nuclear enrichment infrastructure. Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth echoed this sentiment, saying, “Iran’s nuclear ambitions have been obliterated.” Yet, two individuals briefed on the assessment stated that Iran’s stockpile of enriched uranium was not destroyed. One of them added that the centrifuges “are largely intact.” Another source mentioned that the enriched uranium may have been removed from the targeted sites before the strikes occurred.

“So the (DIA) assessment is that the US set them back maybe a few months, tops,” said one of the sources.

Despite acknowledging the existence of the assessment, the White House firmly disagreed with its conclusions. Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt said in a statement to CNN, “This alleged assessment is flat-out wrong and was classified as ‘top secret’ but was still leaked to CNN by an anonymous, low-level loser in the intelligence community. The leaking of this alleged assessment is a clear attempt to demean President Trump, and discredit the brave fighter pilots who conducted a perfectly executed mission to obliterate Iran’s nuclear program. Everyone knows what happens when you drop fourteen 30,000 pound bombs perfectly on their targets: total obliteration.”

While attending the NATO summit in the Netherlands, Trump dismissed CNN’s report in a Truth Social post, calling the operation “one of the most successful military strikes in history,” and claiming, “The nuclear sites in Iran are completely destroyed!”

Hegseth, also at the summit, clarified on Wednesday that the assessment was “a top secret report; it was preliminary; it was low confidence.” He suggested that the leak was politically motivated and said the FBI was investigating to identify the source of the leak.

The Pentagon continues to describe the strikes as an “overwhelming success.” Nonetheless, sources familiar with the matter emphasized that it is still early for a definitive analysis of the strikes’ effects. Intelligence gathering is ongoing, including within Iran itself.

Leading up to the US action, Israel had already been targeting Iranian nuclear sites. However, Israeli officials indicated they required US-deployed bunker buster bombs to complete the mission. American B-2 bombers dropped over a dozen such bombs on the Fordow Fuel Enrichment Plant and the Natanz Enrichment Complex. Yet, the bombs did not entirely destroy the centrifuges or the enriched uranium, according to the sources. The DIA concluded that damage was largely limited to aboveground facilities, including power infrastructure and buildings used in uranium metal conversion for potential weapons.

The Israeli evaluation also indicated that Fordow suffered less damage than initially anticipated. However, Israeli officials believe the combined strikes from both nations delayed Iran’s nuclear program by two years. They note that this delay assumes Iran can rebuild without interference—something Israel vows to prevent. It’s important to note that Israeli officials had already estimated a two-year delay before the US operation took place.

Hegseth reaffirmed the administration’s stance in a statement to CNN, saying, “Based on everything we have seen — and I’ve seen it all — our bombing campaign obliterated Iran’s ability to create nuclear weapons. Our massive bombs hit exactly the right spot at each target and worked perfectly. The impact of those bombs is buried under a mountain of rubble in Iran; so anyone who says the bombs were not devastating is just trying to undermine the President and the successful mission.”

On Tuesday, Trump reiterated his confidence in the strikes, stating, “I think it’s been completely demolished,” and “Those pilots hit their targets. Those targets were obliterated, and the pilots should be given credit.”

When asked about the potential for Iran to rebuild, Trump responded, “That place is under rock. That place is demolished.”

Despite these confident assertions, Trump acknowledged that current intelligence is “inconclusive” and said more information is expected from Israel. Speaking from the sidelines of the NATO summit in The Hague, he admitted, “The intelligence was very inconclusive. The intelligence says we don’t know. It could have been very severe.”

While the administration projects confidence, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Dan Caine adopted a more cautious tone. He stated on Sunday that, given the ongoing nature of the damage assessment, it was “way too early” to determine whether Iran’s nuclear capabilities had been fully neutralized.

Republican Representative Michael McCaul, former chairman of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, also struck a measured note. When asked by CNN, he declined to support Trump’s statement that Iran’s nuclear program had been “obliterated.” He explained, “I’ve been briefed on this plan in the past, and it was never meant to completely destroy the nuclear facilities, but rather cause significant damage. But it was always known to be a temporary setback.”

Weapons expert Jeffrey Lewis, a professor at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies, reviewed commercial satellite images of the strike zones. He concurred that Iran’s nuclear program had not been eradicated. “The ceasefire came without either Israel or the United States being able to destroy several key underground nuclear facilities, including near Natanz, Isfahan and Parchin,” Lewis said. He noted that Parchin, a nuclear complex near Tehran, remains capable of helping Iran quickly reestablish its program. “These facilities could serve as the basis for the rapid reconstitution of Iran’s nuclear program.”

Classified briefings scheduled for both the Senate and the House were postponed on Tuesday. Sources said the all-Senate briefing was rescheduled for Thursday, while the House briefing also faced delays, with no immediate explanation or revised date provided.

Representative Pat Ryan, a Democrat from New York, commented on X that “Trump just cancelled a classified House briefing on the Iran strikes with zero explanation. The real reason? He claims he destroyed ‘all nuclear facilities and capability;’ his team knows they can’t back up his bluster and BS.”

The capability of the US’ Massive Ordnance Penetrator bombs to effectively destroy Iran’s deeply buried nuclear sites has long been in question, particularly concerning the Fordow and Isfahan facilities. In fact, the US used Tomahawk missiles from a submarine against Isfahan, rather than deploying bunker buster bombs. One source explained this choice by noting that Isfahan’s lower levels are even deeper underground than Fordow’s and likely beyond the bomb’s reach.

Further complicating the picture, US officials believe Iran may possess undisclosed nuclear facilities that were not targeted and remain fully operational, according to two sources familiar with the intelligence.

Zohran Mamdani Secures Democratic Mayoral Nod, Defeats Cuomo in Stunning Primary Upset

Assemblymember Zohran Mamdani is poised to clinch the Democratic nomination for mayor after former Governor Andrew Cuomo conceded late Tuesday night following the initial round of ranked-choice voting. The early results sent shockwaves through the city’s political landscape as Mamdani, a 33-year-old Democratic socialist, pulled off an unexpected lead against the much older and more established Cuomo.

Mamdani’s campaign successfully energized younger voters and newcomers to the political process, establishing a robust ground operation that surpassed all competitors. Despite Cuomo’s significant name recognition and his campaign spending more than three times as much as Mamdani’s, the assemblyman surged ahead. With 95% of precincts reporting two hours after polls closed at 9 p.m., Mamdani was the first-choice candidate for 44% of voters, while Cuomo garnered 36%. City Comptroller Brad Lander followed with 11%.

Just after midnight, Mamdani took the stage at his election night celebration on a Long Island City rooftop brewery, where he received a hero’s welcome. “Today, eight months after launching this campaign with the vision of a city that every New Yorker could afford, we have won,” Mamdani declared. “I will be the mayor for every New Yorker, whether you voted for me, for Gov. Cuomo or felt too disillusioned by a long, broken political system to vote at all. I will fight for a city that works for you, that is affordable for you, that is safe for you.”

The ranked-choice system played in Mamdani’s favor, especially due to Lander’s public endorsement of him as a second-choice pick. This alignment meant Lander’s supporters were likely to boost Mamdani in subsequent tabulation rounds. “Together, we are sending Andrew Cuomo back to the suburbs,” Lander said at his own campaign event.

Although Cuomo conceded the primary, he and incumbent Mayor Eric Adams have already petitioned to appear on the general election ballot in November as independent candidates.

According to preliminary data, Mamdani led citywide with 43.5% of more than 990,800 votes cast across the five boroughs. Cuomo’s campaign headquarters at the Carpenters Union building on Manhattan’s west side saw a surprise appearance from the former governor. “I want to applaud the Assemblyman for a really smart and good and impactful campaign. Tonight was his night. He deserved it. He won,” Cuomo stated, accompanied by his daughters and son-in-law. He also shared that he had personally called Mamdani to congratulate him.

Mamdani began primary day with a 5:40 a.m. press conference in Astoria Park before heading to Jackson Heights to meet voters. “We are approaching the dawn of a new era in New York City,” he said that morning. “We are turning the page on the corrupt politics of the past that made this the most expensive city in the United States of America.”

As vote counts trickled in during the evening, Mamdani’s supporters gathered at the brewery to watch the results, while most of his volunteers were at various watch parties organized by allied groups. The mood was jubilant. “I am in a little bit of a state of disbelief,” said Gabbi Zutrau, a social media strategist for the campaign.

“It is such a historic moment for us as Muslims, as South Asians, as immigrants, as New Yorkers,” said Saman Waquad, president of the Muslim Democratic Club of New York. “The way Zohran has brought people together in this campaign has been so incredibly beautiful.”

Janos Marton, a former candidate for Manhattan district attorney who helped canvass for Mamdani, noted the campaign’s ability to energize diverse voter bases. “It was clear that he was bringing new people in — South Asians, Muslims, young people — and that was true on Staten Island, where I live, and I guess it was across the city too,” Marton remarked.

Other candidates trailed significantly behind. Former Comptroller Scott Stringer conceded shortly after polls closed, and City Council Speaker Adrienne Adams received just 4% of the vote. Several others — including Zellnor Myrie, Michael Blake, Whitney Tilson, Jessica Ramos, Paperboy Prince, and Selma Bartholomew — secured less than 1% each.

In other races, incumbent Public Advocate Jumaane Williams defended his seat against Assemblymember Jenifer Rajkumar. Manhattan Borough President Mark Levine held a substantial lead in the comptroller race over Brooklyn Councilmember Justin Brannan, who conceded later that evening.

The results released Tuesday night reflect only ballots cast in person or those received and scanned by June 20. The Board of Elections will not release the full ranked-choice tabulation until at least July 1. Affidavit ballots and corrected absentee ballots returned by July 14 will also be included in the final tally, with certified results expected thereafter.

Mamdani’s upset victory over Cuomo marked a powerful rebuke of the political establishment. Cuomo had initially entered the race as a frontrunner, capitalizing on his extensive political résumé and asserting his experience as a counter to both the Trump administration and what he portrayed as city mismanagement. Despite not residing in New York City for decades, Cuomo adopted a “Rose Garden” strategy, keeping a low profile while letting his well-funded campaign and outside groups, including the $25 million-backed Fix the City PAC, dominate the media space with anti-Mamdani messaging.

Nevertheless, Mamdani prevailed. Currently serving his third term in the New York State Assembly, he drew support through viral social media content and a ground game driven by 50,000 volunteers who knocked on over a million doors across the five boroughs. His campaign promises included fare-free buses, rent freezes on stabilized units, and municipal grocery stores in underserved neighborhoods.

Mamdani and Lander co-endorsed one another to maximize the ranked-choice system’s potential, even appearing together on The Late Show with Stephen Colbert on the eve of the primary. Lander’s visibility grew after he was arrested by ICE officers while escorting immigrants from a routine court hearing.

The Working Families Party had backed a progressive slate topped by Mamdani and Lander. Adrienne Adams, their third endorsed candidate, addressed her supporters in Southeast Queens, saying: “We made people stand up and take note who this campaign was and why we were here and made people realize there really is somebody in this race that really does care about me.”

Elsewhere in the city, several borough-level contests saw decisive outcomes. In The Bronx, incumbent Borough President Vanessa Gibson fended off City Councilmember Rafael Salamanca. In Brooklyn, Borough President Antonio Reynoso retained his seat, defeating cannabis executive Khari Edwards. Manhattan’s borough presidency went to State Senator Brad Hoylman-Sigal, who beat Councilmember Keith Powers.

Manhattan and Brooklyn also held district attorney races. Incumbents Alvin Bragg and Eric Gonzalez won re-election easily. These contests, tied to the state judicial system, were not subject to ranked-choice voting.

All 51 City Council seats were up for election, many facing heated primary contests. In Brooklyn, Councilmember Shahana Hanif beat challenger Maya Kornberg, while Alexa Aviles triumphed over Ling Ye. In Manhattan, Chris Marte maintained a lead over Elizabeth Lewinsohn and Jess Coleman. In The Bronx, Councilmember Pierina Sanchez dominated former Councilman Fernando Cabrera.

Although the full results and ranked-choice redistribution won’t be finalized until July, the early data suggests that Zohran Mamdani has not only won the Democratic nomination but has also reshaped New York City’s political conversation heading into November’s general election.

Yale and UConn Secure Spots in Latest Global University Rankings

Two of Connecticut’s premier institutions have earned spots on the list of the world’s top universities, according to the latest rankings from U.S. News and World Report. In the newly released 2025-2026 edition of the “Best Global Universities” rankings, which evaluated more than 2,250 universities from over 100 countries, Yale University emerged as a top 10 global contender, while the University of Connecticut also made its mark with a place in the overall list.

These rankings are formulated by analyzing several key performance indicators. The methodology considers global and regional academic reputations as well as research productivity, including metrics such as scholarly publications and citation rates. Each university receives a global score based on how well it performs across these indicators. This approach enables a standardized assessment of institutions across the globe.

Yale University earned an impressive position, ranking ninth among more than 2,000 global universities. Situated in New Haven, the Ivy League school achieved a global score of 86. This score is a reflection of its strong academic and research performance, as assessed by the various indicators used by U.S. News and World Report.

In addition to its overall ranking, Yale also performed exceptionally well in several academic subject areas. It was ranked No. 5 globally in psychiatry and psychology, No. 6 in immunology, No. 7 in arts and humanities, No. 8 in endocrinology and metabolism, and No. 9 in clinical medicine. These subject-specific accolades highlight the university’s specialized strengths and global influence in key fields of study.

Yale’s research credentials were further underlined by its high rankings in research reputation categories. The university was ranked No. 9 globally for research reputation and No. 7 for regional research reputation. These results demonstrate the institution’s standing not just in the United States, but also in the broader international academic community.

The university was also recognized for its scholarly output. Yale placed among the top 50 in two crucial research indicators: the total number of scholarly papers published in influential academic journals and the number of highly cited papers that rank among the top 1% most cited worldwide. These achievements emphasize the breadth and impact of Yale’s academic contributions.

Among the top 10 institutions globally, Yale is one of seven universities based in the United States. The other American institutions in the top tier include Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Stanford University, the University of California Berkeley, the University of Washington Seattle, and Columbia University. These universities share the global stage with prominent institutions from the United Kingdom, such as the University of Oxford, the University of Cambridge, and University College London.

The University of Connecticut also made it onto the global rankings list, coming in at No. 292. UConn shares this ranking with three other notable institutions: Durham University in the United Kingdom, Soochow University in China, and Université de Bordeaux in France.

UConn was awarded a global score of 59.1. While this score places it significantly below Yale in the overall rankings, it still underscores UConn’s role as a key contributor to global academia. The university also received recognition in specific academic disciplines. It was ranked No. 52 globally in ecology and No. 94 in space science, highlighting areas in which UConn is making notable contributions on the global academic stage.

In terms of research reputation, UConn’s strongest performance was in the category of regional research reputation, where it was ranked No. 85. This reflects the university’s growing recognition within its region for quality research and academic output.

The rankings methodology employed by U.S. News and World Report uses a detailed and data-driven approach. A total of 13 indicators are used to measure academic performance and research strength. These include global research reputation, regional research reputation, number of publications, books, and conference papers. Additional indicators measure normalized citation impact, total citations received, and the number of publications among the top 10% most cited.

The methodology also evaluates the percentage of a university’s publications that fall into the top 10% most cited category. International collaboration plays an important role as well, with separate indicators assessing collaboration relative to the institution’s country and overall international partnerships. Finally, rankings consider the number and percentage of highly cited papers that are among the top 1% globally.

According to the methodology, the rankings are based on a combination of these data points and metrics. Much of the data is derived from a global academic reputation survey conducted by Clarivate, an analytics firm specializing in academic and research insights. This ensures a comprehensive and transparent assessment of each university’s global standing.

The results highlight not only academic excellence but also the importance of international visibility and collaborative research. Both Yale and UConn’s presence in the rankings reflects the broader global influence of Connecticut’s higher education institutions.

The inclusion of both universities in the 2025-2026 “Best Global Universities” list reinforces Connecticut’s academic significance on the world stage. While Yale’s top 10 ranking showcases its continued excellence and leadership in global education and research, UConn’s placement in the top 300 reflects its upward trajectory and specialized strength in fields like ecology and space science.

These rankings serve as a valuable resource for prospective international students, academic professionals, and policymakers looking to understand the landscape of global higher education. They offer a clear picture of where institutions stand in relation to their peers and provide insights into the areas in which they excel.

By earning spots on the global stage, both Yale and UConn continue to affirm their roles as influential centers of learning and research. Their inclusion also highlights the diverse academic environment that exists within the state of Connecticut.

Yale’s achievements, including being in the top 10 for several key academic subjects and research indicators, underscore its long-standing tradition of excellence. Meanwhile, UConn’s solid performance in specific areas and its recognition for regional research reputation suggest a bright future and continued growth.

In summary, these rankings affirm the global competitiveness of Connecticut’s universities and reflect their contributions to the academic and research communities both locally and internationally.

US Issues Terror Alert Amid Rising Tensions Over Israel-Iran Conflict

Secretary of Homeland Security Kristi Noem has released a National Terrorism Advisory System (NTAS) Bulletin warning of an elevated threat environment throughout the United States due to the nation’s direct involvement in the escalating conflict between Israel and Iran. While there are currently no verified, specific, or credible threats aimed at the US homeland, officials are urging vigilance as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East.

Secretary Noem emphasized the government’s responsibility to ensure public safety during these volatile times. “It is our duty to keep the nation safe and informed, especially during times of conflict,” she stated. Highlighting the dangers associated with the unfolding Israel-Iran confrontation, she added, “The ongoing Israel-Iran conflict brings the possibility of increased threat to the homeland in the form of possible cyberattacks, acts of violence, and antisemitic hate crimes.”

The advisory went into effect on June 22, 2025, and is set to expire on September 22, 2025, at 11:59 PM ET. Authorities are encouraging citizens to promptly report any suspicious activities or potential threats to local police, FBI Field Offices, or the nearest Fusion Center. In emergencies, individuals should contact 911.

The Department of Homeland Security’s bulletin highlights several key concerns contributing to the elevated risk. One of the primary dangers involves the likelihood of cyber intrusions targeting American infrastructure. These attacks may come from pro-Iranian hacktivists or individuals and groups with direct affiliations to the Iranian government. Their typical targets are unsecured American networks and internet-connected devices.

The Department also raised concerns about Iran’s historical commitment to retaliate against American officials deemed responsible for the death of Qassem Soleimani, the high-ranking Iranian military commander killed in a US airstrike in January 2020. This long-standing objective has remained an active element of Iranian foreign policy and intelligence operations, suggesting potential threats to US leadership or government infrastructure.

In addition to cyber threats, there is a growing fear of physical acts of violence within the United States. The bulletin mentions that if Iran’s leaders issue a religious decree urging retaliation against US targets, it could significantly increase the probability that individuals loyal to the Iranian regime might resort to violence on American soil. Such a ruling might inspire lone actors to conduct attacks, even without direct orders or links to foreign terrorist organizations.

Past incidents also play a role in shaping this alert. The bulletin recalls that since 2020, US law enforcement has managed to prevent several potentially deadly plots backed by Iran. Additionally, attempts by the Iranian regime to eliminate critics of the government residing within the United States have been thwarted. These failed operations underscore the ongoing intent and capability of Iran to pursue its enemies, even within foreign borders.

Another concerning element cited in the bulletin is the pattern of anti-Semitic and anti-Israel sentiment motivating previous terrorist attacks within the United States. The ongoing strife between Israel and Iran could further inflame such hostility, potentially triggering more attacks carried out by individuals influenced by extremist ideologies. The Department warns that the current environment could serve as a catalyst for those looking to act on their hatred against the Jewish community, pro-Israel supporters, or American governmental and military symbols.

Foreign terrorist organizations have also responded vocally to the Israel-Iran conflict. Groups such as HAMAS, Lebanese Hizballah, the Houthis, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine have issued media statements since the beginning of the confrontation. Some of these statements have explicitly called for violence against US personnel and facilities located in the Middle East, presenting yet another layer of threat to American interests abroad.

Domestically, there is concern that such international calls for action could inspire violent extremists and hate crime offenders to target Jewish institutions, synagogues, community centers, pro-Israel events, or even federal buildings and personnel. The Department emphasized that any individual or group associated, or even perceived to be associated, with these entities might be at risk of becoming a target.

In addition to issuing warnings, the Department of Homeland Security has provided resources and guidance to help the public stay safe. Authorities encourage the public to remain attentive to instructions and updates from local officials and emergency personnel.

On the cybersecurity front, the Department’s Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) continues to offer guidance and tools for bolstering the defenses of US digital infrastructure. This includes practical steps for securing networks, identifying vulnerabilities, and preparing organizations for possible cyberattacks.

For those who witness any suspicious behavior or encounter potential threats—whether physical or digital—the DHS encourages reporting through the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) Initiative. This collaboration between DHS, the FBI, and local law enforcement aims to detect and prevent terrorism and other criminal activity before it escalates. The campaign reiterates its familiar slogan: “If You See Something, Say Something®.” Authorities urge the public to promptly report suspicious activity or threats of violence—including those made online—directly to local law enforcement, the FBI, or a Fusion Center.

As tensions in the Middle East continue to escalate, US officials remain alert to the possibility that these international hostilities could spill over into the homeland in the form of cyber disruptions, ideological violence, or targeted hate crimes. Although there are no immediate threats at this time, the government stresses the importance of public awareness and cooperation.

The current NTAS Bulletin is part of the Department’s broader efforts to prepare Americans for emerging threats while reassuring them that law enforcement and national security agencies are actively monitoring the situation. By staying informed and vigilant, officials hope to reduce the chances of any planned attacks succeeding.

The alert concludes by reminding citizens that while the threat level has risen due to international conflict, prompt action, public cooperation, and intelligence sharing can help prevent incidents and maintain safety across the country. The government is urging all individuals and communities to take part in safeguarding the homeland by remaining observant, proactive, and informed.

The NTAS Bulletin will remain in effect until September 22, 2025. Until then, local, state, and federal agencies will continue to evaluate and respond to developments both at home and abroad to ensure the continued safety of the American people.

Three H-1B Indian Workers Denied US Entry for Overstaying in India

Three Indian professionals holding H-1B visas have been denied entry into the United States and had their visas revoked by US authorities after staying in India longer than permitted. All three were found to have exceeded the allowed duration of stay outside the US, with one individual away for nearly three months and the others for even longer. Despite presenting documentation that justified their prolonged absence and letters of support from their employers, they were still denied entry and asked to return to India.

One of the individuals involved shared details of the incident in a message that has since gained traction on social media.

The message, circulating widely with the title “H-1B visas cancelled in Abu Dhabi,” opens with a revealing account of the ordeal: “We had a particularly tough situation in US immigration in Abu Dhabi.” The sender explained that “authorities revoked H-1B visa and denied port entry for three candidates, including me, for staying in India for more than two months.”

This situation unfolded at the Abu Dhabi International Airport, which hosts a US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Preclearance facility. This preclearance service allows travelers to complete US immigration and customs inspections before even boarding their flight to the United States. It is one of the few locations outside of North America that provides this service, effectively turning it into a US border checkpoint.

Even though the affected individuals had documentation in hand to explain their stay in India, including proof of emergencies and employer-approved leave, their explanations were not enough to sway immigration officers. The worker stated, “Even after showing all the proof of emergency and approval emails from the company, the CBP still revoked their visas.”

He went on to explain that the visa was canceled under a specific provision: “Attorney denied entry and put a cancelled seal on visa with reason pursuant to 41.122(h)(3) seal and sent us back to India.” The message also provided an important caution for others on H-1B visas, emphasizing the importance of not staying out of the US for too long. “The maximum permissible stay outside the US is 60 days for H-1B holders with what he called a valid reason,” the message noted, adding that it’s much safer to limit foreign travel to between 30 and 40 days to avoid unnecessary complications with reentry.

To better understand the implications of such an action, it is helpful to look at the function and rules surrounding the H-1B visa. The H-1B is a non-immigrant visa issued by the United States to allow employers to bring in skilled foreign workers temporarily. These workers are generally employed in specialized fields such as information technology, engineering, medicine, and business. For a foreign worker to obtain this visa, their employer must sponsor them by filing a Labor Condition Application (LCA) with the US Department of Labor and then petitioning the US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) for approval.

The H-1B visa typically permits the worker to reside in the US for up to six years. However, employers can request extensions by filing Form I-129, a petition requesting the US government to continue the worker’s stay. Despite these options, being away from the US for extended periods without a proper reason or without continuous employment can be viewed by immigration authorities as a violation of visa terms.

Reactions to this incident were swift and emotional on social media, especially on the platform Threads, where a page named “nris_adda” highlighted the story with the caption, “Very sorry to hear this.” The post drew a range of responses from users, revealing divided opinions about who was at fault and what lessons others should draw from the incident.

One user expressed both sympathy and a practical takeaway: “Sadly, the worst experiences you will have are at the Canadian borders and the pre-Clearance facilities (Shannon, Abu Dhabi). Best to avoid those ports. Of course, the officers acted lawfully but failed to see the extenuating circumstances. Very sad.”

However, not all comments were empathetic. Another user took a more critical stance: “There is no need to be in India for 3 months if you are working in the USA.” This comment underlined the notion that extended stays outside the US might naturally raise red flags with immigration officers, regardless of personal circumstances.

A more judgmental comment pointed to a broader cultural observation: “Indians have a tendency to break rules and cry when there are repercussions. Visa is a privilege, not a right. If it clearly states you cannot stay for over 60 days, why do it and then fuss when denied entry?”

Another user echoed this sentiment, laying blame squarely on the visa holders themselves: “Ignorance is not an excuse. They have to blame only their carelessness.”

This case underscores a critical lesson for H-1B visa holders: awareness of and strict adherence to immigration guidelines is crucial. Even with the right paperwork and employer support, decisions at ports of entry rest with US immigration officers, who have broad discretion to revoke visas if they believe terms have been violated.

While the CBP acted within its legal boundaries, the lack of flexibility shown in a case involving emergency leave has sparked debate about the balance between enforcement and empathy. Still, as the experience of these three Indian workers demonstrates, the burden of proof lies heavily with the traveler, and even that may not always suffice.

The incident serves as a stark reminder of how vulnerable non-immigrant visa holders can be to sudden changes in their immigration status due to procedural misunderstandings or misinterpretations. For those relying on H-1B status to live and work in the US, maintaining continuous compliance with visa rules—even during trips abroad—is essential.

In conclusion, the revocation of H-1B visas for these three individuals reveals the strict scrutiny applied at US preclearance locations, especially when travelers are returning from extended stays outside the country. Their case highlights the need for both caution and awareness when navigating the complex landscape of US immigration, particularly under a non-immigrant visa.

Trump Administration Fires Majority of Voice of America Journalists, Ending an Era of U.S.-Funded Global News

In a sweeping move that effectively ends most operations of the U.S.-funded international broadcaster Voice of America (VOA), the administration of  President Donald Trump has fired hundreds of journalists, citing deep-rooted inefficiencies, waste, and political bias. The mass dismissals have wiped out nearly all remaining staff at the organization, marking the end of an 83-year-old institution that once stood as a beacon of American journalism abroad.

Established during World War II as a counter to Nazi propaganda, Voice of America has long functioned as a key tool of U.S. public diplomacy, offering independent news coverage in dozens of languages to countries with restricted or no press freedoms. But on Friday, the Trump-appointed leadership of VOA announced the termination of 639 employees, stating that the action was necessary to fulfill the administration’s promise to downsize the federal government.

“Today, we took decisive action to effectuate President Trump’s agenda to shrink the out-of-control federal bureaucracy,” said Kari Lake, who had been appointed by Trump to head VOA. Her announcement confirmed the mass firings, which followed months of internal uncertainty and political tensions.

Steve Herman, VOA’s chief national correspondent, described the sweeping staff cuts as “a historic act of self-sabotage.” For Herman and other veteran journalists within the organization, the decision dismantles an institution with a legacy of promoting press freedom and truth in places where such ideals are often under siege.

Among those terminated were members of the Persian-language service, a team that had recently been recalled to work after Israel launched strikes on Iran. However, their return to duty was short-lived. According to the Associated Press, several of the Persian reporters had stepped outside for a cigarette break on Friday when the termination notices were issued. Upon returning, they were denied re-entry to the building.

The scale of the dismissals has been staggering. Since March, over 1,400 employees — more than 85% of the agency’s staff — have lost their positions. Only 50 individuals are expected to remain on board across VOA, the Office of Cuba Broadcasting, and the U.S. Agency for Global Media (USAGM), which oversees and funds VOA and other similar outlets.

The decision to eliminate most of VOA’s workforce aligns with a March directive issued by Trump ordering the maximum possible elimination of VOA and USAGM within the boundaries of the law. The presidential order marked the culmination of a long campaign by Trump and his allies to rein in federally funded media outlets, which they accused of harboring left-leaning biases and straying from their original missions.

A group of three VOA journalists who have been involved in ongoing litigation to prevent the network’s closure issued a joint statement responding to the latest wave of firings. “It spells the death of 83 years of independent journalism that upholds US ideals of democracy and freedom around the world,” they wrote. The statement reflects deep concern that the dismantling of VOA undermines a historic American commitment to supporting free expression across the globe.

VOA, along with related outlets such as Radio Free Europe and Radio Free Asia, has earned a reputation for providing reliable and independent news coverage in regions notorious for media suppression. Its reporters have operated in hostile environments like China, Russia, Cambodia, and North Korea, often at great personal risk, to bring credible journalism to audiences otherwise subjected to state propaganda.

Despite the international praise VOA has garnered over the years, critics within the U.S. have accused the agency of political bias. Dan Robinson, a former VOA correspondent, wrote in an opinion piece last year that the organization had turned into a “hubris-filled rogue operation often reflecting a leftist bias aligned with partisan national media.” This perception appears to have fueled support within conservative political circles for scaling back or completely defunding VOA and similar outlets.

Trump’s antagonism toward VOA fits into his broader narrative of opposition to U.S. media institutions. Throughout his presidency, Trump repeatedly criticized major media organizations, labeling them as “fake news” and encouraging his supporters to distrust mainstream journalism. He also pushed for defunding other federally supported public media, including National Public Radio (NPR) and the Public Broadcasting Service (PBS), arguing that they too displayed political bias and no longer served the public interest.

While Trump’s efforts to cut public media funding faced resistance in Congress, his appointees were able to implement substantial administrative changes within USAGM. By replacing leadership and pushing forward with aggressive layoffs, the administration sought to reshape or dismantle media entities it viewed as adversarial or inefficient.

The closure of VOA’s core operations, however, is not without consequences. It marks a significant shift in how the United States engages in international broadcasting and public diplomacy. For decades, Voice of America has represented an American commitment to the free flow of information and the power of factual journalism in confronting authoritarian regimes. The agency’s motto, “A free press matters,” now hangs in stark contrast to the dismantling of its newsroom.

Kari Lake defended the decision, stating that the layoffs were an overdue response to internal dysfunction and mismanagement. The administration, she emphasized, aimed to “restore credibility and focus” to U.S. global media operations. However, critics view the mass firings not as a course correction, but as an ideological purge that sacrifices an essential democratic institution.

As the dust settles, the future of VOA remains deeply uncertain. With only a fraction of its workforce remaining and its global operations gutted, many fear that its ability to fulfill its original mission has been permanently compromised.

In a media landscape increasingly divided along political lines, the demise of a respected international broadcaster like VOA sends troubling signals about the United States’ commitment to defending press freedom, both at home and abroad. For the journalists who once worked there, and for the global audiences who depended on its coverage, the closures represent not just a bureaucratic change, but the end of an era.

Steve Herman’s words continue to resonate: the dismantling of VOA is indeed “a historic act of self-sabotage” — one that may not be easily reversed.

America’s Soaring National Debt Crosses $37 Trillion, Threatens Economic Stability and Public Programs

The United States has reached a new fiscal milestone that is causing deep concern among economists, lawmakers, and financial experts alike. The national debt has surpassed $37 trillion, raising the alarm as the federal government edges closer to a crisis where merely servicing this debt could consume nearly $1 trillion annually. This level of interest payments, if left unchecked, poses a serious threat to the federal budget and the government’s ability to maintain vital services.

As of June 20, the U.S. government’s debt exceeds the total annual output of the American economy. In other words, the country owes more than it produces in a year. The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) warns that without significant policy changes, this debt load could skyrocket even further, reaching an astonishing 156% of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) by the year 2055.

The primary engine behind this growing debt is the persistently high annual budget deficit, which currently hovers around $2 trillion. This deficit is being driven by a combination of escalating government spending and a lack of sufficient growth in tax revenues. The imbalance is growing so severe that nearly one-quarter of all federal tax income is now being directed solely toward paying interest on the national debt.

This is not just a numbers game — the consequences for everyday Americans are very real. With so much money being spent on interest, less funding is available for key programs like Social Security, Medicare, national defense, and infrastructure. These are services and systems that millions of Americans depend on for their well-being, and the strain on their budgets is growing.

The danger isn’t limited to potential cutbacks in government programs. Economists caution that an unsustainable debt trajectory could also stifle private investment. As more government borrowing absorbs available capital in the financial markets, less is left for businesses and individuals seeking loans. This crowding-out effect can result in higher interest rates, reduced investment in innovation and expansion, and a slowdown in job creation.

The CBO paints a troubling picture if debt growth continues unchecked. It estimates that U.S. GDP could shrink by $340 billion over the next decade under the weight of this debt. Such a decline could lead to the loss of approximately 1.2 million jobs, in addition to hindering wage growth across all sectors of the economy.

Another complicating factor is the upward trend in interest rates. As the government borrows more, global investors are increasingly demanding higher yields in exchange for taking on the perceived risk of financing America’s deficits. These higher returns raise the overall cost of borrowing — not just for the federal government, but also for American businesses and households.

This domino effect can ripple through the economy, impacting everything from mortgage rates to corporate borrowing costs. As the cost of credit climbs, economic growth becomes harder to sustain. For a country already burdened by debt, such pressures could significantly deepen the fiscal hole.

There is also a mounting fear of a broader fiscal crisis. Should investors begin to doubt the U.S. government’s capacity to manage its obligations, the reaction could be swift and severe. A loss of confidence might trigger a sudden spike in interest rates, a collapse in the value of the dollar, or even a broader financial panic. Any of these outcomes would likely result in global economic turbulence, given the central role of the U.S. dollar and economy in international markets.

Despite these concerns, the U.S. economy is still showing some signs of growth. However, that growth is slowing. Economic forecasts suggest a modest GDP expansion of just 1.4% to 1.6% this year. At the same time, unemployment figures are beginning to inch upward, and inflation remains stubbornly above the Federal Reserve’s target range. These economic conditions make the path forward more precarious.

With tighter margins and less room for policy missteps, the government’s fiscal management is under increasing scrutiny. Experts across disciplines — from economists to business leaders — are issuing more urgent warnings. Past statements from public figures such as Elon Musk are beginning to appear prophetic. The Tesla CEO has been among those highlighting the unsustainable trajectory of America’s debt. As the evidence continues to mount, their cautions carry more weight.

“If the U.S. continues down this path, it won’t just be future generations paying the price,” the article warns, adding that “the reckoning could arrive much sooner.”

The choices ahead are not easy. Any meaningful effort to reverse the debt surge will likely require painful trade-offs, including higher taxes, cuts to popular programs, or a restructuring of the federal budget altogether. Yet, many lawmakers remain divided on how best to proceed, complicating the prospect of immediate action.

For now, America finds itself at a pivotal crossroads. The $37 trillion debt mark is more than a symbolic threshold — it represents a pressing challenge with real-world implications for economic growth, public services, and national security. Without decisive policy changes, the U.S. may be heading toward a future where rising debt becomes an anchor on prosperity rather than a tool for it.

In short, the mounting debt, growing interest obligations, and rising risks have created a sense of urgency that is hard to ignore. The longer the nation waits to address its fiscal imbalance, the narrower the window becomes to avert serious economic consequences.

Pentagon Unveils Details of Stealth Bombing Campaign on Iranian Nuclear Sites, Hailing “Operation Midnight Hammer” as Historic

WASHINGTON, D.C. – The U.S. military’s overnight assault on Iran’s nuclear infrastructure has been described as the largest B-2 bomber mission ever conducted, delivering what defense officials say was crippling damage to key targets. In a rare public briefing on Sunday, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Dan Caine disclosed fresh insights into the covert operation, officially named Operation Midnight Hammer.

“This was one of the most classified and intricately coordinated missions we’ve ever executed,” Gen. Caine told reporters at the Pentagon, referring to the U.S. strikes on Iran’s nuclear facilities at Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan. “Very few within Washington were even aware of the plan’s timing or operational scope.”

According to Caine, seven B-2 Spirit stealth bombers departed from Whiteman Air Force Base in Missouri under the cover of night, with a parallel group dispatched westward over the Pacific to create a diversion. The 18-hour eastward journey required multiple aerial refueling sessions as the aircraft flew across the Atlantic, through the Mediterranean, and into the Middle East.

Accompanied by fighter escorts and support planes, the strike package carried out what Caine described as a “precisely timed and synchronized maneuver” involving midair rendezvous and deception strategies. “This level of coordination was unprecedented,” he emphasized, presenting a map that detailed the aircraft’s flight path and timeline.

Deception and Precision: The Strike Timeline

At approximately 5 p.m. Eastern Time on Saturday, as the B-2s approached Iranian airspace, a U.S. Navy submarine launched over 24 Tomahawk cruise missiles toward the Isfahan complex. Meanwhile, fighter jets secured the airspace ahead, ensuring a clear path for the bombers.

At around 6:40 p.m. ET — 2:10 a.m. Sunday in Iran — the lead B-2 released two GBU-57 Massive Ordnance Penetrators (MOPs), known colloquially as “bunker busters,” onto the Fordow facility. Over the next half hour, a total of 14 MOPs were dropped on Fordow and Natanz. The Tomahawks impacted Isfahan shortly afterward.

Caine confirmed that the operation went undetected by Iranian defenses. “No missiles were fired at our aircraft, and Iranian fighters never took off. Our element of surprise held throughout,” he stated.

In total, more than 125 U.S. aircraft contributed to the operation, including bombers, fighter jets, tankers, and surveillance units. Over 75 precision-guided munitions were deployed, resulting in what the Pentagon calls “extensive destruction.”

“Initial damage assessments indicate all three sites have suffered significant structural and functional losses,” said Caine, while noting that comprehensive evaluations are ongoing.

U.S. Forces on High Alert for Potential Iranian Response

Caine warned that any retaliation from Iran or its allied militias would be met with swift consequences. “Our readiness posture is elevated, and any misstep by Iran would be an ill-advised and dangerous move. We will defend our interests,” he said.

Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, who stood beside Caine during the press conference, echoed the sentiment, describing the mission as an “overwhelming and calculated triumph.” He emphasized that the operation specifically avoided targeting Iranian personnel or civilian infrastructure.

“This was a mission with a singular purpose: to dismantle the core of Iran’s nuclear ambitions,” Hegseth said. “The president’s directive was clear and decisive, and our forces executed it flawlessly.”

Hegseth highlighted the historical scope of the mission, calling it the longest-range B-2 deployment since 2001 and the first use of the GBU-57 MOP in combat. “Our bombers struck and returned undetected,” he said. “This was a global demonstration of American stealth, strategy, and strength.”

Trump Applauds Operation, Warns of Escalation

President Donald Trump formally announced the airstrikes on Saturday evening and followed up with a televised address, flanked by Hegseth, Vice President J.D. Vance, and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. He praised the military’s efforts, stating the targets were “completely and totally obliterated.”

Trump reiterated his commitment to preventing Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons and warned of a broader campaign should Tehran refuse to engage in meaningful diplomacy.

“If Iran chooses not to make peace, we are prepared to dismantle remaining targets with speed and precision,” the president declared. “No military force on earth could have carried out what happened tonight. Not even close.”

As international observers assess the implications of the strike, questions loom over whether Iran will respond militarily or seek diplomatic offramps. Meanwhile, Washington stands firm, signaling that this mission was only the beginning if its demands remain unmet.

Trump Hails Strike on Iran Nuclear Sites, Warns of Future Military Action

In a nationally televised address on Saturday evening, President Donald Trump described the recent U.S. airstrikes on Iranian nuclear facilities as a “remarkable military achievement” and cautioned that additional operations could follow unless Tehran agrees to a peace deal on Washington’s terms.

Speaking from the Cross Hall of the White House, Trump stated that the objective of the operation was to dismantle Iran’s ability to enrich uranium and eliminate what he called the “nuclear threat from the world’s leading sponsor of terrorism.” Flanked by Vice President J.D. Vance, Secretary of State Marco Rubio, and Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, the president declared the mission an overwhelming success.

“Tonight, I can inform the world that Iran’s major nuclear sites have been effectively neutralized,” Trump said, referring to strikes on the Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan facilities. According to Trump, those locations were “completely and totally obliterated” in coordinated U.S. attacks.

The announcement came just hours after Trump revealed the offensive via his Truth Social account. The airstrikes, carried out amid rising tensions in the region, mark a significant escalation in U.S. involvement in the conflict between Iran and Israel that has intensified over the past two weeks.

In a follow-up social media post, Trump issued a stern warning to Iran, stating that any form of retaliation would be met with overwhelming force. “This must end,” he wrote. “Either there is peace, or Iran will face consequences far more devastating than anything seen in recent days. Tonight’s strike targeted the hardest site. Others remain in our sights if peace talks fail.”

Trump offered no clear definition of what a “satisfactory” peace agreement with Iran would entail. He reiterated his longstanding position that Iran must not be allowed to develop nuclear weapons or continue uranium enrichment under any circumstances.

Citing reports from Fox News and The New York Times, officials confirmed that six precision “bunker-buster” bombs were deployed against the Fordow site, which lies deep underground in a fortified mountain facility. Defense Secretary Hegseth and Pentagon officials are expected to provide further details on the strikes at a briefing scheduled for Sunday morning.

During his remarks, Trump noted he had spoken with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu following the operation, emphasizing close coordination between the two allies. “We acted in unison,” he said. The White House also released images from the Situation Room showing top national security officials, including CIA Director John Ratcliffe, Joint Chiefs Chairman Gen. Dan Caine, and White House Chief of Staff Susie Wiles, monitoring the mission alongside the president.

The strike follows Trump’s earlier suggestion that the U.S. would give Iran two weeks to pursue diplomatic channels before initiating military action. Despite that statement, the abrupt nature of the operation has stirred debate in Washington over executive war powers.

While Republican leaders largely backed the president’s decision, some lawmakers questioned its legality, citing the lack of congressional authorization. “This is unconstitutional,” posted Rep. Thomas Massie (R-Ky.) on X. Rep. Warren Davidson (R-Ohio) echoed the concern, saying, “Even if the decision proves strategically sound, its constitutional basis is highly questionable.”

The White House has not yet responded to inquiries regarding these constitutional concerns.

As global leaders and defense analysts continue to assess the ramifications of this strike, the world watches to see whether Iran will escalate the conflict or move toward a negotiated resolution.

GOP Tax Plan Could Deepen Struggles for Low-Income Families, Warns CBO

Low-income families and children would be among the most affected groups under the Republicans’ proposed One Big Beautiful Bill Act, according to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office (CBO). While the bill promises substantial benefits for affluent Americans, it would reduce support for some of the nation’s most vulnerable populations.

To fund the extension of the 2017 Trump-era tax cuts, Republicans in both chambers of Congress aim to scale back several essential safety net programs, including healthcare, food aid, and financial assistance. These changes would impact millions of American children.

Currently, more than 37 million children receive healthcare through Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). CHIP covers pregnant women and children slightly above the Medicaid poverty line. Combined, these programs provide coverage to nearly half of all children in the United States, ensuring vital prenatal care, facilitating over 40% of U.S. births and nearly half of rural births, and supporting millions of children through adolescence.

Under the Republican plan, states would be allowed to impose waiting periods before families can enroll in CHIP and penalize them for missing premium payments by locking them out of the program. Additionally, the bill proposes a nationwide Medicaid work requirement for the first time. Though the House version claims to exempt parents, Allison Orris of the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities (CBPP) notes, “What we’ve seen from past experience with work requirements is that exemptions are not always effective.”

Senate Republicans take it a step further, requiring even part-time work from parents of children over 14. Kevin Corinth of the conservative American Enterprise Institute (AEI) argues that this may benefit families: “If [parents’] earnings go up because they’re complying, that actually could be good for the kids. Because there is good research showing that, when parents work and we get more earnings coming into the household, that can improve current and future outcomes [for children].”

However, critics believe these requirements create more red tape. “When there’s more red tape, we know that it’s harder for families,” explains Joan Alker, who leads the Center for Children and Families at Georgetown University. “To see these kinds of cuts is very, very scary.”

Despite these criticisms, House Speaker Mike Johnson’s office defended the proposals, stating, “Republicans are protecting and strengthening Medicaid for American citizens who need and deserve it by rooting out waste, fraud, and abuse.” On NBC’s Meet the Press, Johnson also declared, “There are no Medicaid cuts in the Big, Beautiful Bill. We’re not cutting Medicaid.”

However, the CBO estimates that the House bill would reduce federal Medicaid spending by approximately $800 billion over the next decade. The Commonwealth Fund suggests that one in five children could lose Medicaid coverage under this plan. Alker warns that the proposed changes would push states into making tough choices between reducing services or raising taxes. “Governors are gonna have to do the dirty work,” she says, adding that the Senate’s version would likely impose even greater burdens on states.

CBO research indicates that childhood Medicaid coverage correlates with increased adult earnings and higher tax contributions, potentially offsetting the cost of the program. “Increasing children’s enrollment in Medicaid would reduce the future federal deficit by between roughly $800 and $3,400 per child per year of enrollment,” the CBO found.

Beyond healthcare, Republicans are targeting food assistance. The House bill proposes substantial changes to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), or food stamps, which currently helps over 15 million U.S. children afford groceries. Katie Bergh, a senior policy analyst at CBPP, said the House proposal represents “the deepest cut to food assistance in history.”

The bill would expand existing work requirements under SNAP. “Research has repeatedly shown that this doesn’t increase people’s employment. It doesn’t increase their earnings. It just cuts people off of SNAP and leaves them hungry,” Bergh argues.

In total, the House plan would cut over $290 billion from SNAP over the next 10 years. Bergh estimates this would “eliminate or substantially reduce” food support for more than 2 million children. The plan would also require states to fund between 5% and 25% of SNAP costs, a shift Bergh and others worry could prompt some states to reduce benefits, limit eligibility, or exit the program entirely. CBO notes that as a result, children could also lose access to free school meals, which are automatically tied to SNAP enrollment.

Overall, CBO estimates the poorest households would lose about $1,600 annually under the GOP proposal—mainly due to reductions in programs like Medicaid and SNAP. In contrast, the wealthiest Americans would gain an average of $12,000 per year. Disputing the analysis, House Republicans insist that “the biggest beneficiaries of this [bill] will be low- and middle-income Americans,” according to Speaker Johnson.

The Senate’s plan closely aligns with the House’s in imposing work requirements and shifting costs to states.

On the tax side, Senate Republicans propose modest improvements to tax benefits for families, including the Child and Dependent Care Tax Credit. Sarah Rittling, executive director of First Five Years Fund, welcomed this move, saying, “Expanding child care tax credits in the Senate bill is a step in the right direction toward making care more affordable and accessible for families nationwide.”

However, proposed changes to the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) and Child Tax Credit (CTC) have raised concerns among researchers. The EITC, a critical anti-poverty measure for low-income working families, would require parents to undergo a burdensome precertification process before claiming the credit. Kevin Corinth of AEI notes that this added requirement could create barriers for families and place further strain on the IRS, which has already suffered staffing reductions.

The current Child Tax Credit allows families to deduct up to $2,000 per child from their tax bill. The House bill would raise this to $2,500 but maintains income requirements that limit access for low-income households. Megan Curran, policy director at Columbia University’s Center on Poverty and Social Policy, points out that the proposal would make it even harder for families to qualify. The House plan would disqualify an estimated 4.5 million children by requiring both parents to have Social Security numbers. The Senate version, by contrast, would require only one parent to have a Social Security number, though it’s unclear how many children that would still exclude.

The bill would also preserve the existing rule that blocks the lowest-income families from receiving the full credit. “Under current policy, a two-adult, two-child family needs at least $36,000 [in income] in order to get the full [credit],” Curran explains. “That’s 1 in 4 kids nationwide who are left out of the full credit.” If the credit is raised, that same family would need $48,000 in income to qualify. “As a result, under the House Reconciliation Bill, 1 out of every 3 children would be left out of the full credit nationwide,” Curran adds.

While many countries provide child benefits to all families, Curran emphasizes that “we exclude the families with lower and moderate incomes. And those are children who arguably could really benefit from this type of investment the most.”

In 2021, Congress briefly expanded the CTC to cover the lowest-income families, cutting child poverty nearly in half during its six-month duration. Curran argues such investments pay for themselves. “Every dollar that you spend on the child tax credit in an expanded form that reaches all kids would return at least $10 a year,” she says. The return comes in the form of better health, improved academic outcomes, higher lifetime earnings, and increased tax contributions.

H-1B Techie’s Green Card Dreams Derailed by Suspected Fake Job Applicants

An H-1B visa holder working in the United States was recently hit with an unexpected and troubling setback from his employer—one that had nothing to do with his performance or qualifications, but rather with a suspicious surge of job applications. This tech professional, who shared his story online, is currently in his second year of employment as an Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning Engineer at a financial technology firm. His journey toward permanent residency in the U.S. was progressing until it was suddenly halted under questionable circumstances.

The company had initially planned to sponsor his green card under the “Data Scientist II” role—the same designation under which he was hired back in 2022. Everything seemed to be on track until earlier this month when the company’s immigration team suddenly decided to pause the PERM labor market process. The reason? They had received over 400 applications for the job opening posted as part of the labor certification requirement. Surprisingly, not a single interview was conducted before this abrupt decision was made.

According to the employee, the company feared that the sheer volume of applications could potentially trigger an audit by the U.S. Department of Labor. Such audits are often lengthy and complex, and companies typically prefer to avoid them due to the bureaucratic complications they entail. The techie also acknowledged a flaw in the process, admitting that the job description provided for the PERM process was vague and didn’t accurately represent the kind of work he actually performs.

In the time since the original PERM application process began, the H-1B worker has even received a promotion. He now holds the position of AI/ML Engineer III. With this new role, his employer has opted to restart the green card process from scratch, which includes preparing a new job posting and going through the labor market testing phase again.

But what’s more alarming about this entire episode is what it reveals about an emerging and disturbing trend. The unusually high number of applications received for the Data Scientist II role may not be entirely genuine. In fact, another user on social media highlighted the presence of an account on the platform X (formerly Twitter) that has been actively urging individuals to flood PERM job postings with applications. The account even boasted about the outcome of the exact scenario that this tech worker experienced, sharing celebratory posts whenever companies were forced to pull back from the green card sponsorship process due to overwhelming applicant numbers.

There appears to be a coordinated effort among some individuals online to disrupt the green card processes of H-1B visa holders by artificially inflating the number of applicants for labor certification jobs. Some of these users are openly admitting that they are applying for positions under the PERM process for which they are not remotely qualified. Their objective is not to secure the job, but to sabotage the path to permanent residency for foreign workers.

“This is weaponizing a system that is already skewed against immigrants,” one observer noted. U.S. citizens who participate in these tactics face no legal repercussions. They are allowed to apply for any job, even if they do not meet the qualifications or do not intend to accept the position if offered. As a result, the real cost is borne by the H-1B visa holders, who are already navigating a complex and uncertain immigration landscape.

For many foreign workers, the PERM process is an essential step toward obtaining a green card, which in turn provides a sense of security and stability in the U.S. However, the system requires the sponsoring employer to demonstrate that there are no qualified U.S. workers willing and available to take the job. This is typically done by advertising the job and allowing a window of time for applicants to respond. If qualified U.S. workers do apply, or if the volume of responses is unusually high, the process may be paused or even abandoned entirely, as companies fear scrutiny or delays from federal audits.

In this particular case, the flood of over 400 job applications—none of which resulted in interviews—has raised serious questions about the legitimacy of those applications. The affected H-1B techie, who had followed all the legal and professional steps to advance his career and permanent residency in the U.S., finds himself back at square one.

The employer’s decision to pause the PERM process and start anew might appear as a procedural reset, but it represents a significant emotional and professional setback for the worker. Not only does it delay his green card timeline, but it also places his future in the U.S. in jeopardy, especially given the limited duration of H-1B visas and the uncertainty involved in annual renewals.

This growing trend of sabotaging PERM listings could have far-reaching implications for the broader immigrant community in the U.S. It exposes a vulnerability in the labor certification system—one that can be exploited without consequence to deliberately derail the aspirations of skilled foreign workers.

The techie’s story highlights how a system designed to balance opportunities for domestic workers and foreign talent can be manipulated to serve exclusionary agendas. While immigration processes have always been subject to regulatory checks, this new wave of deliberate disruption is unprecedented in its scale and intent.

As the techie’s experience circulates online, it has sparked broader conversations about the fairness and resilience of the current immigration system. Supporters of H-1B workers argue that reform is urgently needed—not only to streamline the green card process but also to safeguard it from bad-faith actors who misuse the system for political or personal motives.

In the meantime, individuals like the AI/ML engineer at the center of this story are left to pick up the pieces and start over. Despite his qualifications, promotion, and proven contributions to his employer, he now faces yet another uphill battle to secure his place in a country he has already begun to call home.

There is little legal recourse for H-1B workers in such scenarios. The immigration system allows domestic applicants to flood listings without accountability, while foreign workers face strict scrutiny at every stage. In essence, those looking to derail green card sponsorships can do so freely, but the consequences fall squarely on the shoulders of the immigrants affected.

As one observer succinctly put it, “There is no legal trouble for anyone who is applying for these jobs. But for an H-1B techie chasing a secure future in the US, he pays a heavy price.”

Trump Considers Joining Israeli Strikes on Iran as Tehran Seeks Talks

President Donald Trump announced on Wednesday that he is deliberating whether the United States should participate in Israeli military strikes on Iran. He also claimed that Iranian officials had approached the U.S. seeking negotiations to resolve the intensifying conflict.

Trump made these remarks while observing the installation of a new flagpole at the White House. Indicating growing impatience, he emphasized that his tolerance for Tehran’s actions had already worn thin and reiterated his demand for Iran’s complete and unconditional capitulation. “My patience had already run out,” he declared, adding once again his call for the Islamic republic’s “unconditional surrender.”

Addressing reporters from the South Lawn, Trump responded ambiguously when asked if he had made a final decision on launching American airstrikes. “I may do it, I may not do it. I mean, nobody knows what I’m going to do,” he said, maintaining his characteristically unpredictable stance.

The escalating situation follows Israeli military actions targeting Iran, including reports that one of Israel’s drones was downed over Iranian territory. Despite the rising tensions, Trump pointed to Iran’s growing difficulties as a sign that the country was feeling pressure. “I can tell you this, that Iran’s got a lot of trouble, and they want to negotiate,” Trump stated.

According to the president, Iranian officials had even proposed dispatching envoys to the White House to open discussions focused on Tehran’s nuclear ambitions, hoping such talks could put an end to Israel’s continuing air campaign. However, Trump appeared dismissive of the proposal’s timing. “I said it’s very late to be talking. We may meet. There’s a big difference between now and a week ago, right? Big difference,” he remarked.

Still, Trump acknowledged the gravity of Iran’s overture, describing the offer as a bold move on Tehran’s part. “They’ve suggested that they come to the White House. That’s, you know, courageous, but it’s, like, not easy for them to do,” he said. Despite calling it “very late,” Trump did not rule out the possibility of engagement. When asked directly whether it was too late for negotiations, he replied, “Nothing is too late.”

This moment marks a significant shift in Trump’s approach to Iran. During his presidency, he initially favored a diplomatic strategy aimed at curbing Tehran’s nuclear program, seeking a new deal to replace the 2015 agreement he had withdrawn from in 2018. However, with Israel’s recent air assaults now in their sixth day, Trump appears to be aligning more closely with America’s key Middle Eastern ally, signaling a willingness to consider military measures.

In parallel, U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth addressed lawmakers on Capitol Hill on Wednesday, confirming that the Pentagon is supplying President Trump with potential strategies regarding Iran. However, he stopped short of revealing whether the U.S. military intended to participate directly in Israeli-led strikes.

Hegseth’s comments came during a hearing before the Senate Armed Services Committee, the final installment in a series of sometimes confrontational sessions with legislators. Throughout the hearings, he has faced questions on a range of topics, including his controversial use of encrypted messaging app Signal for sensitive military communications earlier this year and the Pentagon’s policies on transgender troops.

During his testimony, Hegseth emphasized that the Pentagon was taking extensive precautions to safeguard American forces stationed in West Asia. “Maximum force protection” is being implemented, he confirmed. However, he made it clear that the decision to escalate militarily rested solely with President Trump.

One potential course of action under discussion is the provision of a powerful “bunker buster” bomb to Israel. Such a weapon would enable Israeli forces to strike deeply buried Iranian nuclear sites. However, deploying this bomb would necessitate the involvement of a U.S. B-2 stealth bomber and its pilot, a step that would bring the United States directly into the conflict. Hegseth offered no details about whether such an action was imminent or likely.

Meanwhile, Iran’s Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei publicly rejected the notion of surrender. In a stern warning aimed at Washington, he vowed never to capitulate and cautioned that U.S. intervention could lead to severe consequences. Khamenei stated that Iran would “never surrender” and warned of “irreparable damage” should the United States choose to get involved in the confrontation.

Trump’s rhetoric and the White House’s increased openness to military involvement underscore the shifting dynamics in U.S. foreign policy toward Iran. The administration, once focused on re-negotiating nuclear terms, is now appearing more inclined toward the use of force. Yet even as he threatens military options, Trump continues to leave the door to diplomacy ajar, albeit narrowly.

By highlighting Iran’s proposed diplomatic outreach, Trump portrays the regime as desperate and vulnerable, yet at the same time, he emphasizes that any resolution would come on America’s terms. This dual strategy of pressure and ambiguity—while maintaining a veneer of openness to negotiation—reflects a characteristic Trumpian approach to foreign crises.

The possibility of U.S. engagement in Israeli military actions represents a dramatic escalation in regional tensions. It would also mark a decisive turn from previous American positions that often aimed to avoid direct conflict in the Middle East. Now, as Israel intensifies its campaign and Iran signals a potential willingness to talk, the world watches closely to see whether Trump’s next move will be diplomatic, military, or—as is often the case with him—something entirely unpredictable.

US Military Ramps Up Aerial Activity in Europe Amid Escalating Iran-Israel Tensions

In the past three days, no fewer than 30 US military aircraft have been redeployed from bases across the United States to Europe, as confirmed by flight tracking data analyzed by BBC Verify. The specific aircraft involved are all military tanker planes, which are primarily used for in-air refueling of combat aircraft such as fighter jets and bombers.

These tankers, especially the KC-135 Stratotankers, have made stopovers at American airbases located in Spain, Scotland, and England. Flight monitoring service Flightradar24 documented that at least seven of these aircraft had transited through these European bases.

This notable increase in military aviation movement coincides with rising tensions between Iran and Israel. The conflict flared up following an Israeli operation conducted last Friday, which officials in Tel Aviv claimed was aimed at dismantling Iran’s nuclear development program.

Although there is no official confirmation linking these US aircraft movements directly to the Israel-Iran conflict, military experts believe the timing and nature of the deployments are significant. Justin Bronk, a senior analyst at the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI), remarked to BBC Verify that the air tanker activity is “highly unusual.” He further noted that the redeployments are “highly suggestive” of preparations by the United States to implement contingency plans that could potentially involve “intensive combat operations” in the region in the near future.

All seven tankers tracked have since moved onward, with most flying east of Sicily by Tuesday afternoon, based on available tracking data. While six of the aircraft had undisclosed destinations, one was confirmed to have landed on the Greek island of Crete.

Adding further perspective, Vice-Admiral Mark Mellett, former chief of the Irish Defence Forces, suggested the aircraft movements may form part of a wider US strategy centered around “strategic ambiguity.” According to him, this tactic could be designed to pressure Iran into making concessions during ongoing negotiations regarding its nuclear program.

The timeline of recent developments is also telling. Israel’s initial strike on Iranian nuclear sites occurred on Friday, only one day after a deadline set by US President Donald Trump for Iran to come to an agreement on suspending its nuclear initiatives had lapsed.

Parallel to the increased air traffic, there are reports indicating that the US has repositioned the USS Nimitz aircraft carrier. Previously stationed in the South China Sea, the Nimitz is now reportedly en route to the Middle East. Reuters reported that a scheduled engagement involving the carrier in Vietnam was canceled due to what the US embassy in Hanoi described as an “emergent operational requirement.”

Data from MarineTraffic, a platform that tracks maritime movements, showed that the USS Nimitz was last observed navigating the Malacca Strait toward Singapore early Tuesday. This warship not only transports a squadron of fighter jets but is also accompanied by multiple guided missile destroyers, forming a powerful naval task force.

Further reinforcing its presence in the region, the US has deployed multiple advanced fighter jets—including F-16s, F-22s, and F-35s—to various bases across the Middle East. According to three defense officials who spoke to Reuters, the tanker planes relocated to Europe are capable of refueling these jets during prolonged operations.

On Tuesday, US Vice-President JD Vance added fuel to the speculation of increased American involvement in the region. In a social media post, he suggested that the US may take direct military action to support Israel’s offensive against Iran’s nuclear capabilities. “Trump may decide he needs to take further action,” he stated, referring to potential efforts to dismantle Iran’s nuclear program.

Iran’s nuclear infrastructure is known to include two key underground enrichment facilities. One is at Natanz, a site already targeted by Israeli forces. The second is Fordo, located deep within a mountain near the city of Qom. Penetrating the hardened Fordo site would likely require the use of the GBU-57A/B Massive Ordnance Penetrator (MOP), according to two senior Western military officers who spoke to BBC Verify.

These “bunker buster” bombs weigh an enormous 30,000 pounds (13,600 kilograms) and are capable of piercing up to 200 feet (60 meters) of reinforced concrete. The only aircraft in the US military arsenal that can carry such a weapon is the B-2 Spirit stealth bomber.

Recently, the United States stationed a B-2 bomber squadron at its base on Diego Garcia, an island strategically located in the Indian Ocean. Though the island is situated approximately 2,400 miles from Iran’s southern coast, military analysts argue that this distance places Iran well within operational reach.

Air Marshall Greg Bagwell, a former deputy operations chief with the Royal Air Force, explained the strategic advantage of using Diego Garcia as a launch point. “You would be able to maintain a sustained operation from [Diego Garcia] far more efficiently,” he told BBC Verify. “You could literally have them round the clock operating.”

However, the most recent satellite images of Diego Garcia no longer show the presence of B-2 bombers on the island. This discrepancy has raised eyebrows among defense analysts. Vice-Admiral Mellett said, “I would expect to see the bombers on the island ahead of any operation targeting Iran,” adding that their absence represents “a missing piece of the jigsaw.”

Air Marshall Bagwell concurred with this observation but pointed out that B-2 bombers are capable of undertaking 24-hour missions and could theoretically launch a strike from the continental United States itself if the President were to authorize an attack.

“They’ve taken away any means for Iran to now defend itself,” Bagwell concluded. “Which obviously leaves any military or even the nuclear targets pretty much at the mercy of whatever Israel wants to do to it.”

As the situation continues to evolve, the flurry of military activity by the US—both aerial and naval—has added a new layer of complexity to the ongoing Iran-Israel tensions. Whether these moves signal preparations for a potential military campaign or serve as a calculated warning remains uncertain. Nonetheless, the rapid redeployment of tanker aircraft, stealth bombers, fighter jets, and naval assets suggests that Washington is readying itself for a broad range of contingencies.

Fall-Related Deaths Among Older Americans Surge, With White Seniors Most Affected

A recent report by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reveals a troubling rise in unintentional fall-related deaths among older adults in the United States, with white seniors representing the vast majority of these fatalities. The study, released on Wednesday, indicates that between 2003 and 2023, the death rates from falls have significantly increased across all senior age groups.

According to the CDC’s findings, the mortality rate due to falls climbed by more than 70% for individuals aged 65 to 74 over the 20-year period. For those aged 75 to 84, the rate rose by more than 75%. The most dramatic rise was seen among adults 85 and older, where the rate more than doubled. This alarming trend underscores the growing risk older Americans face from what might seem like simple accidents.

“Falls continue to be a public health problem worth paying attention to,” commented Geoffrey Hoffman, a University of Michigan researcher not involved in the CDC study. He added, “It’s curious that these rates keep rising.” Hoffman, who has extensively studied elderly fall patterns, emphasized the importance of understanding the increasing death rates and their implications for public health.

The CDC did not delve into specific reasons for the rising rates, but many experts suggest a combination of contributing factors. One explanation could be that as medical examiners and doctors become more precise in determining causes of death, they are increasingly identifying falls as the root cause. Another contributing factor may be the aging population in the U.S., with more people living well into their 80s and beyond — ages where the repercussions of a fall are more likely to prove fatal.

In 2023 alone, more than 41,000 Americans of retirement age died due to unintentional falls. This figure represents the most recent year for which comprehensive data from death certificates are available. These deaths accounted for roughly 1 out of every 56 deaths among older Americans that year. The analysis underscores how common and deadly falls have become for the elderly.

The data further reveal that over half of the 41,000 fall-related deaths occurred among individuals aged 85 and older. Within this oldest age bracket, white Americans made up an overwhelming 87% of the fatalities. This racial disparity is particularly noteworthy and somewhat unexpected, given that health statistics often show minority groups facing greater health risks.

Hoffman pointed to this inversion of typical health disparities, saying, “Kind of a flip of the traditional disparity lens.” He explained that in most categories of illness and injury, people of color are usually overrepresented. However, in the case of fatal falls, white seniors are disproportionately affected.

The consequences of falling extend beyond the fall itself. They often lead to severe injuries such as head trauma or broken bones, which can result in permanent disability. In many cases, a fall may also set off a series of health complications that can accelerate decline and lead to death. Contributing factors to falls can include impaired vision or hearing, weakened balance, and side effects from medications that may cause dizziness or confusion.

Interestingly, the rate of fall-related deaths varied widely across different states in 2023. Wisconsin topped the list with the highest death rate from falls, followed by Minnesota, Maine, Oklahoma, and Vermont. In stark contrast, Alabama had the lowest rate, with Wisconsin’s numbers being more than five times higher.

Experts suggest that climate may partly explain these regional discrepancies. Cold weather and icy conditions in states like Wisconsin and Minnesota could increase the risk of falls among the elderly. But weather alone does not fully account for the differences. Other possible factors include varying levels of accuracy and consistency in how falls are reported and whether they are officially listed as the cause of death.

“We’ve yet to unravel why you see such differences in state rates,” said Hoffman, noting the complexity of factors behind the state-by-state variation. His comments reflect the ongoing challenge researchers face in understanding the full scope of what contributes to fatal falls and why certain populations are more at risk.

Another mystery that remains unresolved is why white seniors, particularly those aged 85 and older, are dying from falls at significantly higher rates than their counterparts in other racial and ethnic groups. In this oldest age group, white Americans experience death rates from falls that are two to three times higher than those of other racial demographics. Black seniors, notably, had the lowest death rate from falls in the same age group.

This pattern goes against the broader trend seen in most public health data, where racial minorities often bear a higher burden of disease and injury. The reasons behind this particular trend are still unclear, and more research is needed to explore social, environmental, and medical factors that may be at play.

Despite the uncertainties, there are measures that can help prevent falls and reduce risk. One of the most effective recommendations from experts is staying physically active. Regular exercise can improve balance, strength, and coordination — all critical for fall prevention. Physical activity also plays a key role in maintaining bone density and joint flexibility, which can help the body withstand and recover from a fall if one does occur.

The growing rate of fall-related deaths among seniors highlights a pressing public health concern. As Americans continue to live longer, addressing fall prevention becomes increasingly important. Better understanding the underlying causes — from physiological changes to social and environmental factors — is essential for developing targeted interventions and strategies that can help save lives.

In summary, the CDC’s report sheds light on a silent but deadly threat facing aging Americans: unintentional falls. With rates climbing sharply over two decades and disproportionately affecting white seniors, the findings call for greater attention and action. More research is needed to fully grasp the complex web of factors contributing to this trend, but experts agree on one thing — staying active and vigilant can make a significant difference.

Global Perception of the American Dream Shifts Amid Trump’s Immigration Crackdown

For generations, people around the world viewed the United States as a beacon of opportunity and inclusion. However, recent developments, particularly President Donald Trump’s aggressive stance on immigration, have prompted widespread reassessment of this ideal. With protests erupting across Los Angeles, on college campuses, and within religious communities, many are reconsidering the once-cherished notion of pursuing the American dream.

According to Edwin van Rest, CEO of Studyportals—a platform that monitors real-time interest from international students considering studying abroad—the current sentiment from Washington signals exclusion. “The message coming from Washington is that you are not welcome in the United States,” he said. His organization’s data shows that international interest in studying in America has dropped to its lowest point since the COVID-19 pandemic. He added, “The fact is, there are great opportunities elsewhere.”

America has long cultivated a romanticized image of itself as a land open to immigrants. While this vision remains powerful, the truth has always been more complex, with race and ethnicity playing significant roles in determining who is truly welcomed. Despite this, the allure of America has endured, powered in part by a strong economy that continues to attract millions each year. This influx has driven the population past 340 million.

Yet, signs from various industries such as tourism, education, entertainment, and trade suggest that the dream is fading for foreigners who once flocked to the U.S. for a better life. A recent Pew Research Center survey, conducted between January and April, revealed that public opinion of the U.S. declined over the past year in 15 of the 24 countries polled.

Trump and many of his followers argue that undocumented migrants pose a risk to national security, employment, and cultural identity. However, his sweeping immigration policies have also affected individuals legally present in the country, making even prospective tourists hesitant about visiting. Adding to the unease is Trump’s global trade war and his stance against international students who support pro-Palestinian causes—moves that are hard to forget among those abroad who once dreamed of participating in America’s tradition of free speech and opportunity.

An Australian Reddit user, Duncan Greaves, encapsulated this global sentiment when advising someone contemplating a U.S. vacation: “The chances of something truly horrific happening are almost certainly tiny… Basically it’s like the Dirty Harry quote: ‘Do you feel lucky?’”

Ironically, Trump himself is closely connected to immigration. Not only has he married two immigrants—Ivana Trump from what is now the Czech Republic and Melania Trump from Slovenia—but his grandfather, Friedrich Trump, was an immigrant from Germany. During a recent Oval Office meeting, German Chancellor Friedrich Merz even presented Trump with a framed copy of his grandfather’s birth certificate. Friedrich Trump had emigrated from Germany in 1885 amid war and economic hardship.

After building a fortune in the U.S. and obtaining citizenship, Friedrich Trump tried to return to Germany but was expelled for failing to fulfill military service obligations. In a letter to Luitpold, prince regent of Bavaria, he wrote, “Why should we be deported? This is very, very hard for a family. What will our fellow citizens think if honest subjects are faced with such a decree — not to mention the great material losses it would incur.”

These details reflect both the promise and the precariousness of the immigrant experience—something the Trump family has personally encountered.

Immigration has undeniably reshaped American culture and demographics. In 2024, immigration drove U.S. population growth to its highest rate in 23 years, pushing the total to over 340 million, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. Nearly 2.8 million more people immigrated to the country in 2024 than in the previous year, partly due to revised methods that now include individuals admitted for humanitarian reasons. Net international migration was responsible for 84% of the nation’s 3.3 million-person increase.

In fact, immigration was the sole driver of population growth in 16 states that would have otherwise seen declines, according to the Brookings Institution.

Still, views on immigration remain deeply divided. While many Americans see it as a source of talent and labor, Trump has long regarded it as an “invasion.” Since returning to the White House, he has implemented an expansive immigration crackdown that has tested the boundaries of presidential authority. His administration has often found itself at odds with federal judges over actions that include deporting individuals, revoking visas, and transferring deportees to third countries.

Unlike during his first term, Trump has not shied away from controversial immigration policies this time around. Immigration has become his top issue in public opinion polls, solidifying his standing among Republicans and reflecting a broader change in public sentiment.

A survey conducted in June by The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research showed that 46% of U.S. adults approved of Trump’s immigration policies—nearly 10 percentage points higher than his ratings on the economy or trade. Notably, the poll was conducted before protests began in Los Angeles and did not include questions about Trump’s decision to deploy military forces there.

While the United States continues to be seen as an economic superpower, its global image is shifting. Pew’s polling indicates that more people now view China as the world’s top economy. Whether Trump’s policies will lead to a tangible decline in international students and others who once looked to America for safety and opportunity remains uncertain.

Studyportals, based in the Netherlands, reported a significant drop in interest among international students. Weekly pageviews for U.S. degree programs fell by half from January 5 to the end of April. If this pattern continues, the U.S. could lose even more ground to competing nations like the United Kingdom and Australia.

“International students and their families seek predictability and security when choosing which country to trust with their future,” said Fanta Aw, CEO of NAFSA, an organization representing international educators. “The U.S. government’s recent actions have naturally shaken their confidence in the United States.”

The changing global perspective on the United States is evident. What was once seen as the ultimate destination for personal freedom and opportunity is now viewed with increasing skepticism. The American dream, while not entirely extinguished, is being reconsidered by those abroad—many of whom are now setting their sights on other nations where they feel more welcome, more secure, and more hopeful.

US Raises Travel Advisory for India to Level 2, Citing Crime and Terrorism Risks

The United States has recently updated its travel advisories ahead of the anticipated summer travel surge, and India, one of the world’s most populated countries, has been given a revised security classification. The U.S. State Department has now raised its travel warning for India to a Level 2 advisory, encouraging travelers to maintain heightened awareness while visiting the country.

In the updated notice, the department urged Americans to be cautious during their stay in India, citing concerns over crime and terrorism. The advisory clearly states, “Exercise increased caution in India due to crime and terrorism. Some areas have increased risk.” It points to incidents such as rape, violent crimes, and terrorism as notable threats. Tourist destinations and areas with high foot traffic are considered potential targets, and travelers are advised to be vigilant when visiting such places.

The travel advisory also identifies specific regions that American citizens are strongly discouraged from visiting. These include parts of eastern Maharashtra, northern Telangana, and western West Bengal. The State Department explained that these areas are especially risky because American authorities do not have direct access to them in case of emergencies. “Due to the risks, U.S. government employees working in India must obtain special authorization to travel to these areas,” the department clarified.

In addition to identifying high-risk areas, the advisory also includes guidelines on how visitors should conduct themselves to stay safe and respectful. American travelers are encouraged to comply with Indian laws and customs at all times. This includes restrictions on certain technologies and advice for personal safety. The State Department highlighted that devices such as GPS trackers and satellite phones are banned in India. Women are advised to avoid traveling alone, and all travelers are recommended to exercise the same caution they would in any unfamiliar foreign country.

Moreover, the State Department gave some areas the most severe warning possible. Jammu and Kashmir, for instance, has been labeled as a Level 4 risk area, meaning “Do Not Travel.” The advisory mentions that this region frequently experiences civil unrest and terrorist activity. The area lies along the Line of Control separating India and Pakistan, and tourist destinations like Srinagar, Gulmarg, and Pahalgam in the Kashmir Valley are also included in the warning.

Other parts of India have also received the Level 4 designation. Certain regions in central and eastern India, for example, are known for activities by political extremists. These groups have carried out terrorist attacks targeting law enforcement, paramilitary personnel, and government officials. Such incidents increase the level of danger and make these areas highly unsafe for visitors.

The northeastern state of Manipur has similarly been categorized under Level 4. According to the advisory, the area has witnessed considerable violence and displacement of communities in recent times. This ongoing instability makes it particularly hazardous for foreign travelers.

Furthermore, the advisory advises Americans to reconsider travel to several states in northeastern India. Insurgent groups in these regions have carried out bombings and other forms of violence, creating an unpredictable security environment. While not under the highest threat level, these areas still pose a significant risk and should be approached with caution.

The U.S. Embassy in India is situated in the capital, New Delhi. It serves as the primary point of contact for American citizens in the country and is tasked with providing consular assistance during emergencies or other travel-related issues. Given the current travel advisory, American visitors are strongly encouraged to stay connected with the embassy during their time in India and to register their travel plans when possible.

In sum, the updated travel advisory for India reflects a complex landscape of safety concerns, ranging from urban crime to political violence and terrorism. While the overall country has been classified under a Level 2 advisory—suggesting travelers should “exercise increased caution”—multiple regions within India are considered extremely dangerous and should be avoided altogether. These designations are based on recent developments, ongoing threats, and limited access for emergency assistance in some areas.

By updating this advisory, the United States aims to provide its citizens with clear and timely information that can help them make informed decisions when planning international travel. As always, the priority remains the safety and well-being of U.S. nationals abroad. Travelers are reminded to remain alert, follow local laws and customs, and heed the recommendations laid out by the State Department.

Experts Question Feasibility and Ethics Behind Trump-Branded Smartphone Initiative

Experts are casting serious doubt on the Trump Organization’s claim that its new smartphone, marketed as being entirely made in the United States, can realistically be built domestically. Industry professionals argue that it is currently “virtually impossible” for such a product to be wholly manufactured in the US, especially on the scale required for commercial launch.

The proposed smartphone, which is gold in color and priced at $499 (approximately £367.50), has triggered skepticism from analysts and critics alike. One analyst conveyed to the BBC that the phone’s production claim is largely implausible under present technological and economic circumstances. Furthermore, concerns have arisen about the ethical implications of what appears to be another business initiative leveraging President Donald Trump’s name.

Meghan Faulkner, communications director for Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington, openly criticized the venture, stating, “It’s unbelievable that the Trump family has created yet another way for President Trump to personally profit while in office.”

In addition to the handset, the initiative includes a new mobile service that will carry a monthly fee of $47.45—a figure that symbolically references Trump’s roles as both the 45th and 47th President of the United States. Trump has publicly stated that he has placed his business ventures into a trust overseen by his children, while the White House has consistently maintained that he makes decisions in the best interest of the American public.

However, Faulkner noted that this new business project introduces familiar ethical dilemmas. These include the possibility that individuals or entities might subscribe in hopes of currying favor with the president, as well as potential conflicts of interest as Trump may influence regulations in the very industry where his family now holds a commercial stake.

Despite declaring the phone will be manufactured in the US, the Trump family has not disclosed which company will be responsible for the production. During an interview on “The Benny Show” podcast, Eric Trump implied that full domestic manufacturing may not be in place for the initial August release, saying, “Eventually, all the phones can be built in the United States of America.”

This ambiguous claim has led technology experts to question the feasibility of such production plans. Many argue that manufacturing smartphones entirely from scratch in the US is not currently viable. Professor Tinglong Dai of Johns Hopkins’ Carey Business School expressed serious skepticism, saying, “They don’t even have a working prototype. It’s extremely unlikely.” He further elaborated, “You would have to have a miracle. You would need to have economies of scale. You would need to have sustainable demand for this kind of product.”

The smartphone initiative also aligns with Trump’s recent public efforts to persuade Apple CEO Tim Cook to move iPhone production for American consumers back to the US. Just last month, Trump threatened to impose a 25% import tax—or more—on iPhones not manufactured within American borders.

Leo Gebbie, an analyst at CCS Insight, noted the logistical challenges involved in making smartphones entirely in the United States, saying that the country “simply does not have the high-tech supply chain” needed for smartphone assembly. This makes a full US-based production timeline by August highly unlikely. However, he allowed for a partial possibility, stating, “It’s possible that the device could be assembled in the US with parts imported from abroad. This might be the most likely outcome that lets the T1 claim American sovereignty.”

Details about the business partner responsible for managing the mobile service and licensing the Trump brand remain scarce. The Trump Organization did not respond to the BBC’s inquiries regarding its business collaborators, ethical criticisms, or specifics behind the “built in the United States” assertion.

In announcing the project, the Trump Organization stated, “Hard-working Americans deserve a wireless service that’s affordable, reflects their values, and delivers reliable quality they can count on.” The plan promises “discounted” international calling for families with members serving abroad in the military. The mobile service also pledges US-based customer support and currently offers the gold-colored handset for pre-order.

This new venture is a continuation of Trump’s longstanding business strategy of licensing his name in exchange for royalties and fees, something he engaged in well before his entry into politics. However, since stepping onto the political stage a decade ago, opportunities to monetize his brand have grown exponentially.

According to his most recent financial disclosure, Trump reported earnings exceeding $600 million last year. These earnings include profits from an array of Trump-branded products such as Bibles, watches, sneakers, and fragrances. Forbes estimated in March that Trump’s net worth had more than doubled from the previous year, now totaling around $5.1 billion. This surge in wealth is partially attributed to his loyal base of supporters, who have boosted the valuation of Truth Social, Trump’s social media platform. Forbes noted that Truth Social accounted for about half of Trump’s total net worth in the past year.

Public reaction to the Trump-branded smartphone has been mixed, especially on social media. While some potential buyers expressed enthusiasm, others ridiculed the concept. One user on X (formerly Twitter) asked, “Where do I have to wait in line to buy the new Trump phone?” In contrast, critics mocked the design and made humorous references to Trump’s personal communication style, joking that all texts from the phone might appear in capital letters.

Meanwhile, Trump has also faced protest from critics accusing him of corruption, particularly as he hosts events such as cryptocurrency galas that raise additional concerns about conflicts of interest. The broader debate over Trump’s financial entanglements continues to attract attention, particularly in light of his growing wealth and expanding business ventures.

In terms of the mobile industry landscape, the US market is primarily dominated by three major carriers: AT&T, Verizon, and T-Mobile, all of which offer monthly service plans starting below $40. A number of smaller mobile virtual network operators (MVNOs) also exist, leasing capacity from the big players to serve niche customer segments with either lower prices or customized plans.

According to a 2024 report by the Federal Communications Commission, the largest of these MVNOs have fewer than 10 million subscribers. One notable example is Mint Mobile, which was once backed by actor Ryan Reynolds. T-Mobile acquired Mint Mobile in 2023 for $1.35 billion, with Reynolds reportedly owning a 25% stake. That share may have netted the actor as much as $300 million from the sale.

As Trump continues to expand his branding empire, questions over the practicality, legality, and ethics of such endeavors remain unresolved. Whether this new smartphone project proves to be a commercial success or another political flashpoint remains to be seen.

American Catholics Express Optimism Over First U.S.-Born Pope Leo XIV

Just over a month into Pope Leo XIV’s historic papacy as the first pontiff born in the United States, a fresh poll reveals that American Catholics are embracing their new religious leader with considerable enthusiasm. The survey, conducted by The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research, indicates that nearly two-thirds of American Catholics hold a “very” or “somewhat” favorable opinion of Pope Leo. In contrast, only a small minority—fewer than 1 in 10—express unfavorable views. Meanwhile, around 3 in 10 American Catholics say they don’t know enough about him to form an opinion.

Outside the Catholic community, many Americans are still evaluating Pope Leo’s leadership, but the overall sentiment among those who do have an opinion is largely positive. The poll shows that 44% of U.S. adults view the new pope favorably, while about the same percentage say they haven’t yet formed an opinion. Again, just 1 in 10 adults report an unfavorable impression.

This wave of support cuts across political and ideological lines, which is particularly significant given the current polarization within the church. As Pope Leo vows to foster unity within the Catholic community, people from various backgrounds and beliefs are expressing hope for what his tenure might bring.

Terry Barber, a 50-year-old Catholic from Sacramento, California, and a Democrat, believes Pope Leo could lead the Church toward a more inclusive future. “I’m optimistic. Certainly, the first pope from the United States is significant,” Barber remarked. “Since he worked under the previous pope, I’m sure he has similar ideas, but certainly some that are original, of his own. I’m looking forward to seeing what, if any changes, come about under his leadership.”

The poll highlights Pope Leo’s broad bipartisan appeal. Roughly half of Democrats view him favorably, while about 4 in 10 Republicans and independents share that sentiment. Interestingly, Republicans appear more hesitant to form an immediate opinion—about half of them say they don’t know enough about the pope, compared to about 4 in 10 Democrats. Still, members of both parties are equally unlikely to view him negatively, with about 1 in 10 expressing unfavorable views in each group.

Victoria Becude, a 38-year-old Catholic and Republican from Florida, expressed enthusiasm for the pope’s potential influence on American spirituality. “I’m rooting for him,” she said. “I hope that America can get back to faith, and I hope he can do that.”

While political affiliations don’t always match religious leanings, the survey found no significant partisan divide among Catholics in how they perceive Pope Leo. Believers from both liberal and conservative Catholic backgrounds are hopeful that he can help mend divisions that widened during Pope Francis’ tenure.

During a recent prayer, Pope Leo criticized the global surge in nationalist political movements and called for reconciliation and open dialogue—a reflection of his broader promise to position the Catholic Church as a force for peace.

Pope Leo’s record before becoming pontiff also offers some insight into his approach. As Cardinal Robert Prevost, he played a key role in one of Pope Francis’ most notable reforms by allowing women to serve on the Vatican board that evaluates bishop nominations. However, he has also upheld the Church’s position that women cannot be ordained as priests.

Donald Hallstone, a 72-year-old Catholic living in Oregon, sees opportunity in Leo’s stance. “It’d be great to see women in those roles,” he said, referring to leadership positions within the Church. “Women were not excluded in the first centuries.”

At the same time, more conservative Catholics are hoping that Pope Leo will reinforce traditional doctrines, particularly on issues like same-sex marriage and abortion. Becude shares this view to an extent, stating her opposition to same-sex relationships based on her belief that unions should be between a man and a woman—an opinion she notes Pope Leo shares. However, she diverges from official Church teaching on reproductive rights.

“I don’t believe that they should stop women from having abortions,” Becude explained. “We should have our own rights because you don’t know the circumstances behind the reason why a woman would want the abortion in the first place.”

Although Pope Leo has been in office for only a short time, the early signs suggest that public opinion remains fluid, with much depending on how his papacy unfolds. A large segment of Americans, particularly those from other religious traditions, have not yet formed strong views. The poll shows that about half of born-again Protestants, mainline Protestants, and religiously unaffiliated adults haven’t developed an opinion. Still, unfavorable views remain minimal—roughly 1 in 10 in each of these groups.

Age also appears to influence public sentiment. Older Americans, who are statistically more likely to identify as Catholic, tend to view the pope more favorably. About half of Americans aged 60 and above have a positive impression of Pope Leo. In contrast, among adults under 30, only about 4 in 10 express a favorable view. However, even within this younger demographic, unfavorable opinions are rare—just around 1 in 10.

Mercedes Drink, a 31-year-old from the pope’s hometown of Chicago who now lives in Minnesota, identifies as part of the “religious nones”—those who consider themselves atheist, agnostic, or affiliated with no particular religion. Despite not being a practicing Catholic, Drink sees Pope Leo as a potential agent of change. “It’s cool; I like him because he brings something different,” she said.

“As a young woman, I hope that he can bring change … considering who he is, he brings something new to the table. I hope he opens the world’s eyes to modernizing the church, bringing more people in, having more diversity.”

Whether Pope Leo will fulfill these hopes remains to be seen, but for now, his unique background and early signals have sparked widespread interest and optimism across diverse segments of American society. From lifelong Catholics to curious outsiders, many are watching closely to see how this historic papacy will shape the future of the Catholic Church.

Google Begins Wider Rollout of AI Mode in U.S. Without Labs Sign-Up

Google has officially begun rolling out its AI Mode to users across the United States, fulfilling the announcement made during the Google I/O event. The feature, previously only accessible through Search Labs opt-in, now appears to be gradually becoming available to a broader user base, with no sign-up required. As of yesterday, signs of the rollout have started appearing, suggesting that the company is pushing this experience to users across the country.

According to reports, if you access Google Search in the United States while signed out or using incognito mode, you should now be able to access AI Mode. This observation marks the beginning of the promised rollout. Screenshots circulating online show that the new functionality is now appearing in users’ search interfaces, even without being enrolled in Labs. The appearance of the feature under these conditions supports the claims that the new AI Mode is becoming active for general use.

Google had previously made its intentions clear in a statement during the I/O developer conference. The company said, “we’re rolling out AI Mode in the U.S. — no Labs sign-up required.” This simple announcement carries major implications for how users interact with search. The key change is that the “AI Mode” tab, which was initially available only to those who voluntarily enabled the feature in Search Labs when it launched in March, is now showing up for users by default.

This new tab, prominently displayed in the search interface, marks a significant transition. Initially, users had to explicitly opt into the experimental feature through Labs, which was Google’s testing environment for early adopters of AI-driven enhancements in search. The move to eliminate the sign-up barrier indicates Google’s confidence in the functionality and readiness to make it a mainstream part of the search experience.

One immediate implication of this rollout is its effect on website traffic analytics. Because AI Mode is now part of the regular search interface, its traffic data is expected to be included in the overall web search metrics that Google Search Console provides to webmasters and SEO professionals. This is a notable change from the earlier stages of the feature, where separate data might have been used to evaluate experimental usage.

Patrick Stox, a well-known name in the SEO community, has already reported observing data that appears to come from AI Mode being blended with regular search data in Google Search Console. His observations suggest that the rollout is active and affecting the backend reporting of search performance. He believes the early signs are visible through certain traffic trends and patterns emerging in the analytics tools webmasters rely on.

The integration of AI Mode into general search results means that website owners may not be able to separate traffic from AI-enhanced results and standard search listings. This could impact how they interpret and optimize for different types of search experiences. For marketers and content creators, understanding user behavior in this new context will become increasingly important.

Stox is not alone in seeing signs of the feature going live. Others in the digital marketing and SEO community have also reported seeing AI Mode in action on their systems. These confirmations from multiple sources lend credibility to the idea that the rollout has entered a meaningful phase, reaching a sizable portion of users across the country.

Although Google has not issued a new statement following the start of the rollout, the original announcement and the observable changes on the platform speak for themselves. The fact that AI Mode is appearing for users not enrolled in Labs means Google has crossed a threshold in the deployment process. This is no longer a limited experiment; it is becoming a standard part of the Google Search experience in the United States.

AI Mode brings with it an updated user interface and altered behavior in how search results are delivered. Instead of presenting users with a simple list of blue links, AI Mode leverages Google’s generative AI capabilities to provide more summarized, conversational, and contextual answers at the top of the results page. This approach is part of Google’s broader vision of transforming search from a query-based tool into an AI-powered assistant capable of understanding complex prompts and delivering synthesized information.

While the full impact of AI Mode is still unfolding, the current signs indicate that this is a foundational shift in how search operates. For now, it appears to be live for an increasing number of U.S. users, and it’s likely to reach everyone soon if it hasn’t already. Google’s move also aligns with broader trends in the tech industry, where AI integration is increasingly seen as essential to maintaining competitive advantage and user engagement.

There are still unanswered questions about how AI Mode will evolve, especially concerning how it will affect website traffic, content visibility, and advertising strategies. However, with Google making it part of the default experience, stakeholders across the digital ecosystem will need to adapt quickly.

For now, the key takeaway is that AI Mode is no longer restricted to experimental access via Search Labs. As Google stated, “we’re rolling out AI Mode in the U.S. — no Labs sign-up required.” That statement is no longer just a promise—it is now a reality. Whether users are signed in, logged out, or browsing in incognito mode, many are seeing the new tab labeled “AI Mode” appear in their search interface.

The official confirmation via functionality, combined with supporting observations from experts like Patrick Stox and other users, confirms that Google’s AI Mode has entered a significant phase of deployment. As the experience becomes standard across the United States, the broader implications for SEO, analytics, and content strategy will continue to unfold.

In summary, the AI Mode that started as a March experiment is now seeing a wide release. With no further sign-up required, it’s becoming a default feature for many, marking a new era in the evolution of search.

Manhunt in Minnesota After Lawmaker Assassinated and Others Targeted in Politically Motivated Shooting

Authorities in Minnesota have launched a large-scale manhunt for 57-year-old Vance Boelter, the suspect accused of carrying out a deadly politically driven shooting that claimed the life of a prominent state legislator and injured another lawmaker and their spouse. The events have sparked statewide alarm and condemnation, as police continue their efforts to locate and apprehend the individual responsible for what Governor Tim Walz has called an “assassination.”

According to Governor Walz, the attacks were not random but instead appear to have been intentional and ideologically driven. Among the victims were State Representative Melissa Hortman, the highest-ranking Democrat in the Minnesota House of Representatives, and her husband. Both were fatally shot in what Walz described as a deliberate and politically motivated act of violence. “It was a politically motivated assassination,” Governor Walz said, emphasizing the gravity and targeted nature of the attack.

Adding to the gravity of the situation, Democratic State Senator John Hoffman and his wife were also shot by the same suspect, Walz confirmed. Fortunately, both Senator Hoffman and his wife survived the assault. Their survival has brought some relief amid what many are calling one of the most brazen and chilling acts of political violence the state has seen in recent history.

The suspect, Vance Boelter, reportedly approached the homes of his targets dressed in the uniform of a police officer, which enabled him to get close to the lawmakers and catch them off guard. Witnesses and police officials say that a man appearing to be a law enforcement officer exited Representative Hortman’s residence and opened fire on law enforcement officers who had responded to the scene. After firing shots, the suspect managed to flee the location. His ability to impersonate a police officer and use a vehicle resembling a law enforcement car allowed him to temporarily evade capture.

Authorities are still trying to clarify Boelter’s official employment status. However, based on information available from a company website, Boelter had previously worked in the security field. This background may explain his access to uniforms and his knowledge of law enforcement protocols, which he appears to have used to his advantage during the attack and subsequent escape.

Investigators made a disturbing discovery when they searched Boelter’s abandoned vehicle. Inside, they found handwritten documents that amounted to what they described as a hit list. This list contained nearly 70 names of individuals, the majority of whom are either Democratic political figures or individuals known for their support of abortion rights. Among the most recognizable names included in the list are U.S. Representative Ilhan Omar and U.S. Senator Tina Smith, both of whom represent Minnesota at the federal level.

The revelation of such a list has sent shockwaves throughout the Minnesota political community, especially among Democratic lawmakers and progressive leaders who now find themselves wondering whether they are also at risk. The presence of so many high-profile figures on the list, including two members of Congress, has added urgency to the investigation and to the ongoing efforts to locate and arrest Boelter before he can attempt to harm anyone else.

Law enforcement agencies are working around the clock to locate the suspect, coordinating with federal partners such as the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security. Security has been increased for those named in the suspect’s writings, and some lawmakers have reportedly been placed under temporary protective custody while the situation unfolds.

The attack has raised significant concerns about political extremism and the growing threats faced by elected officials. Governor Walz spoke about the dangers of political violence and the need to protect democratic institutions from such threats. His comments reflected the seriousness of the incident and the fear that it has generated across the political spectrum. “This was not a random act of violence,” Walz stated. “This was targeted. This was an assassination attempt on elected officials of this state.”

The emotional impact of the attack has been widespread. Representative Hortman was not just a leading figure in the state’s legislative efforts but also a well-respected voice on progressive issues. Her sudden and violent death has left colleagues and constituents in mourning. Senator Hoffman and his wife, though recovering, are said to be in a state of shock.

Community leaders and advocacy groups have also expressed outrage and sadness over the events. Calls for increased security measures at the homes and offices of public officials have grown louder, as have demands for a comprehensive investigation into how Boelter obtained access to weapons, law enforcement-style uniforms, and a replica police vehicle.

Authorities have not released further details about the nature of the writings found in Boelter’s car beyond the mention of the names, but they have acknowledged that the documents provide clear insight into his motives and ideological beliefs. Some officials have said off the record that the writings included strong political language and references to contentious national issues such as reproductive rights, immigration, and gun control.

Public safety officials are urging anyone with knowledge of Boelter’s whereabouts or who may have seen anything suspicious around the time of the attacks to come forward. The public has also been warned not to approach the suspect if they see him, as he is considered armed and extremely dangerous. A reward is being offered for information that leads to his capture.

The investigation continues to evolve rapidly, with state and federal agents pursuing leads across multiple jurisdictions. The discovery of the hit list has expanded the case from a state-level investigation into a broader probe with national implications. Members of Congress, particularly those named in the documents, have begun receiving enhanced security briefings and adjustments to their personal safety protocols.

While no further attacks have occurred since the initial incident, authorities are operating under the assumption that Boelter remains a significant threat until apprehended. Political leaders across party lines have condemned the attack and urged unity in the face of such violence. Many are calling for an end to inflammatory rhetoric and increased attention to the rise of politically motivated threats in the United States.

In a state known for its political engagement and generally peaceful civic environment, the shocking violence has left an unmistakable scar. Lawmakers and residents alike are grappling with the implications of what it means to live and serve in a time when political differences can become a matter of life and death.

Governor Walz, summing up the gravity of the moment, said, “We will not be intimidated. We will continue to serve. But this is a sobering reminder of the risks that come with public service in today’s climate.”

As the search for Boelter intensifies, Minnesota’s political leaders, law enforcement, and citizens remain on high alert, united in mourning and resolve.

Global Confidence in U.S. Declines Sharply Amid Trump’s Return to Power

The global perception of the United States has taken a significant hit since Donald Trump returned to the presidency, according to a new survey released by the Pew Research Center on June 11. The study highlights a widespread decline in approval for both Trump personally and his policy decisions across numerous countries. Out of the 24 nations surveyed, 15 reported a notable drop in their overall view of the United States.

Trump received his harshest criticism from Mexico, a nation he has frequently criticized and pressured on immigration matters. A staggering 91 percent of Mexicans expressed little or no confidence in Trump to act appropriately in global affairs. This deep skepticism was reflected in the overall image of the United States in Mexico, where public opinion has shifted significantly in a negative direction.

Canada, the United States’ northern neighbor, also exhibited a similar change in perception. Last year, during President Joe Biden’s administration, both Canadians and Mexicans generally held favorable views of the United States. However, that sentiment has reversed sharply with Trump’s return. Trump had previously made provocative comments suggesting that Canada should become the 51st U.S. state, which likely contributed to the souring of public sentiment.

The survey results showed a deteriorating view of the U.S. not only in North America but also across much of Europe. In Poland, an important ally of Ukraine and a country previously supportive of U.S. efforts, opinions of the United States have worsened considerably. This shift comes as Trump has scaled back support for Ukraine and indicated a preference for negotiating with Russia instead of confronting it.

Sweden, a country that joined NATO during Biden’s tenure in response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine, gave the United States the most unfavorable rating among all surveyed countries. Seventy-nine percent of Swedes reported a negative view of the U.S., signaling a dramatic erosion of trust and approval.

When evaluating Trump’s global policies, the survey uncovered widespread disagreement across key issues. Majorities in every country surveyed opposed Trump’s approaches to immigration, climate change, the conflict in Gaza, and the war in Ukraine. Furthermore, personal views of Trump were largely negative. A dominant 80 percent of respondents described him as arrogant, while only 28 percent considered him to be honest.

Still, the Pew Research Center noted that Trump’s current global image is not as dire as it was during his first term in office. In 2017, when Trump succeeded the highly popular Barack Obama, international opinion of him was at its lowest. Although he remains an unpopular figure worldwide, some nations have shown slightly improved views compared to his initial presidency.

One country that stands out in the survey is Israel, which continues to have a very favorable opinion of the United States. Eighty-three percent of Israelis view the U.S. positively, a figure that has even risen slightly under Trump’s current leadership. Israel has benefited from strong U.S. support during the conflict in Gaza, likely contributing to this favorable assessment.

In Africa, Nigeria and Kenya maintained their historically positive opinions of the United States, regardless of who holds the presidency. In India, sentiment toward the U.S. also remained relatively stable, with over half of the population continuing to see the country in a positive light.

Since his return, Trump has embarked on an ambitious and sweeping presidential agenda. He has drastically cut foreign aid and taken aggressive action on deportations. These moves, while aligned with his core supporters, have not done much to improve his standing on the international stage.

Janell Fetterolf, a senior researcher at the Pew Research Center, pointed out that Trump’s standing on economic issues globally is not significantly different from Biden’s. “The past decade has also seen the growing normalization of right-wing populists,” she explained. This normalization may explain why Trump’s negative ratings, though substantial, are not as extreme as during his first term.

The case of Brazil illustrates this trend. There, Trump’s approval has improved from 14 percent during his first term to 34 percent now. Brazil was governed by Jair Bolsonaro, a political ally of Trump, from 2019 to 2022. Although Trump’s support in Brazil remains low, the uptick indicates a broader shift in political attitudes.

The survey also shed light on demographic patterns in Trump’s global support. Generally, men viewed Trump more favorably than women, and individuals with right-wing political leanings expressed more positive opinions of him. However, the data also revealed boundaries to Trump’s influence abroad.

Even among supporters of far-right nationalist parties in countries like Sweden and France, Trump struggled to gain majority support. While these groups were more sympathetic to him than the general public, confidence in Trump still fell short of a majority.

Conducted between January and April, the annual Pew survey involved 28,333 adults across 24 countries. The research offers a sobering picture of the United States’ global reputation under Trump’s leadership and underscores the challenges his administration faces in repairing diplomatic relationships and restoring international trust.

Despite modest improvements in some regions and a less severe perception compared to 2017, Trump’s second term appears to have reignited concerns across much of the world about the direction of U.S. leadership and foreign policy. The study shows a persistent gap between Trump’s actions and global expectations, with many foreign populations remaining wary of his intentions and capabilities.

With issues like climate change, global migration, and geopolitical conflict dominating headlines, the survey’s findings indicate that Trump’s positions continue to isolate the United States from many of its traditional allies and global partners. As his presidency progresses, the administration’s ability to address these concerns may play a decisive role in determining whether U.S. favorability can rebound on the world stage.

In sum, while Trump’s current international image is not quite as low as it was during his first term, the decline in global confidence in both him and the United States is clear. This shift signals the continued influence of his policies and rhetoric on the country’s international standing, potentially shaping the geopolitical landscape for years to come.

Senate Republicans Divided Over Trump Agenda Spending Amid Musk Criticism and Deficit Concerns

Senate Republicans are wrestling with major internal divisions over how to reduce the cost of a House-approved bill that aims to advance  President Donald Trump’s legislative agenda. The legislation, which has been slammed by billionaire Elon Musk as a “mountain of disgusting pork,” has drawn widespread criticism from fiscal conservatives for failing to make meaningful cuts to the federal deficit.

Responding to nervous investors in the bond market and Musk’s pointed remarks, Republican lawmakers are now exploring previously untouched areas of the federal budget—including Medicare, defense, and the Federal Reserve—for potential savings. Just weeks ago, these areas were considered politically untouchable.

However, every new idea seems to be generating new controversy within the party.

Senator Josh Hawley of Missouri has taken a firm stance against any reductions to Medicare spending, even though proponents argue the cuts would be limited to curbing “waste, fraud and abuse.” Expressing his reservations, Hawley stated, “I don’t like this idea of fiddling with Medicare at all. I think it’s a bad idea. We should not do that. I’ve counseled against it.”

Hawley suggested a different route for saving money, asking, “How about instead we cap the price [Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services] is paying for prescription drugs? Why touch Medicare?”

Other GOP members are turning their attention to Medicare Advantage, the program that allows private insurers to provide Medicare benefits. Some senators believe the program is being exploited by questionable health care providers and is costing the federal government unnecessarily.

Senator Roger Marshall of Kansas highlighted a proposal by Senator Bill Cassidy of Louisiana that targets overbilling by insurance companies participating in Medicare Advantage. This measure could save as much as $275 billion. “No one is more concerned about our national debt than I am. I would like to cut more money on this bill. If it was up to me, we would be going from $7 trillion a year to $6.5 trillion,” Marshall said, aiming for a $500 billion reduction over the next ten years.

Another contentious proposal involves trimming defense spending. Though the House version of the bill includes $150 billion in new funds for the Pentagon—primarily for projects like Trump’s proposed “Golden Dome” missile defense system—many conservatives argue that the defense budget is bloated and needs downsizing.

Senator Rand Paul of Kentucky has been particularly vocal, accusing pro-defense colleagues of using Trump’s bill as a vehicle for excessive military expenditures. “It’s a frustration for those of us who think it ought to be about fiscal restraint and/or cutting taxes, or both. It ends up becoming a spending bill, and the spending is $150 billion on top of [what] they were already increasing the military” in regular appropriations, Paul said.

“If you’re fiscally conservative, you have to be fiscally conservative everywhere. You can’t be for blowing the budget out on the military,” Paul argued.

Marshall echoed this view, remarking, “I’m one of the few Republicans that thinks that defense has more than enough money.”

Nonetheless, any suggestion to cut the Pentagon’s budget is likely to meet resistance from powerful Senate figures. Senate Armed Services Committee Chair Roger Wicker of Mississippi and Defense Appropriations Chair Mitch McConnell of Kentucky have both insisted that Trump’s proposed military budget is insufficient. Earlier this year, Wicker pushed for $175 billion in new defense funds but later accepted the lower $150 billion figure as the bare minimum.

Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth is expected to face intense scrutiny from McConnell on Trump’s defense budget request in the coming days.

Meanwhile, Senator Ted Cruz of Texas has offered a highly ambitious plan: halting interest payments to banks for deposits held at the Federal Reserve. Cruz argues this would save the federal government $1 trillion over the next decade. However, the banking industry is already pushing back hard. According to Bloomberg News, strategists at JPMorgan Chase & Co. warn that ending these payments would destabilize financial markets, casting serious doubt on the feasibility of Cruz’s proposal.

Some of the most controversial cuts in the House-passed bill—nearly $800 billion in Medicaid spending and $267 billion in reductions to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)—have hit roadblocks in the Senate. Senators Susan Collins of Maine, Lisa Murkowski of Alaska, and Jerry Moran of Kansas have all raised concerns about the social impact of such reductions.

In addition, several senators are pushing back against provisions in the bill that would immediately end renewable energy tax credits. These tax breaks are seen as vital for clean energy investments in Republican-leaning states like West Virginia. If construction on certain projects—such as the Appalachian Regional Clean Hydrogen Hub—doesn’t start before year’s end, those investments could be lost.

Senators Thom Tillis of North Carolina, John Curtis of Utah, and Shelley Moore Capito of West Virginia have all warned that abruptly ending the clean energy tax incentives could hurt their local economies and result in job losses.

On the other side of the debate, fiscal conservatives like Senator Mike Lee of Utah argue that the bill doesn’t go far enough—especially when it comes to denying federal benefits to undocumented immigrants. Lee told The Hill, “We’re talking about Medicaid, we’re talking about EITC, earned income tax credit, child tax credit, and eligibility for claiming the benefits of dependents for income tax purposes. Those things should be benefits available to citizens and lawful permanent residents and not others, not illegal migrants.”

Lee insists the legislation fails to completely bar undocumented migrants from receiving federal benefits and declared, “That’s the problem.”

Senator Rick Scott of Florida is also demanding swift action to eliminate clean energy tax subsidies that were part of President Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. “We got a fiscal crisis,” Scott said. “We have to balance our budget.”

He added, “We should completely eliminate the Green New Deal, that’s No. 1.”

In the end, Senate Republicans are grappling with competing priorities. Some are focused on deficit reduction through sweeping cuts, while others are trying to protect politically sensitive programs that affect their constituents. With criticism from influential figures like Elon Musk and growing pressure from conservative voters, the GOP faces a delicate balancing act as they attempt to reshape Trump’s legislative blueprint into something fiscally palatable and politically feasible.

City Council Passes Bill Reducing TLC No-Fault Insurance Coverage, Drawing Backlash from Drivers’ Union

In a controversial decision, the New York City Council has approved legislation that limits the Taxi and Limousine Commission (TLC) from mandating more than 200 percent of the no-fault insurance required under New York State law for TLC-licensed vehicles. This translates to a reduction in required insurance coverage for these vehicles from $200,000 to $100,000, given that the state minimum stands at $50,000. The legislation marks a departure from previous requirements and represents a partial victory for rideshare company Uber, which had advocated for reducing the coverage requirement to just the state minimum of $50,000.

The New York Taxi Workers Alliance (NYTWA), an organization representing thousands of drivers across various segments of the for-hire industry, stood alone in publicly opposing the bill. The union pushed back against what it sees as a dangerous rollback of crucial protections for drivers, particularly in light of the industry’s current vulnerabilities and lack of consistent access to Workers’ Compensation.

Reacting to the Council’s decision, NYTWA Executive Director Bhairavi Desai released a strongly worded statement criticizing the vote and the process behind it. “Disappointing news from City Council: they fast-tracked an Uber-lobbied bill to lower no fault insurance coverage for TLC drivers – and meanwhile keep stalling a bill to end unfair deactivations and lift up drivers with real job security,” she said.

The reduction in coverage from $200,000 to $100,000 came as a compromise, with NYTWA’s lobbying efforts helping to prevent a more drastic drop to the state minimum level. Desai pointed out that had Uber’s full proposal been adopted, it would have slashed driver coverage by $150,000. She argued that the savings promoted by Uber were minimal when weighed against the protections drivers would lose. “We couldn’t stop the cut altogether, but we did block Uber from gutting the coverage to $50,000,” she stated.

According to Desai, the drivers who work in the livery sector are only eligible for Workers’ Compensation when they are victims of a crime, and yellow cab owner-drivers have no access to Workers’ Comp at all. This makes no-fault insurance the only safety net in case of injuries for many drivers, including those who lease yellow cabs or drive for Uber and Lyft. If Workers’ Compensation claims are denied or coverage limits are reached, no-fault insurance becomes their last resort.

Desai emphasized the critical role that no-fault insurance plays in protecting these drivers. She said, “Livery drivers are only covered by Workers Compensation when victim of a crime and yellow cab owner-drivers have no Workers Comp at all, so both workforces rely solely on no fault in case of injury, as would Uber/Lyft and yellow cab lease drivers if their Workers Comp is contested or maxed out.”

The bill’s supporters, particularly Uber, argued that reducing insurance coverage would help lower the number of fraudulent insurance claims in which the company is named as a third party. They also suggested that the move could reduce premiums, albeit modestly. However, Desai countered that there was no guarantee the reduction would actually result in lower premium costs for drivers. In fact, she suggested that insurance companies might instead increase liability premiums, nullifying any potential savings.

She called the proposal shortsighted and criticized the notion that a $50 monthly premium reduction – assuming it even materializes – justified exposing drivers to significantly more financial risk. “Uber and its agents argued for drivers to lose $150,000 in coverage to save a measly $50 a month in premium – and even then, with no guarantees that insurance companies won’t just absorb the savings with higher premiums for liability,” Desai said.

She further accused Uber of using drivers as test subjects in an unproven theory that cutting insurance coverage would somehow curb fraud. “So drivers were asked to sacrifice security – all so Uber – which doesn’t even pay for the premium – could test out a theory that lower coverage will reduce fraudulent claims where Uber is named as a third-party,” she remarked.

Desai also highlighted broader structural issues in the for-hire vehicle insurance market. She pointed to the ongoing financial instability in the FHV and taxi insurance sectors and called for systemic reforms rather than piecemeal sacrifices from drivers already operating under precarious conditions. “The insolvency of the FHV/Taxi insurance market and fraudulent claims are serious issues and need new approaches – not more sacrifice by drivers exploited by the system and now at risk from its bankruptcy,” she stated.

Adding to her frustration was the City Council’s failure to act on another piece of legislation – Intro 276 – which would address unfair deactivations of Uber and Lyft drivers. These deactivations can leave drivers without income and unable to cover their ongoing expenses, such as insurance and car loan payments. According to Desai, the lack of progress on this front only compounds the hardship drivers now face with reduced insurance protections.

“Meanwhile, a bill that would give Uber and Lyft drivers security against unfair deactivations – leaving them with no income to pay for the car loan and insurance – is sitting on some corner City Council desk gathering dust,” she said. She also noted the suspicious timing of the Council’s decision, which took place right before the city’s primary elections. “Oh and it’s hard to miss that the vote – and non-vote – all happened just before primary day,” Desai added.

Calling on the Council to prioritize the needs of working-class New Yorkers, she urged lawmakers to pass the long-delayed Intro 276 bill. “If the Council cares about working class New Yorkers, it needs to pass Intro 276 and stop unfair Uber and Lyft deactivations, especially after leaving drivers with even less financial security,” she concluded.

The passing of this bill has sparked a deeper conversation around the balance between cost efficiency for rideshare platforms and the safety nets necessary for the thousands of drivers who keep the industry moving. For now, while the reduction to $100,000 is less severe than the $50,000 Uber had hoped for, it nonetheless represents a step back in coverage – and the drivers who depend on that protection are making it clear they feel abandoned.

Protest Chaos Erupts in Los Angeles Amid Trump’s National Guard Deployment

Tensions boiled over in Los Angeles on Sunday as thousands of protesters flooded the streets in defiance of President Donald Trump’s decision to deploy the National Guard. Demonstrators blocked a major freeway and torched self-driving cars while law enforcement responded with tear gas, rubber bullets, and flash bangs in an effort to disperse the crowds.

The protests, ignited by Trump’s immigration policies and intensified by the Guard’s presence, reached a new level of volatility. As dusk fell, police declared an unlawful assembly, ordering people to leave or face arrest. Although many complied and left the area, some stayed behind and clashed with police. Makeshift barricades were erected across streets, and objects like concrete chunks, rocks, electric scooters, and fireworks were hurled at California Highway Patrol (CHP) officers. Some officers had to retreat under a freeway overpass for safety.

Centered in several downtown blocks, the demonstrations marked the third and most heated day of protests in the city of nearly 4 million residents. The presence of roughly 300 National Guard troops seemed to deepen public outrage and fuel fear among citizens. The troops were tasked specifically with guarding federal properties, including a downtown detention facility that became a focal point for demonstrators.

Los Angeles Police Chief Jim McDonnell acknowledged the strain on his department, stating, “Officers were overwhelmed by the remaining protesters,” and adding that some of the demonstrators were known agitators who regularly attend protests to stir unrest.

Law enforcement arrested dozens of people over the weekend. Among them, one person was detained on Sunday for allegedly throwing a Molotov cocktail at officers, while another individual was taken into custody for ramming a motorcycle into a line of police.

Trump reacted on his social media platform, Truth Social, by urging McDonnell to take a harder line: “Looking really bad in L.A. BRING IN THE TROOPS!!!” He also encouraged the arrest of masked protesters.

Meanwhile, similar unrest unfolded in San Francisco. Police there reported dozens of arrests after a group refused to disperse following a protest near Sansome and Washington streets. The San Francisco Police Department explained via a social media statement that the gathering turned violent, prompting officers to declare it an unlawful assembly. While many participants left, others regrouped near Market and Kearny streets, where they vandalized buildings and damaged a police vehicle.

The disturbances continued to Montgomery Street, where authorities arrested 60 individuals after they failed tocomply with dispersal orders. The department reported three officers injured, with one requiring hospitalization. In their statement, police emphasized, “Individuals are always free to exercise their First Amendment rights in San Francisco but violence — especially against SFPD officers — will never be tolerated.”

Back in Los Angeles, the National Guard’s arrival on Sunday morning escalated the situation further. Clad in riot gear and armed with long guns, troops formed lines while protesters chanted “shame” and “go home.” As tensions rose, law enforcement began dispersing smoke canisters into the crowds. Soon after, the Los Angeles Police Department fired crowd-control rounds, asserting that the demonstrators were violating assembly laws.

The group then took their protest onto the 101 Freeway, blocking traffic for hours until CHP officers eventually cleared the roadway by late afternoon. Not far from this scene, four self-driving Waymo cars were torched, creating massive black smoke plumes and intermittent explosions as the electric vehicles burned. Police later declared an unlawful assembly and shut down multiple downtown blocks.

The evening air was frequently punctuated by the sound of flash bangs as officers attempted to clear remaining pockets of resistance.

Governor Gavin Newsom, a Democrat, formally requested the removal of the National Guard in a letter to Trump on Sunday afternoon. He described the deployment as a “serious breach of state sovereignty” and was in Los Angeles meeting with local officials and law enforcement at the time. Notably, the move marked one of the rare instances in recent decades where a state’s National Guard had been activated without the consent of its governor — a stark escalation in federal response to opposition against mass deportation efforts.

Both Newsom and Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass blamed Trump’s decision to deploy troops for the intensifying protests. They accused the administration of deliberately heightening tensions rather than prioritizing public safety. “What we’re seeing in Los Angeles is chaos that is provoked by the administration,” said Bass during a press conference Sunday afternoon. “This is about another agenda, this isn’t about public safety.”

Chief McDonnell, however, said the unrest was part of a typical protest escalation cycle, with tensions peaking on the second or third day. He dismissed claims from Trump administration officials that LAPD had failed to support federal authorities during Friday’s demonstrations, which erupted in response to a series of immigration raids. McDonnell emphasized that his department had not been informed about the federal actions in advance and, as a result, had not been able to prepare officers accordingly.

While federal and city authorities exchanged blame, Newsom reiterated that California’s law enforcement agencies were fully capable of managing the situation without federal intervention. He even took a swipe at Trump for celebrating prematurely. The president had posted a congratulatory message following the Guard’s arrival, which Newsom ridiculed given the unfolding chaos.

The tensions across California underscore the fragile state of relations between the federal government and local leadership, especially when it comes to immigration enforcement and protest control. While the White House insists the Guard deployment is necessary to maintain order and protect federal property, state officials argue that it only serves to escalate unrest and provoke further violence.

In both Los Angeles and San Francisco, the weekend’s events were marked by chaos, confrontations, and a deepening divide over how protests and public dissent are handled. As the dust settles, city officials continue to urge peaceful demonstrations, even as fears mount over future escalations.

The unrest shows no signs of abating as calls grow louder for federal forces to withdraw, and local leaders brace for what could be another week of conflict and confrontation.

Elon Musk Calls for New Political Party as Rift with Trump Widens

Tech tycoon Elon Musk has stirred political debate by unveiling the results of an online poll he conducted on his social media platform X, asking whether it was time to form a new political party in the United States. The poll, which quickly went viral, revealed overwhelming support for the idea, with 80 percent of users responding affirmatively.

“The people have spoken,” Musk announced in a widely shared post. “A new political party is needed in America to representthe 80% in the middle! And exactly 80% of people agree. This is fate.”

The move, seen by many as a political statement, comes at a time when the billionaire entrepreneur appears to be distancing himself from President Donald Trump, with whom he once shared a strong public alliance. Musk’s provocative poll was interpreted by some observers as the latest in a string of moves aimed at reshaping the political landscape and appealing to Americans disillusioned by the two dominant parties.

Musk’s call for a centrist political party was not just a whimsical post. The timing of his remarks coincided with an intensifying online campaign against Trump, including a particularly stinging remark that shocked supporters and critics alike: “Without me, Trump would have lost the election.” Musk doubled down on his position shortly afterward by adding, “Such ingratitude.”

These sharp comments appeared to mark a turning point in the relationship between Musk and Trump, which had once seemed firmly rooted in mutual admiration and shared goals. But Trump wasted no time in responding to Musk’s criticism. Taking to his own platform, Truth Social, the president lashed out, accusing Musk of betrayal and hinting at financial retaliation.

“I was always surprised that Biden didn’t do it!” Trump wrote in a scathing post, threatening to revoke federal contracts and subsidies tied to Musk’s companies. He added, “The easiest way to save money in our Budget, Billions and Billions of Dollars, is to terminate Elon’s Governmental Subsidies and Contracts.”

Trump’s remarks alluded to the long-standing financial relationship between the federal government and Musk’s enterprises, including Tesla and SpaceX. These companies have benefited from various government programs, subsidies, and contracts over the years, often drawing scrutiny from both sides of the political aisle.

Despite their current public spat, Musk and Trump were once close political allies. During Trump’s presidency, Musk was a regular presence in Washington. He served on advisory councils, participated in policy discussions, and even made appearances at high-level events. Their political bond deepened over time, particularly as Trump pursued pro-business policies that aligned with Musk’s interests.

Following a narrow escape from an assassination attempt at a Pennsylvania rally in July of the previous year, Trump received a public show of support from Musk, who declared his backing in no uncertain terms. At the time, Musk was not just a supporter; he actively contributed to Trump’s reelection efforts. He established a political action committee, took part in campaign rallies, and assumed a highly visible role in Republican fundraising and strategy.

Musk’s support was evident in his appearances at campaign events, often seen wearing MAGA hats and even traveling with Trump aboard Air Force One. His involvement extended to participating in Cabinet meetings and standing behind Trump during key public moments, including the inauguration.

However, that political closeness has since devolved into open hostility, with both men now trading barbs in public forums. What began as a prominent and seemingly strategic alliance has now become a very public feud, raising questions about its potential impact on the business interests of both parties—and the broader political landscape.

The rift between Musk and Trump seems to reflect deeper tensions in American politics, where alliances are often short-lived and driven by transactional interests. As Musk champions the idea of a centrist alternative to the two major parties, some political analysts see it as an attempt to reposition himself as a new kind of political influencer—one who defies the traditional left-right binary.

His framing of the poll results as evidence of national consensus—“A new political party is needed in America to represent the 80% in the middle!”—suggests that he sees a real opportunity to shape political discourse. At the same time, critics argue that Musk’s approach is more about spectacle than substance and question whether he has the political infrastructure to make a third party viable in the U.S. system.

Still, Musk’s influence is hard to dismiss. With millions of followers on X and control of influential companies such as Tesla and SpaceX, his words carry weight far beyond the digital sphere. And his willingness to publicly challenge Trump—once a political ally—underscores the shifting dynamics of conservative politics, especially as the 2024 election looms.

Trump’s threat to cut off government funding for Musk’s ventures could carry real consequences. SpaceX, for instance, holds critical contracts with NASA and the Department of Defense, while Tesla has received federal incentives for electric vehicle production and infrastructure. The specter of political retaliation introduces uncertainty into those relationships.

Yet it also underscores the risk of public feuds in the high-stakes arena where business and politics intersect. As both men continue to spar, the potential fallout could extend beyond their personal reputations to affect investors, federal agencies, and even voters seeking clarity in a polarized environment.

What remains clear is that the Musk-Trump split is more than a personal disagreement. It represents a clash between two towering personalities—each commanding vast resources and influence—over the direction of American politics. Whether Musk’s call for a new political party gains real momentum remains to be seen, but his latest actions suggest he’s not content to sit on the sidelines.

In an era where political loyalty often shifts with public sentiment and digital platforms can shape national debates overnight, the Musk-Trump rupture is both a reflection of the current moment and a signal of the unpredictable months ahead.

FBI Refocuses on Violent Crime and Immigration Amid Shifting National Security Concerns

When federal agents captured an alleged MS-13 gang leader, Kash Patel stood prominently at the announcement, calling it a move toward restoring “our communities to safety.” The event signaled a marked shift in the FBI’s public focus, away from exclusively high-level national security threats and toward more visible law enforcement targets like gang activity and drug trafficking.

In a subsequent operation, federal authorities showcased a massive seizure of $510 million worth of narcotics headed for the United States. The announcement was made in front of a Coast Guard ship in Florida, where FBI Director Christopher Wray and other law enforcement leaders stood before piles of intercepted drugs. These high-profile appearances are part of a broader strategy to emphasize the FBI’s renewed commitment to tackling violent crime, illegal immigration, and narcotics—issues that are quickly becoming central to its updated mission, according to current and former officials.

The FBI recently revised its official priorities on its website, placing “Crush Violent Crime” at the top of the list. This marks a significant shift toward the law-and-order platform of President Donald Trump, whose administration has focused heavily on illegal immigration, drug cartels, and transnational gangs. Patel, now a key figure in directing the bureau, has made clear his intention to “get back to the basics.” His deputy, Dan Bongino, reinforced that sentiment, saying the agency is returning to “its roots.”

Although some of the bureau’s long-standing priorities remain in place—such as counterintelligence efforts targeting China—the recent pivot indicates a recalibration. The FBI confirmed this in a public statement: “The FBI continuously analyzes the threat landscape and allocates resources and personnel in alignment with that analysis and the investigative needs of the Bureau. We make adjustments and changes based on many factors and remain flexible as various needs arise.”

Recent violent incidents have reinforced the complexity of the threat landscape. One such case involved an Egyptian national who allegedly overstayed his visa and launched a Molotov cocktail attack in Colorado while shouting “Free Palestine.” The FBI considers such cases part of an evolving and interconnected web of domestic and international security risks.

Meanwhile, the agency is undergoing structural changes that reflect this strategic shift. The Justice Department has reportedly disbanded an FBI-led task force focused on foreign influence operations, and sources say a key public corruption team in the bureau’s Washington field office is also being dissolved. At the same time, the Trump administration has proposed significant budget cuts for the FBI, and several veteran agents have been forced out of leadership positions.

These developments have prompted concern among former FBI officials who worry that refocusing on more immediate, conventional crimes could come at the cost of preparedness for more sophisticated threats. Chris Piehota, a former executive assistant director who retired in 2020, warned, “If you’re looking down five feet in front of you, looking for gang members and I would say lower-level criminals, you’re going to miss some of the more sophisticated strategic issues that may be already present or emerging.”

An Increasing Focus on Immigration

Historically, enforcement of immigration laws has fallen under the purview of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), not the FBI. However, under Trump’s administration, the FBI has stepped more assertively into this area. The agency now claims responsibility for over 10,000 immigration-related arrests, with Patel frequently sharing these developments on social media as evidence of the administration’s commitment to immigration enforcement.

In practical terms, FBI agents are being dispatched to interview unaccompanied migrant children who crossed the U.S.–Mexico border, a move officials describe as a way to ensure their well-being. Across the country, FBI field offices have been instructed to devote personnel to immigration cases.

Moreover, the Justice Department has directed the FBI to examine its files for information about undocumented individuals and to share that data with the Department of Homeland Security—unless doing so would compromise ongoing investigations. Visual evidence of this shift can be seen on the FBI’s Instagram page, which features images of agents in tactical gear arresting suspects, captioned with a message that the FBI is “ramping up” its efforts with immigration agents to find “dangerous criminals.”

Deputy Director Dan Bongino expressed the administration’s uncompromising stance in a Fox News interview: “We’re giving you about five minutes to cooperate,” he said. “If you’re here illegally, five minutes, you’re out.”

This approach contrasts with the tone of previous FBI leadership. While former Director Christopher Wray did raise concerns about fentanyl trafficking across the southern border and the possibility that terrorists might use it as a point of entry, he never explicitly defined immigration enforcement as a central FBI mission.

A Mandate to ‘Crush Violent Crime’

Reprioritizing is not new for the FBI. After the September 11, 2001 attacks, then-Director Robert Mueller overhauled the agency into a counterterrorism and intelligence-oriented organization. That transformation saw agents diverted from more traditional criminal investigations into terrorism prevention efforts. In the FBI’s 2002 top ten priorities, fighting terrorism ranked first, while addressing violent crime fell near the bottom.

Today’s leadership appears to be reversing that trend. The current top priority—“Crush Violent Crime”—reflects a sharp pivot toward public safety and traditional crime-fighting. This is evident not only in rhetoric but also in operational choices.

Still, some law enforcement veterans caution against diminishing focus on less visible but potentially more dangerous threats. They point to cybersecurity breaches, espionage, and state-sponsored attacks as critical challenges that require deep expertise and long-term strategic focus.

Critics argue that shifting too many resources to street-level enforcement could leave the nation more vulnerable to these harder-to-detect dangers. The concern is not that violent crime and immigration issues aren’t serious, but that they may now be overshadowing other responsibilities that uniquely fall within the FBI’s mandate.

Nonetheless, the new leadership remains resolute in its course. Patel and Bongino continue to promote their agenda publicly, underscoring their belief that restoring public safety must take precedence. Patel’s stance is consistent: a return to “the basics” is the foundation for rebuilding public trust and ensuring national security.

Whether the FBI’s recalibrated mission will pay dividends or produce unforeseen vulnerabilities remains to be seen. But one thing is clear: the bureau is undergoing one of its most significant transformations in decades, recalibrating its priorities to match a new political and national security landscape.

Sikh Prayer in U.S. House Sparks Controversy After Representative Mistakes Faith

A social media post by Rep. Mary Miller (R-Ill.) caused an uproar on Friday after she expressed outrage over a Sikh prayer delivered in the U.S. House of Representatives, apparently mistaking the faith of the chaplain involved. Miller posted on X (formerly Twitter), saying it was “deeply troubling that a Muslim was allowed to lead prayer in the House of Representatives this morning,” adding, “This should never have been allowed to happen.” She continued, “America was founded as a Christian nation, and I believe our government should reflect that truth, not drift further from it. May God have mercy!”

The comment was accompanied by a photo of the guest chaplain wearing a yellow turban, who was later identified as Giani Surinder Singh from the Gurdwara South Jersey Sikh Society in Vineland, New Jersey. Singh, a Sikh religious leader, had been invited to offer the traditional opening prayer before the House session, a custom regularly observed with representatives inviting faith leaders from various religious backgrounds.

Despite the prayer being delivered by a Sikh, Miller’s initial post inaccurately identified him as Muslim, drawing immediate bipartisan backlash. After some time, Miller edited her post to replace the word “Muslim” with “Sikh” but ultimately deleted the post altogether. Her office has not issued a public response or comment addressing the matter or the confusion behind it.

House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) had officially introduced Singh at the start of the session. Singh’s prayer emphasized unity and peace, underscoring values that transcend religious boundaries. “Almighty God… we call you by many names, sir. But you are one. Keep your divine hand over the members of this House… Keep truth on our tongues, sir, love in our hearts, and sound judgment in our minds. Remind us, sir, of our purpose: To love and serve one another and create a more peaceful world. We ask you for blessings unto all leaders, sir, and their work for the common good. Give all who govern this land humility and courage, integrity and compassion,” Singh said. He further added, “Help us remember that we belong to one family.”

Continuing with his message of peace and gratitude, Singh also honored those who protect the nation. “We ask for the almighty also to keep watch over our nation’s protectors who work tirelessly day and night to ensure our safety and our freedom,” he prayed.

Miller’s remarks were not only inaccurate but also struck a nerve with lawmakers across the aisle. Rep. David Valadao (R-Calif.) voiced his concern publicly, stating on X, “Throughout the country — and in the Central Valley — Sikh-Americans are valued and respected members of our communities, yet they continue to face harassment and discrimination.” Valadao’s post highlighted the broader issue of ongoing bias against Sikh individuals, who are often incorrectly associated with other religious groups due to their distinct appearance, particularly the turban.

Rep. Mike Lawler (R-N.Y.) added a more measured perspective, emphasizing the nation’s religious roots while calling for tolerance. “While yes, we are a nation rooted in Judeo-Christian values and our laws reflect that, we are also a nation that recognizes we are all God’s children and whatever our differences, we can and should respect differences of faith,” he wrote in response to Miller’s now-deleted statement.

Democrats responded with stronger language, criticizing both the inaccuracy of Miller’s statement and its implications. Rep. Veronica Escobar (D-Texas) addressed Miller’s justification that the U.S. is a Christian nation by invoking the U.S. Constitution. “Our country was founded on the Constitution — which happens to care enough about freedom of religion that it’s in the very first amendment,” Escobar posted. She went on to say, “Not only is this racist, it dishonors the ‘founding document’ you referenced.”

Miller’s remarks reflect a misunderstanding not just of the individual involved but also of the longstanding tradition in the U.S. Congress to honor and include diverse religious voices. Guest chaplains of various faiths have regularly opened congressional sessions with prayer. This includes not only Christians and Jews but also Muslims, Sikhs, Hindus, and others. In fact, shortly after the 9/11 attacks in 2001, a Muslim chaplain was invited to offer a prayer and read from the Quran on the House floor.

Howard Mortman, author of When Rabbis Bless Congress, a book that documents the contributions of Jewish leaders in congressional prayers, noted that this diversity is deeply rooted in American legislative history. “Historically, inviting guest chaplains to open House and Senate sessions in prayer allows Congress to showcase the diversity of religions in America. It shows that we live in a multi-faith society — with no established state religion. Many different religions have been represented by clergymembers praying in Congress. Hundreds of rabbis, for instance — going back to 1860,” Mortman said.

Miller’s post and the mistaken identity of the Sikh prayer leader not only sparked political outcry but also shed light on the continuing challenges faced by Sikh-Americans, who often confront religious discrimination and stereotyping. The yellow turban worn by Singh, which is a traditional part of Sikh religious attire, was misinterpreted by Miller as a symbol of another faith, leading to a misinformed reaction that failed to recognize the unique traditions of Sikhism.

In the United States, the Sikh community has been active and present for over a century. Despite this long-standing presence, the community frequently finds itself at the center of cultural misunderstandings. The backlash against Miller’s comment illustrates the need for better religious literacy and awareness among public officials, especially those responsible for shaping policy and public discourse.

In recent years, Sikh leaders and advocacy groups have worked to educate the public and lawmakers about Sikhism — a religion founded in the Punjab region of India in the 15th century — and its key tenets of equality, service, and devotion to one God. Singh’s prayer, emphasizing love, truth, and unity, reflected these core values.

While Miller has not clarified the motivations or assumptions behind her original statement, the swift criticism and deletion of her post demonstrate that such religious intolerance — especially when rooted in factual inaccuracy — is unlikely to go unnoticed in today’s political climate.

The incident has reignited discussions about religious freedom and representation within the highest levels of government. It has also served as a reminder of the importance of recognizing the diverse fabric of American society and upholding the principles of inclusion that are enshrined in the nation’s founding documents.

Despite the brief firestorm, Singh’s peaceful words remained: a call for love, service, and the pursuit of a more harmonious world.

US Hiring Slows But Remains Steady Amid Trump’s Trade Turbulence

Hiring by American employers slowed slightly last month, yet still reflected a solid labor market despite the backdrop of economic uncertainty sparked by President Donald Trump’s trade policies. According to the Department of Labor, the U.S. economy added 139,000 jobs in May—a decrease from April’s revised figure of 147,000, but still surpassing economists’ forecast of 130,000.

Industries such as healthcare and hospitality drove the gains, with healthcare companies contributing 62,000 new positions and bars and restaurants adding 30,000. However, the federal government experienced a notable decline, cutting 22,000 jobs—its steepest reduction since November 2020—largely due to Trump’s implementation of job cuts and a hiring freeze. Manufacturing was also affected, losing 8,000 positions over the month.

Wages continued to climb steadily, with average hourly earnings rising 0.4% from the previous month and up 3.9% compared to the same period last year—both slightly above expectations.

Nevertheless, there were indications that the labor market might be weakening. The Labor Department revised job figures for March and April, reducing previous estimates by a combined 95,000. Additionally, the labor force—comprising individuals who are either working or actively seeking work—contracted by 625,000 in May, marking the most significant decline since December 2023. The employment-to-population ratio also slipped to 59.7%, the lowest level recorded since January 2022.

Trump’s aggressive stance on trade—particularly the imposition of broad tariffs on imports—has introduced considerable uncertainty into the economic environment. Concerns are growing that his actions could edge the U.S. economy closer to a recession. However, these fears have yet to manifest clearly in key government economic indicators.

“The job market is still standing tall even as some of these headwinds start to blow,” noted Daniel Zhao, lead economist at job site Glassdoor. “But ultimately we’re all still waiting for the other shoe to drop. It’s still much too early for tariff impacts to be a significant drag on the economy.’’

Despite external shocks, the U.S. economy and labor market have proven surprisingly durable over recent years. In 2022 and 2023, the Federal Reserve raised its benchmark interest rate 11 times in an effort to combat inflation. These increases, which raised borrowing costs, were widely expected to induce a recession. That outcome, however, did not materialize.

Even so, data shows the labor market has lost momentum. Thus far in 2025, job growth has averaged under 124,000 positions per month. This represents a 26% decline from last year, a 43% drop compared to 2023, and a dramatic 67% fall from 2022.

These moderate job gains and a steady unemployment rate are expected to influence the Federal Reserve’s policy in the near term. The central bank has held its key short-term interest rate steady throughout 2025, after implementing three cuts in 2024. Most economists believe the Fed is unlikely to adjust rates again soon unless a significant deterioration in the job market forces its hand.

Fed Chair Jerome Powell, along with other central bank officials, has expressed concern that Trump’s tariffs could add to inflationary pressures later this year. If that occurs, the Fed may respond by raising rates. For now, though, stable hiring figures have kept that possibility at bay.

Investors anticipate the Fed will make just two interest rate cuts this year, with the first likely to happen in September. Jim Lebenthal, chief equity strategist at Cerity Partners, said, “They need to see the effects of the tariffs before they make any moves.” He was referring to the new wave of tariffs Trump imposed on April 2, which were then delayed until July 9. The legality of these tariffs is currently being contested in court.

Recent economic indicators have painted a mixed picture. Earlier this week, the Labor Department reported a surprising rise in job openings, which reached 7.4 million in April—generally a positive signal. However, the same report showed a slight increase in layoffs and a decrease in voluntary resignations, indicating workers are growing more cautious about leaving their jobs in search of better opportunities.

Data from the Institute for Supply Management revealed that both manufacturing and service sectors contracted in May, suggesting broader economic weakness. Furthermore, initial claims for unemployment benefits climbed last week to an eight-month high, although they remain relatively low in historical terms.

Overall, job creation is slowing. The average monthly gain of less than 124,000 positions so far this year represents a steep decline from previous years: down 26% from 2024, 43% from 2023, and a stark 67% from 2022.

Trump’s trade measures—and particularly the unpredictable nature of how they are introduced, suspended, or altered—have already had a destabilizing effect on economic planning and investment.

“Employers have been hoarding labor in the face of massive corrosive uncertainty,” said Carl Weinberg, chief economist at High Frequency Economics. “We believe firms have been reluctant to lay off workers until they saw the extent of the Trump tariffs. Now that the tariffs are out in the open, we believe most firms see the writing on the wall and will start workforce reductions right now.’’

One small business owner feeling the impact is Dave Heaton of Steel Horse Leather, a Brooklyn-based company that makes handmade leather bags. The company relies partly on imports from China for materials and manufacturing. According to Heaton, the shifting tariff landscape has made it extremely difficult to plan or operate smoothly.

Though not all the consequences of the tariffs are immediately visible in the labor statistics, experts warn the full effects may take time to ripple through the economy. For now, hiring remains resilient, but the road ahead is uncertain.

In summary, while job growth continues, it is evidently slowing. Industries such as healthcare and hospitality are still expanding, but sectors like government and manufacturing are contracting. Wage growth remains strong, but troubling signs—like a shrinking labor force and revised job figures—suggest that Trump’s trade policies may eventually take a toll. For now, economists and policymakers alike are in a wait-and-see mode, cautiously monitoring the evolving impact of tariffs on the broader U.S. economy.

Trump and Musk Feud Sends Shockwaves Through Politics and Markets

Not long ago, U.S. President Donald Trump and billionaire Elon Musk seemed to share a strong public camaraderie. They were often seen together at events, collaborated on interviews, and spoke highly of each other. However, that apparent bond fractured suddenly, spiraling into a very public and bitter feud that now threatens political alliances and business interests.

The rift erupted when Trump publicly attacked Musk for his criticisms of the Republican tax-cut and spending bill. The situation escalated rapidly, unfolding through dueling posts on Trump’s Truth Social platform and Musk’s X (formerly Twitter), capturing national attention and drawing reactions from business leaders and politicians alike.

The conflict soon turned aggressive. Trump reportedly threatened to withdraw billions in government contracts awarded to Musk’s businesses. In retaliation, Musk implied that Trump owed his past electoral success to his support, stating that Trump “could not have won the election without him.”

As the feud became a national spectacle, several high-profile individuals attempted to intervene or weigh in. Billionaire hedge fund manager Bill Ackman, the CEO of Pershing Square Capital Management, publicly urged the two men to reconcile for the country’s sake. Posting on X, Ackman said, “We are much stronger together than apart.” Musk responded briefly: “You’re not wrong.”

U.S. Congressman Jim Jordan, speaking on Fox News’ Laura Ingraham show, also expressed hope for a reconciliation between Trump and Musk, while defending the contested budget bill that had triggered Musk’s initial criticism. But not all of Trump’s allies shared Jordan’s conciliatory tone.

Former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, who has had his own recent clashes with Musk, took a far more aggressive stance. On his “War Room Live” show, Bannon called for Trump to invoke the Defense Production Act — a national security law — to seize control of SpaceX. “The U.S. government should seize it,” Bannon declared, also urging the administration to revoke Musk’s security clearance and freeze all federal contracts with his companies pending an investigation.

Congressman Thomas Massie, a Republican known for his independent streak and previous opposition to Trump’s budget plans, pointed out the inherent clash in personalities. On X, he remarked, “The falling out was inevitable. You don’t land rockets backwards or get cars to drive themselves by suffering fools gladly.”

As the feud dominated headlines, others began floating new political concepts. Billionaire investor Mark Cuban appeared to back a suggestion Musk had posted in a poll — the formation of a new political party that would represent the “80% in the middle” of the American political spectrum. Former presidential candidate Andrew Yang joined the discussion, reposting Cuban’s endorsement and later proposing an “Independent ‘28 presidential primary” that could include figures like Cuban, JPMorgan CEO Jamie Dimon, and actor Matthew McConaughey.

The ripple effects of the Trump-Musk feud weren’t confined to the U.S. European officials also chimed in. Polish Foreign Minister Radosław Sikorski, who had previously sparred with Musk and U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio over the role of Musk’s Starlink satellite service in Ukraine, took a swipe at the tech mogul. Referencing Musk’s earlier insult in which he told Sikorski to “Be quiet, small man,” the Polish minister retorted on X, “See, big man, politics is harder than you thought.”

Thierry Breton, the former European Union leader for digital policy and a previous critic of Musk, posted a cryptic combination of emojis — eyes and popcorn — suggesting he was watching the Musk-Trump drama unfold with interest.

Meanwhile, Ian Bremmer, president of the political risk consultancy Eurasia Group, gave a blunt assessment on X: “Trump is more powerful than elon, but far less competent.”

The feud also triggered massive turmoil in the financial world, particularly for Tesla, Musk’s flagship electric vehicle company. Spooked investors began selling off Tesla stock rapidly, sending its value plunging by more than 14% and wiping out a staggering $152 billion in market capitalization.

Dan Ives, managing director and senior equity research analyst at Wedbush Securities, noted in a research brief that the public conflict had rattled markets. “The conflict was jaw dropping and a shock to the market,” he wrote, adding that the feud “creates major fear for Tesla investors.”

Ives further explained the potential implications for Tesla: “Tesla’s stock is under major pressure down 15% as investors fear that this Musk/Trump battle will stop their friendship and change the regulatory environment for Tesla on the autonomous front over the coming years under the Trump Administration.” Still, he emphasized that Wedbush remained bullish on Tesla long-term, though he admitted the situation “clearly does put a fly in the ointment of the Trump regulatory framework going forward.”

Other Tesla supporters were less optimistic. Ross Gerber, CEO of Gerber Kawasaki Wealth and Investment Management and a well-known Tesla investor, criticized Musk sharply. In a series of posts on X, he wrote that Musk was “now attacking all the people he helped put in power.” Gerber continued: “Elon going postal on Trump and tesla stock is getting walloped. Trump will be returning his new tesla and is saying he got musked. All this can’t be good for shareholders. But hey, who cares about us.”

Gary Black, managing director at the Future Fund added to the pessimism. Black, whose firm recently sold all of its Tesla shares, commented that the feud would create further downward pressure on the stock. “These same bulls argued for months that the Musk-Trump alliance would streamline the federal process allowing TSLA to secure general unsupervised autonomy license nationally. That prospect is now highly unlikely.”

The dramatic deterioration in relations between Musk and Trump — once seen as mutual power brokers with influence over tech and politics alike — now poses uncertain risks for both figures. For Musk, the potential loss of regulatory favor and political alliances could hamper Tesla’s ambitious plans in autonomy and federal contracts for SpaceX. For Trump, alienating a high-profile tech magnate risks splintering support among moderate conservatives and business leaders ahead of a pivotal election.

What began as a disagreement over fiscal policy has ballooned into a fierce standoff with implications far beyond partisan politics. With influential voices urging a truce and the markets reeling, it remains unclear whether the damage can be undone — or if this feud marks a new chapter of political and corporate rivalry.

Trump and Musk’s Alliance Collapses Over Contentious Tax Bill Dispute

The once strong alliance between President Donald Trump and Tesla CEO Elon Musk came apart abruptly on Thursday amid a fierce disagreement over Trump’s proposed tax legislation currently awaiting Senate approval.

In a sharp rebuke, Trump referred to Musk as “crazy” and hinted at severing federal contracts with Musk’s various companies, which include Tesla, the aerospace giant SpaceX, and the AI venture xAI. Following Trump’s remarks, Tesla’s stock suffered a significant drop, and Musk reacted by announcing that SpaceX would start dismantling its Dragon spacecraft program without delay due to what he deemed as threatening behavior from the president.

According to Trump, Musk—who had previously been a top advisor—opposes the sweeping tax package primarily because it removes tax credits for electric vehicles and because Trump decided not to nominate Musk’s chosen candidate, Jared Isaacman, to lead NASA. “I’m very disappointed in Elon. I’ve helped Elon a lot,” Trump told reporters at the White House. Just a week earlier, he had praised Musk’s involvement in the DOGE project, aimed at slashing government spending and cutting down on the federal workforce.

Reflecting on their past, Trump added, “Elon and I had a great relationship. I don’t know if we will anymore.”

Musk quickly responded through a terse post on his platform, X, simply stating, “Whatever.” He has publicly opposed the bill on the grounds that it would drive up federal deficits. In a more detailed critique, Musk posted, “Keep the EV/solar incentive cuts in the bill, even though no oil & gas subsidies are touched (very unfair!!), but ditch the MOUNTAIN of DISGUSTING PORK in the bill. In the entire history of civilization, there has never been legislation that both big and beautiful.”

Further escalating tensions, Musk tweeted, “Without me, Trump would have lost the election,” asserting that his contributions were pivotal to Trump’s political fortunes. He went on to say, “Dems would control the House and the Republicans would be 51-49 in the Senate,” referring to the 2024 elections. Musk had poured over $250 million into Trump’s re-election campaign, making him the largest donor to that effort. “Such ingratitude,” Musk concluded in a follow-up post.

The billionaire CEO also launched a poll on X, asking, “Is it time to create a new political party in America that actually represents the 80% in the middle?”—a clear sign of his disillusionment with current political alignments.

The spat had immediate financial implications as Tesla’s share value dropped more than 8% amid the very public fallout between Musk and Trump. The conflict comes after several days of Musk lambasting the bill, which Trump has described as his “One, Big, Beautiful Bill,” on the grounds that it would inflate federal deficits. Musk had previously labeled the legislation a “disgusting abomination.”

Just days before the verbal feud, Trump had hosted Musk at an Oval Office event and commended him for his role in federal fiscal initiatives. However, things took a turn when the president rescinded his nomination of Jared Isaacman, a tech billionaire favored by Musk, to head NASA. “You know, I’ve always liked Elon,” Trump said on Thursday. “I’d rather have him criticize me than the bill, because the bill is incredible.”

Trump emphasized that Musk’s objections seemed tied to financial incentives for electric vehicles being cut from the bill. “Elon is upset because we took the EV mandate, and you know, which was a lot of money for electric vehicles,” he explained. “And you know, they’re having a hard time, the electric vehicles, and they want us to pay billions of dollars in subsidy.”

According to Trump, Musk was not only aware of the proposed elimination of EV tax credits, but had accepted it earlier in the process. “Elon knew this from the beginning,” Trump stated. “He knew it … a long time ago.”

Trump also criticized Musk for what he sees as a sudden and opportunistic shift in position. “I’m very disappointed, because Elon knew the inner workings of this bill better than almost anybody sitting here, better than you people. He knew everything about it. He had no problem with it,” Trump said.

“But all of a sudden he had a problem, and he only developed the problem when he found out that we’re going to have to cut the EV mandate, because that’s billions and billions of dollars, and it really is unfair,” Trump added.

Regarding the withdrawn NASA nomination, Trump explained, “I’m sure [Musk] respected him, but to run NASA … I didn’t think it was appropriate.” He also pointed out Isaacman’s political leanings as a factor. “You happen to be a Democrat, like totally Democrat,” Trump remarked. “And I say, you know, look, we won. We get certain privileges. And one of the privileges we don’t have to appoint a Democrat. NASA is very important.”

Trump hinted that Musk’s change in tone followed a common pattern he had observed with other former allies. “People leave my administration, and they love us. And then at some point they miss it so badly, and some of them embrace it, and some of them actually become hostile. I don’t know what it is,” Trump noted.

“It’s sort of Trump derangement syndrome, I guess they call it,” he added. “But we have it with others too. They leave, and they wake up in the morning, and the glamor is gone.”

In sum, the dramatic unraveling of the Trump-Musk relationship underscores the growing divide between pro-business conservatives and the evolving priorities of Trump’s economic agenda. What began as a fruitful partnership rooted in mutual ambitions for innovation and deregulation has now devolved into a public clash over subsidies, spending, and political loyalty—with potentially lasting consequences for both men.

Thune Faces Escalating Challenges in Senate Push for Trump Agenda Before July 4

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) and his team of negotiators are facing mounting complications in their drive to secure passage of a sweeping legislative package aimed at implementing President Trump’s economic agenda by the July 4 deadline. The process, already burdened by internal Republican divisions, is becoming increasingly tangled as GOP senators raise objections across multiple fronts.

Concerns are intensifying among various Republican senators over deep spending cuts targeting key social safety net programs, particularly Medicaid and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). At the same time, fiscal conservatives are doubling down on demands for deeper deficit reduction. One particular point of contention is a controversial proposal from these conservatives to eliminate what they describe as over $200 billion in “waste, fraud and abuse” from the Medicare program—an idea fraught with political risk due to Medicare’s broad popularity.

Further friction has emerged over disagreements between Senate Republicans and the Trump-aligned White House over making some corporate tax breaks permanent. These include provisions such as 100 percent bonus depreciation for short-term investments and immediate expensing of research and development costs.

With a narrow majority of 53 seats, Senate Republicans can afford only three defections if they hope to pass what Trump has dubbed his “big, beautiful bill.” But with key senators already signaling opposition, that margin is rapidly shrinking.

Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) is among the dissenters. He has flatly stated his opposition, declaring he will vote “no” because the legislation includes language that would raise the debt ceiling by $4 trillion. Likewise, Senator Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) expressed strong resistance, branding himself a “hard no” due to the bill’s failure to return federal spending to prepandemic levels.

The following are the major issues that risk derailing the bill in the Senate:

Medicaid Cuts Stir Unease Among GOP Moderates

Republican Senators Susan Collins (Maine), Lisa Murkowski (Alaska), Jerry Moran (Kansas), and Josh Hawley (Missouri) are all threatening to vote against the bill if it results in reductions to Medicaid benefits for their constituents. These senators are still waiting to see the official language from the Senate Finance Committee regarding how Medicaid will be addressed.

Leadership in both the Senate and House has insisted that the bill will not slash Medicaid benefits. However, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) released a report on Wednesday estimating that approximately 10.9 million Americans would lose their health insurance if the bill passes, primarily due to changes involving Medicaid and Affordable Care Act provisions.

“I hope not benefit cuts, that’s my bottom line,” Senator Hawley said Thursday, underscoring his concern.

Specific proposals drawing criticism include limits on states’ ability to use provider taxes to boost their federal Medicaid reimbursements and new requirements for individuals earning between 100 percent and 138 percent of the federal poverty level to pay higher copays for medical services.

SNAP Spending Reductions Raise Red Flags

Several GOP senators, including Collins and Moran, have also voiced objections to proposed cuts to SNAP totaling around $267 billion. The Senate Agriculture Committee is working to finalize its section of the budget reconciliation bill, with hopes of unveiling the text next week.

However, Agriculture Committee Chairman John Boozman (R-Ark.) acknowledged that the issue remains unresolved. “We’re still working on it,” Boozman told The Hill. When asked if it had been resolved, he replied, “I wish it was.”

Senator Collins expressed specific concerns about the bill’s provisions that would shift much of the administrative responsibility for SNAP onto the states. She also objected to measures that could penalize states with outdated systems for monitoring benefits.

Push for Greater Deficit Reduction Gains Momentum

Senator Ron Johnson’s call for increased deficit reduction is gaining traction among fellow Republicans. Though the bill is projected to cut spending by roughly $1.6 trillion over the next ten years, several senators, including Senate Budget Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), argue that this is insufficient.

“I think the bill needs to be more fiscally responsible,” Graham told reporters Thursday.

In response, some Republicans are advocating a proposal to target alleged “waste, fraud and abuse” within Medicare Advantage. The proposal, led by Senator Bill Cassidy (R-La.), seeks to address what he describes as the practice of insurance companies “upcoding” diagnoses to secure higher Medicare reimbursements.

Supporters argue that the measure is a focused effort to curb abuse rather than cut legitimate Medicare services. They also point out that progressive lawmakers, including Senator Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.) and Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), support the initiative. However, it remains divisive among Republicans.

Hawley voiced strong opposition on Thursday, saying, “It would be insane” to reduce Medicare funding. Despite assurances that the measure targets fraud rather than core benefits, his stance reflects the sensitivity around altering a program that millions of seniors depend on.

Defense-Related Spectrum Auction Sparks Alarm

Another sticking point comes from Senate Armed Services Committee members Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) and Deb Fischer (R-Neb.), who are opposing a House-passed provision that would auction off certain government-owned spectrum frequencies. These senators fear the move could interfere with the Pentagon’s use of those frequencies for vital radar and communication operations.

Rounds described the current House language as a “deal-breaker” and is pressing for adjustments that would ensure the Defense Department retains necessary access throughout the auction period.

“It has to be modified,” he insisted. “They’ve indicated that they would protect the spectrum,” Rounds added, but emphasized the need for those protections to be explicitly written into the Senate version of the bill.

Corporate Tax Break Disputes Continue

While less visible than the Medicaid or SNAP debates, disagreements over corporate tax policy are also clouding the path forward. Some Senate Republicans are frustrated by resistance from the Trump-aligned White House regarding the permanence of certain corporate tax breaks. These include the full expensing of research and development expenses and bonus depreciation.

These provisions, aimed at encouraging business investment, are popular among supply-side conservatives. But the White House has expressed reservations about cementing them into law without corresponding offsets—adding yet another layer of complexity to the ongoing negotiations.

In sum, Thune and his team are now juggling multiple conflicting priorities as they try to meet the July 4 goal. From health care entitlements and food assistance to national defense and tax reform, the issues plaguing the bill are varied and politically sensitive. With only a slim margin for error, the Majority Leader must either broker compromises that satisfy a broad range of senators or risk the entire package collapsing under the weight of its own contradictions.

U.S. Economy Contracts for First Time in Three Years Amid Tariff Uncertainty

The U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.2% in the first quarter of 2025, marking its first decline in three years. According to a revised estimate released by the Commerce Department on Thursday, the economic downturn was largely driven by President Donald Trump’s trade policies, particularly the imposition of tariffs, which disrupted normal business activity. The updated figure was a slight improvement from the government’s original estimate, though it still reflects an overall slowdown in economic momentum.

A key factor behind the drop was a significant increase in imports during the first three months of the year. Companies rushed to bring in foreign goods ahead of the president’s widely publicized tariff hikes. This surge in imports, while representing increased spending on foreign products, had a negative effect on GDP calculations because imported goods are not counted as part of domestic production.

Gross domestic product (GDP), the broadest measure of the nation’s economic activity, had expanded by 2.4% in the final quarter of 2024. However, the sudden spike in imports in early 2025 reversed that growth. Imports jumped at a remarkable annual rate of 42.6%, the fastest pace since the third quarter of 2020, and this alone subtracted more than five percentage points from GDP. In addition to the impact of trade, consumer spending also experienced a marked slowdown.

Federal government expenditures contributed further to the decline. Spending fell at an annual rate of 4.6% from January through March, representing the largest contraction in federal outlays in three years.

The way imports affect GDP is primarily a technical matter. Imports are subtracted from the GDP calculation to ensure that only domestically produced goods and services are counted. As an example, when an American consumer buys Costa Rican coffee, it shows up as consumer spending. But because the product was not made in the United States, it is later subtracted to avoid distorting the true level of domestic production.

Economists believe the unusual import surge observed in the first quarter is unlikely to recur in the second quarter, which spans April through June. As a result, imports are not expected to exert the same downward pressure on GDP in the next government report.

Despite the overall contraction, there were some areas of strength within the economy. Business investment grew at a robust annual rate of 24.4% in the first quarter. One reason for this was that companies increased their inventories in anticipation of the tariffs, boosting overall economic activity. This buildup of inventories added more than 2.6 percentage points to GDP growth during the quarter.

A specific measure within the GDP data that reflects the core strength of the economy rose by 2.5% annually in the first quarter. This figure, while lower than the 2.9% rate recorded in the previous quarter, still suggests the economy maintains a solid foundation. This core measurement includes consumer spending and private investment but excludes more volatile components like exports, government spending, and changes in inventories.

Still, the outlook for the economy remains clouded by policy uncertainty stemming from President Trump’s aggressive trade stance. His administration has implemented 10% tariffs on nearly every trading partner worldwide, in addition to targeted levies on steel, aluminum, and automobiles. These actions have led to significant unease among businesses and consumers, and their long-term effects remain uncertain.

This week, a federal court added to the uncertainty by blocking some of the tariffs introduced by the Trump administration. The court ruled that the president had exceeded his legal authority by imposing 10% tariffs and other specific duties on goods from Canada, Mexico, and China. The ruling could lead to further legal and political challenges to the administration’s trade policy and may complicate efforts to renegotiate trade agreements.

The Commerce Department’s report issued Thursday is the second in a series of three estimates for the first quarter’s GDP. A final, more comprehensive revision is scheduled to be released on June 26. This upcoming report will incorporate additional economic data and provide a more complete picture of the country’s economic performance during the early months of 2025.

Overall, while the first quarter’s economic decline reflects real challenges tied to trade policy and consumer caution, some underlying metrics continue to show resilience. But as the legal and economic implications of the president’s tariffs play out, businesses and policymakers alike will be watching closely for signs of either recovery or further disruption.

The report paints a complex picture: on one hand, it reflects the drag caused by an extraordinary surge in imports and reduced government spending, and on the other, it reveals solid business investment and a still-growing core economy. Whether those strengths will be enough to offset continued trade tensions in future quarters remains to be seen.

Economists and analysts have emphasized that while GDP is a critical gauge of economic health, short-term changes can be volatile, especially when influenced by policy-driven shifts such as tariffs. Still, the drop in GDP, even if slight, has raised concerns.

President Trump has framed his tariff strategy as a means to bolster American industry and reduce the country’s trade deficit. However, the short-term outcome, at least as captured in this latest GDP report, has been mixed. The administration’s efforts have triggered import spikes, supply chain disruptions, and a response from trading partners, all of which have fed into the current economic narrative.

What happens next will depend in part on how businesses adapt to the new trade environment and whether consumer spending rebounds in the coming months. The final GDP report in June will be a critical indicator, not just for economists but for the broader public and political leadership heading into the second half of the year.

As the nation waits for further economic updates, the first quarter’s data is a reminder of how interconnected global trade, domestic policy, and consumer behavior truly are—and how quickly shifts in one area can ripple across the entire economy.

White House Seeks Spending Cuts as Musk Criticizes Bureaucracy and Political Influence

The White House is preparing to send a series of proposed rescissions to Capitol Hill, using a process that enables the cancellation of previously approved spending. This move is aimed at reinforcing some of the spending cuts outlined in the Deficit-Offset Government Efficiency (DOGE) initiative. According to a spokesperson from the Office of Management and Budget, the proposed package includes a $1.1 billion reduction from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, the agency responsible for funding NPR and PBS. In addition, it outlines an $8.3 billion cut in foreign aid expenditures.

Elon Musk, the high-profile entrepreneur and political donor, has recently reflected on his time engaging with the government, revealing a more subdued and realistic tone. Describing his frustrations with bureaucracy, Musk remarked, “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized. I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Musk also disclosed that he plans to reduce his political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he stated, suggesting a pullback from his earlier, more active political engagement.

Previously, Musk had been highly motivated by the prospect of reshaping the political landscape in Washington. He had contributed over $250 million to support President Donald Trump’s campaign. Musk also participated in campaign rallies and wore campaign-themed hats at White House events. He frequently warned about excessive government spending, which he described as a fundamental crisis. Throughout this period, Musk consistently expressed strong support for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk said in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump responded with praise of his own, calling Musk “a truly great American.” When Tesla experienced a downturn in sales, Trump demonstrated his loyalty by transforming the White House driveway into a temporary display area for Tesla vehicles, signaling his support.

Despite Musk’s waning involvement with the administration, it’s uncertain whether his recent critiques will significantly influence the ongoing legislative discussions. During the post-election transition period, when Musk’s influence was peaking, he played a role in stirring opposition to a proposed spending package. This occurred at a time when the nation was teetering on the edge of a government shutdown.

His latest remarks may serve to galvanize Republicans who are calling for even steeper spending reductions. One notable reaction came from Republican Senator Mike Lee of Utah, who shared a Fox News article about Musk’s comments. He added his own opinion on the bill’s prospects, stating that there was “still time to fix it.”

Lee further emphasized the need for a tougher stance in the Senate version of the bill. “The Senate version will be more aggressive,” he asserted. “It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

When the House of Representatives recently voted on the measure, only two Republican lawmakers—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against it. Their dissent was noteworthy, especially in light of Musk’s public statements.

Davidson acknowledged Musk’s comments on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office has issued a preliminary analysis of the bill’s fiscal implications. According to their estimates, the bill’s tax provisions would raise federal deficits by approximately $3.8 trillion over the next ten years. In contrast, the spending reductions affecting Medicaid, food assistance programs, and other services are projected to save just over $1 trillion during the same timeframe.

Despite this imbalance, House Republican leaders argue that the bill could still be fiscally sound if it stimulates enough economic growth. They claim that improved economic performance might render the legislation either neutral or even beneficial in terms of deficit reduction. However, this optimistic assessment is not universally shared.

Independent analysts remain skeptical of those projections. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, a nonpartisan fiscal watchdog group, estimates that the legislation would actually increase the national debt by $3 trillion over the next decade, including interest costs.

This debate comes at a time of heightened scrutiny over the federal government’s fiscal discipline. The combination of growing deficits and competing priorities has forced lawmakers into difficult conversations about what to fund and what to cut. The White House’s rescission package is an effort to show seriousness about reducing spending, even if the broader legislative path remains uncertain.

Elon Musk Exits Trump Administration Role After Turbulent Tenure Focused on Cutting Government Waste

Elon Musk is stepping down from his government position as a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, where he had led efforts to trim and restructure the federal bureaucracy. His resignation, announced on Wednesday evening, brings to a close a contentious chapter marked by significant layoffs, agency reductions, and legal battles. Despite bold ambitions, Musk struggled to adjust to the political climate in Washington and ultimately achieved far less than he had initially hoped.

Initially, Musk had aimed to slash federal spending by $2 trillion, but he gradually scaled back his goal—first to $1 trillion, and then to $150 billion—as he faced mounting opposition. The billionaire entrepreneur grew increasingly disillusioned with the resistance he encountered, often finding himself at odds with senior figures in Trump’s administration. These internal conflicts emerged as Musk tried to restructure various departments, drawing significant political criticism in the process.

Although Musk’s advisory role was always intended to be short-term, he had lately been indicating a shift in focus back to his businesses, including electric car manufacturer Tesla and aerospace firm SpaceX. Yet officials within the administration remained vague about the precise timing of his departure. The public only learned of it when Musk made an abrupt announcement on X, his social media platform.

“As my scheduled time as a Special Government Employee comes to an end, I would like to thank President @realDonaldTrump for the opportunity to reduce wasteful spending,” Musk posted. “The @DOGE mission will only strengthen over time as it becomes a way of life throughout the government.”

An unnamed White House official later confirmed Musk’s departure.

Musk’s resignation followed closely on the heels of a CBS interview snippet in which he criticized a central piece of Trump’s legislative agenda. In the interview, Musk said he was “disappointed” with what Trump had dubbed his “big beautiful bill,” a sweeping piece of legislation combining tax cuts with stricter immigration enforcement.

Calling the measure a “massive spending bill,” Musk argued that it undermined the objectives of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), the agency he led. “I think a bill can be big or it could be beautiful,” Musk remarked. “But I don’t know if it could be both.”

Responding from the Oval Office on Wednesday, Trump defended his legislative initiative by pointing to the delicate negotiations involved. “I’m not happy about certain aspects of it, but I’m thrilled by other aspects of it,” the president said, suggesting the bill was still subject to change. “We’re going to see what happens. It’s got a way to go.”

The legislation had already passed the House and was being debated in the Senate. Musk’s critiques have found support among some Republicans. “I sympathize with Elon being discouraged,” said Sen. Ron Johnson of Wisconsin during an appearance at the Milwaukee Press Club. Johnson noted he was “pretty confident” that enough opposition existed to “slow this process down until the president, our leadership, gets serious” about reducing spending. He added that no amount of pressure from Trump would sway him from that stance.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has urged the Senate to avoid major amendments to the bill, emphasizing that House Republicans had achieved a “very delicate balance” that could be destabilized by significant changes. Since the House will need to vote again if the Senate alters the legislation, any shifts risk derailing the fragile consensus.

On the day Musk stepped down, Speaker Johnson thanked him for his service and affirmed that the House would continue pushing for further spending reductions. “The House is eager and ready to act on DOGE’s findings,” Johnson stated.

To support DOGE’s fiscal objectives, the White House is preparing a set of proposed rescissions—moves to cancel previously authorized expenditures—that will be sent to Congress. According to the Office of Management and Budget, the rescission package will target $1.1 billion from the Corporation of Public Broadcasting, which supports NPR and PBS, and $8.3 billion in foreign aid.

Musk has admitted that his foray into government work was more challenging than he had imagined. “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized,” he told The Washington Post. “I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Recently, Musk also indicated he would be cutting back on political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he said.

Initially, Musk had been invigorated by the chance to overhaul Washington. After contributing at least $250 million to Trump’s campaign, he wore campaign hats in the White House, held rallies, and framed excessive government spending as a crisis. He frequently expressed admiration for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk declared in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump reciprocated Musk’s praise, calling him “a truly great American.” At one point, when Tesla’s sales were dipping, Musk even displayed his cars in the White House driveway to emphasize the administration’s support.

With Musk now exiting the administration, it remains uncertain what influence his recent criticisms will have on ongoing legislative debates. During his more influential period, Musk helped rally opposition to a spending bill when the government faced a potential shutdown. His latest remarks could inspire Republicans pushing for more aggressive cuts.

Sen. Mike Lee of Utah reposted a Fox News article featuring Musk’s CBS interview and added his own commentary, stating there was “still time to fix it.” He said, “The Senate version will be more aggressive. It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

Only two Republican representatives—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against the bill during the House vote last week. Davidson acknowledged Musk’s critique on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Preliminary analysis from the Congressional Budget Office estimates that the bill’s tax elements would raise federal deficits by $3.8 trillion over ten years, while spending cuts to programs like Medicaid and food stamps would save just over $1 trillion during the same period.

House Republican leaders insist that the resulting economic growth would counteract the bill’s deficit impact. However, independent analysts are skeptical. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget predicts the bill would add $3 trillion—including interest—to the national debt over the next decade.

Trump’s Expansive Power Push Poses a Historic Stress Test for the Constitution

From the start of his second term, Donald Trump has pursued a presidency defined not only by sharp rhetoric and personal grievances but by an expansive attempt to consolidate power in the White House. What often appears to be a chaotic stream of attacks against universities, celebrities, corporations, and courts may in fact reflect a unified strategy: to weaken, if not fully dismantle, the system of checks and balances that has defined American governance since the Constitution’s founding.

In recent months, Trump has attacked a range of institutions and individuals—from attempting to block Harvard from enrolling international students to targeting Bruce Springsteen and Taylor Swift online, and pressuring companies like Walmart and Apple over their trade policy positions. On the surface, this might seem like political improvisation. But many legal scholars and political scientists argue that Trump’s actions aim to erode the very foundations of constitutional governance.

According to these experts, Trump’s second term differs from previous presidencies not just in degree but in kind. While past presidents have tested the boundaries of executive authority, Trump’s efforts appear to combine multiple unprecedented moves—sidelining Congress, challenging judicial rulings, asserting sweeping executive control, and using federal power to penalize perceived enemies in civil society.

Paul Pierson, a political scientist at the University of California at Berkeley, says the “sheer level of aggression and the speed at which [the administration has] moved” is without precedent. “They are engaging in a whole range of behaviors that I think are clearly breaking through conventional understandings of what the law says, and of what the Constitution says,” Pierson remarked.

Yuval Levin of the American Enterprise Institute also acknowledges that Trump is advancing the most sweeping vision of presidential authority since Woodrow Wilson. However, Levin predicts that this effort could provoke a counter-reaction, particularly from the Supreme Court, which may seek to reassert limits on presidential power. “The reaction that Trump’s excessive assertiveness will draw from the Court will backfire against the executive branch in the long run,” Levin wrote.

Others aren’t so sure. With the Court’s conservative 6-3 majority, many analysts question whether it will truly rein in Trump’s efforts to expand his authority—raising concerns that America’s constitutional balance might be in serious jeopardy.

A Multi-Front Assault on Constitutional Boundaries

Unlike past presidents who typically challenged one branch of government at a time, Trump’s second term has been marked by a comprehensive campaign to sideline all constitutional constraints simultaneously.

He has marginalized Congress by undermining agencies established by statute, asserting the right to withhold funds Congress has authorized, and bypassing the legislative process to enact major policies—such as on tariffs and immigration—via emergency declarations. He’s refused to enforce laws he dislikes, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which bans American firms from bribing foreign officials.

Within the executive branch, Trump has centralized control through purges of civil servants, inspectors general, and independent regulators—blurring the boundaries between independent oversight and presidential authority. These actions have simultaneously weakened the authority Congress originally built into those agencies to shield them from political interference.

Trump has also challenged judicial authority. He’s resisted federal court orders, such as restoring federal funds and complying with rulings on immigration enforcement. One case involved Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a deported immigrant the administration admitted was wrongly removed, yet Trump’s government showed little effort to obey the court’s directive to facilitate his return.

Federalism, too, has been under pressure. Trump’s administration has sought to override blue states by enforcing conservative cultural policies nationwide. He’s pursued controversial arrests of local officials, including a judge in Wisconsin and a mayor in New Jersey. Though charges against the Newark mayor were dropped, a new case was filed against Democratic Representative LaMonica McIver—another sign of Trump’s willingness to use federal power against political opponents.

Even more extraordinary is Trump’s assault on civil society. His administration has targeted law firms with Democratic ties, withheld research funds from universities over ideological disagreements, and tried to revoke their tax-exempt status. Trump has even ordered the Department of Justice to investigate the Democratic fundraising platform ActBlue and critics from his first term. Courts have already rejected some of these actions as unconstitutional.

Eric Schickler, co-author of Partisan Nation, says Trump’s strategy to deter other actors from performing their core roles is unprecedented in its scope. “This ability to just deter other actors from exercising their core rights and responsibilities at this kind of scope is something we haven’t had before,” Schickler said.

Yet for many of Trump’s supporters, this aggressive centralization of authority is precisely the point. Russell Vought, director of the Office of Management and Budget and a key architect of Trump’s governance philosophy, argues that the expansion of presidential power is necessary to undo decades of liberal influence. He contends that bureaucrats and federal agencies have usurped too much authority from elected officials, and the presidency must be “unshackled” to correct that.

Trump put it more bluntly in his first term when he said, “I have an Article II, where I have the right to do whatever I want as president.”

Warnings Echo from the Founding Era

In a nod to American revolutionary tradition, Trump earlier this year signed a proclamation honoring Patrick Henry’s famed “Give me liberty or give me death” speech. However, he omitted a lesser-known but prescient warning from Henry, issued 13 years later when debating the Constitution’s ratification.

Henry feared that the presidency could become a tool for authoritarianism. “If your American chief, be a man of ambition, and abilities, how easy is it for him to render himself absolute!” Henry warned. His concerns about the potential for executive abuse were echoed by other Founders, even those who supported the Constitution.

James Madison, writing in the Federalist Papers, argued that the Constitution’s design would prevent tyranny by dividing power across institutions and levels of government. “Ambition must be made to counteract ambition,” he wrote. Madison believed this system, bolstered by federalism, would safeguard individual liberty through what he called a “double security.”

Despite the Constitution’s flaws—most egregiously its original accommodation of slavery—the separation of powers functioned relatively well for over two centuries, Pierson and Schickler argue. The diffusion of authority helped prevent any single individual or group from consolidating power.

But the system has weakened in recent decades, as growing polarization and nationalized political identities have eroded the commitment of officeholders to their institutional roles. Instead of defending the prerogatives of Congress, courts, or states, many officials now align themselves primarily with their political party. This shift has reduced the likelihood that members of a president’s party will challenge overreach, enabling figures like Trump to push boundaries further than ever before.

A Fragile System Faces an Uncertain Future

Will Trump’s second term mark a turning point in American constitutional history—one in which presidential power overwhelms the traditional system of checks and balances?

That question is no longer academic. Corey Brettschneider, author of The Presidents and the People, notes that past challenges to civil liberties—from John Adams to Richard Nixon—have often triggered successful public resistance. But even he expresses doubt that such outcomes are guaranteed in today’s polarized climate. “We have these past victories to draw on,” Brettschneider said. “But we shouldn’t be naïve: The system is fragile. We just don’t know if American democracy will survive.”

Yuval Levin remains somewhat more optimistic. He sees the Supreme Court as the last likely counterweight to Trump’s ambitions. While he acknowledges that Congress is unlikely to resist, he believes the Court will ultimately differentiate between a president’s authority over the executive branch and overreach into other branches and civil society.

“So this court will simultaneously strengthen the president’s command of the executive branch,” Levin predicts, “and restrain the president’s attempts to violate the separation of powers.”

Still, even that vision suggests a presidency transformed—and a constitutional system facing a stress test unlike any in modern times.

Women Take the Lead in Philanthropy as Billionaire Boomers Fade Out

The era dominated by billionaire baby boomer men steering global philanthropy is drawing to a close. As icons like Bill Gates and Warren Buffett wind down their historic contributions, a new wave is rising—wealthy women, led by the likes of MacKenzie Scott, are now taking charge of charitable giving. With proposed tax reforms threatening the traditional foundation model, the future of philanthropy is being reshaped by trust-based giving and innovative donation strategies pioneered by these women.

Bill Gates and Warren Buffett once stood as titans of philanthropic giving, often compared to the Rockefellers and Carnegies for their transformational impact. They brought about a new Gilded Age of charity, establishing a model for billionaire benevolence. However, this landscape is undergoing dramatic changes. As liberal institutions face mounting tax pressures and unconventional giving strategies gain ground, a broader and more diverse group of philanthropists is poised to redefine the field.

Earlier in May, Gates revealed his plan to close the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, committing to distribute $200 billion by 2045 and to give away his personal $100 billion fortune in the process. Amir Pasic, dean of the Lilly Family School of Philanthropy at Indiana University, reflected on the ripple effects of Gates’ decision, saying, “There’s an air of anticipation in terms of if and how people are going to follow in his footsteps.”

Simultaneously, Warren Buffett, now 94, is preparing to step away from the helm of Berkshire Hathaway. His Giving Pledge, which inspired 240 billionaires to commit around $600 billion to philanthropic causes, dramatically expanded the culture of elite giving. But with Buffett stepping back, questions arise about the continuity of these commitments and whether future billionaires will uphold the pledge’s intentions in his absence.

Despite these transitions, experts say the philanthropic momentum won’t stop—instead, it may accelerate and become more inclusive. “We’re likely to see more women come out of the shadows,” Pasic predicted, signaling a shift in who holds influence in the charitable sector.

One major force reshaping philanthropy is a proposed change in U.S. tax policy. A recently approved budget reconciliation package includes a 10% tax on foundations with assets exceeding $5 billion. This move could significantly impact large liberal institutions such as those founded by Gates, George Soros, and Mark Zuckerberg.

Kathleen McCarthy, director of the Center on Philanthropy at CUNY, warned that the impact would be uneven. “The reason this is insidious is that it’s going to really hit the big liberal foundations like Gates, Ford, and Soros,” she said. “Whereas the conservative foundations are much smaller and they will pay a much lower rate.”

This shift in taxation is prompting billionaires to reevaluate their giving strategies. “They will start looking at alternative mechanisms once they realize that they’re going to be forced to sunset foundations,” McCarthy explained. “That’s what’s being jeopardized right now.”

One of the most significant alternatives gaining attention is the method used by MacKenzie Scott. Her model of “stealth giving” involves donating large sums directly to nonprofits without imposing restrictions or demanding detailed reports. She simply trusts recipients to make good use of the money.

As traditional foundation-based models come under strain, Scott’s direct and discreet approach is gaining traction. “I think she’s a trendsetter and sort of moral ballast to the way that Gates has been,” noted Bella DeVaan, associate director of the charity reform initiative at the Institute for Policy Studies. “I do see that being not just a trend, but shifting common sense towards trust-based philanthropy.”

Scott’s donations come through her Yield Giving foundation, which has disbursed more than $19.25 billion to 2,450 nonprofits. Her impact has proven that significant giving can be accomplished without elaborate bureaucracies. Experts believe her style will inspire other billionaires to adopt a more streamlined and anonymous model of charity to avoid taxation and bureaucratic hurdles.

DeVaan also anticipates that Melinda French Gates, another philanthropic heavyweight, could lead the way in adopting the philanthropic limited liability company (LLC) model—an alternative to traditional foundations that offers more flexibility and privacy.

A deeper pattern is emerging across the philanthropic landscape: women are no longer just supporting roles in charitable work—they’re becoming the primary drivers. In 2024 alone, more than 200 new billionaires have been minted—an average of four every week—and many of them are women. As more women accumulate wealth and power, their presence in philanthropy is becoming increasingly prominent and may soon define the sector.

When experts are asked who might fill the void left by Gates and Buffett, one name consistently surfaces: MacKenzie Scott. Her unique approach to giving—bypassing traditional vetting and bureaucracy—sets her apart. “This is a woman making a pretty bold statement about how she’s going to give her money away: by trusting the recipients, and not asking for any reporting back,” Pasic observed. “She’s in contrast to the very technocratic way that Bill Gates has approached matters.”

Melinda French Gates also remains a key player. Having played a vital role in the Gates Foundation, she continues to lead independent efforts in global health, gender equality, and family planning. Meanwhile, other philanthropic couples like Mark Zuckerberg and Priscilla Chan are investing heavily in human health innovations.

Though these women may appear to be breaking new ground, their involvement in philanthropy is not without precedent. Historical figures like Madam C.J. Walker—a pioneering African American businesswoman and the first self-made female millionaire—were notable benefactors in their time, even if they received less public recognition.

Now, in 2025, women in the U.S. have greater access to wealth, education, and leadership than ever before. As they rise into top executive positions and assert control over their finances, their influence in philanthropy continues to grow.

“You’ll see women becoming much more prominent mega donors,” McCarthy concluded. “They’re very comfortable handling money. They’re very comfortable doing research, and they’re looking for ways to change the system.”

The torch of philanthropy is being passed to a new generation—one shaped not just by shifting tax codes and policy reforms, but by the quiet revolution of women donors who are reshaping giving on their own terms. The era of Gates and Buffett may be ending, but a new, more inclusive chapter is already being written.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

House Republicans Revise Tax and Spending Bill to Secure Passage

In a last-ditch effort to unify their ranks, House Republican leaders have made substantial revisions to a broad tax and spending bill. These changes, aimed at appeasing both conservative and moderate factions within the GOP, target key issues such as the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, Medicaid reforms, energy tax credits, gender-affirming care, and federal retirement benefits. The updates are part of a manager’s amendment designed to secure enough votes to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote.

One of the most notable updates involves the timeline for Medicaid work requirements. Originally, the House version of what Republicans dubbed Trump’s “big, beautiful bill” had scheduled these requirements to begin in early 2029. However, under pressure from fiscal conservatives eager to cut spending, the implementation date has been significantly accelerated. Now, the new provisions stipulate that the work requirements must be in place no later than the end of 2025. This push aligns with conservative efforts to discourage Medicaid expansion and tighten eligibility criteria.

Another major change is in the SALT deduction cap, a contentious issue for GOP moderates representing high-tax states. Initially, the legislation proposed raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for households earning up to $400,000. The revised version expands that relief further, increasing the cap to $40,000 for individuals earning up to $500,000. This move came in response to intense pressure from moderate Republicans, who warned that they might oppose the bill unless it provided greater tax relief to their constituents. The SALT deduction, which allows residents to subtract certain state and local taxes from their federal tax obligations, is especially valuable in Democratic-leaning states with higher tax rates.

Energy policy also saw significant adjustments. The updated bill accelerates the phase-out of green energy tax credits, a demand from conservative hardliners who felt the previous timeline was too lenient. The original version allowed projects to begin receiving partial credits through 2032, provided they began producing electricity after 2028. The new versioneliminates these partial credits altogether. Now, any project that starts generating electricity after 2028 will be ineligible for the credits. Moreover, to qualify, projects must commence construction within 60 days of the bill becoming law.

Despite the tougher rules, the revised legislation includes a carve-out for nuclear power. Under this exception, nuclear projects only need to start construction — not electricity production — by the end of 2028 in order to qualify for the credit. This distinction reflects growing Republican interest in promoting nuclear energy as a reliable and non-carbon source of power.

On the issue of gender-affirming care, the changes reflect a broader ideological shift. The original bill sought to block Medicaid funding for gender transition procedures for minors. The updated version takes that a step further by extending the ban to adults as well. This amendment underscores the increasing GOP efforts to limit government support for gender-affirming healthcare across all age groups.

Another symbolic but politically charged change is the renaming of “MAGA accounts” — an acronym for “Money Accounts for Growth and Advancement.” These savings accounts, proposed as a tool to promote education, will now be officially called “Trump accounts.” The proposal includes a provision for the federal government to deposit $1,000 into these accounts for each child born between January 1, 2025, and December 31, 2028. The rebranding aligns the bill more closely with the president’s identity and could help rally support from his base.

Environmental and public lands provisions were also revised. In response to backlash, Republicans removed a controversial amendment that would have allowed certain public lands in Utah and Nevada to be sold. In addition, the updated text deletes requirements for expanded oil drilling in Alaska’s National Petroleum Reserve and eliminates the mandate for a mining road in the state. These changes came after concerns were raised about environmental impacts and the rushed nature of those original additions.

In another key revision, the bill drops a proposal targeting retirement benefits for federal workers — a move that had drawn criticism from both sides of the aisle. Initially, the legislation suggested calculating federal pensions based on a worker’s highest five years of earnings, rather than the top three, which is the current law. This would have effectively reduced retirement payouts for many government employees.

Rep. Mike Turner, a Republican from Ohio, vocally opposed this part of the bill. “Making changes to pensions and retirement benefits in the middle of someone’s employment is wrong,” Turner said in a quote obtained by GovExec. “Changing the rules, especially when someone has already been vested in their benefits, is wrong. Employee benefits are not a gift, they’re earned.”

He continued, “I understand the need for reform, and we can certainly have changes occur for the benefits of new hires, but for current employees, to change the rules for people in the middle of the game is just wrong.”

This criticism helped galvanize support for removing the provision. Turner’s comments reflect a broader concern among federal employees and lawmakers who feared the change would undermine the government’s credibility as an employer.

Taken together, the amendments reveal a concerted effort by House GOP leadership to balance competing interests within their caucus. By addressing concerns from both moderates and conservatives, they aim to prevent defections and ensure the bill’s survival. The revised legislation now reflects a more aggressive timeline for cost savings, additional tax relief for higher earners in blue states, sharper restrictions on gender-affirming care, a stronger alignment with Trump branding, and more cautious environmental provisions.

These last-minute updates underscore the high stakes of the legislative battle, as Republican leaders seek to deliver a policy victory that aligns with both their fiscal priorities and their political base. With these changes in place, they hope to move the bill swiftly through the House — though its fate in the Senate remains uncertain.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

American Cardinal Robert Prevost Elected as New Pope in 2025 Papal Conclave

In a historic moment for the Roman Catholic Church, American-born Cardinal Robert Francis Prevost has been elected the 267th pope, taking the name Pope Leo XIV. The announcement, made from the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica, was met with thunderous applause and emotional outbursts from tens of thousands of faithful gathered in the Vatican’s St. Peter’s Square.

The declaration, “Habemus Papam!”—Latin for “We have a pope!”—was delivered by Cardinal Dominique Mamberti, the senior cardinal deacon, shortly after white smoke emerged from the chimney of the Sistine Chapel, signaling the successful election. It followed days of intense but secretive deliberation among 133 cardinal electors, who were secluded from the outside world throughout the conclave.

Pope Leo XIV, originally from Chicago, is the first American ever to be elevated to the papacy. He succeeds Pope Francis, who passed away earlier this year. At 69, Prevost brings with him a reputation for pastoral care, theological depth, and a broad understanding of global church dynamics—attributes many cardinals considered essential in a time of deep social and religious transitions.

A Moment of Joy and Renewal

Cheers erupted the moment the white smoke was spotted. The mood across St. Peter’s Square was electric, with flags from across the globe waving above crowds of pilgrims, clergy, and tourists. Bands played as the Swiss Guard, clad in traditional harlequin uniforms, prepared for the ceremonial reveal.

Caroline Cooper, 70, who traveled from London, described the event as “a deeply emotional and historic moment.” “We were here for Pope John Paul II and Pope Francis. But never did I imagine I would witness an American pope,” she said tearfully.

Nicole and Ryan, a couple visiting from New York, called the moment “surreal.” “It’s like Times Square on New Year’s Eve, but holier,” Ryan added with a smile.

A Papal Identity with Global Relevance

Pope Leo XIV’s election was seen by many as a reflection of the Church’s shifting demographic center. With Catholic populations growing fastest in Latin America, Africa, and Asia, the election of a pope from North America marks a notable evolution in the Church’s global outlook.

“This is a pope who understands universality,” said Father Piere Domerson, a Haitian priest studying in Rome. “He has the heart of the Global South and the structure of the West. That balance is what the Church needs.”

In Philadelphia, Archbishop Nelson Jesus Pérez praised the new pontiff, calling him a “wonderful, gentle, profound man of God” and “a great gift to the Church and the world.”

Conclave Amid High Anticipation

The papal conclave began under tight security and strict isolation, with the cardinal electors forbidden from any contact with the outside world. Voting took place inside the Sistine Chapel under the watchful eyes of Michelangelo’s “Last Judgment.”

Unlike political elections, papal conclaves offer no public campaigning or polling. Cardinals take oaths of secrecy and cast handwritten ballots after prayerful reflection, swearing before God to vote for the man they believe is most worthy.

The ballots are burned after each round, producing either black smoke (inconclusive) or white smoke (a successful election). On Thursday afternoon, thick white smoke finally signaled a decision had been reached.

A Party in St. Peter’s Square

The announcement transformed the square into a scene of celebration. Jubilant cries of “Viva il Papa!” rang out, and crowds took selfies and waved national flags. One clergyman, hoisted on shoulders, held a Brazilian flag aloft as he flashed peace signs to the cheering masses.

Restaurants surrounding the Vatican saw surges of customers, despite limited mobile signals due to the conclave’s communication blackout. “It’s hard to work under these conditions, but today is different—we’re part of history,” said café manager Flor Venegas.

Even the culinary scene played a role in the day’s color. Alessandro Masseroni, a deacon from northern Italy, proudly stated, “We celebrated with carbonara. No cream—just the Roman way.”

What’s Next for Pope Leo XIV

Inside the Vatican, shortly after his election, the new pope donned his white papal cassock and the symbolic Fisherman’s Ring. He prayed in the Pauline Chapel before stepping onto the central balcony—the Loggia of the Blessings—to greet the world for the first time as Pope Leo XIV.

In his first remarks, he offered blessings to the faithful and paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis. While his full vision for the papacy is yet to be outlined, observers expect a focus on unity, social justice, and re-engaging younger generations.

“He carries the humility of Francis but has the clarity and reformist instincts of John Paul II,” noted one Vatican analyst.

A Symbol of Change

Pope Leo XIV’s election symbolizes more than just geographic diversity. It’s a message to Catholics worldwide that the Church is willing to embrace change while staying rooted in tradition.

For many watching, from Brazil to Poland to the Philippines, this day will be remembered not only for the historic choice of an American pope but also for the renewed hope and connection it brought to the world’s 1.4 billion Catholics.

As the bells of St. Peter’s Basilica continued to ring and pilgrims lingered long after dusk, the message was clear: A new chapter in the Church’s long and storied history has begun.

Source Credit: NBC News

https://www.nbcnews.com/world/the-vatican/live-blog/conclave-2025-live-updates-rcna205525

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Critics Slam Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Drive as Destructive and Ineffective

As Elon Musk exits his position leading the so-called Department of Government Efficiency (Doge), a growing number of experts in public administration are voicing concern that the initiative has failed to enhance government services—and may have, in fact, harmed them.

“Doge is not offering any solid claims that it has improved services in any way,” said Donald Moynihan, a professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “Rather, it has made the quality of some government services worse.”

Musk, currently the world’s wealthiest individual, was tapped by Donald Trump in January to oversee the administration’s efficiency efforts. Appointed as a “special government employee,” Musk was restricted from serving more than 180 days. With his tenure now over and ongoing challenges in his business empire demanding attention, Musk is stepping away—but not without making some bold claims.

Despite widespread skepticism, Musk has declared that Doge achieved $150 billion in savings. However, numerous budget analysts dispute this figure, citing a pattern of Musk making inflated and inaccurate claims. The touted savings also fall significantly short of Musk’s originally stated goal of trimming $1 trillion from government expenditures.

Public policy specialists like Moynihan argue that Musk and Doge focused more on applying a cutthroat, private-sector mindset of slashing payrolls than on actually making government work better for citizens. Rather than investing in long-term service improvements, they accuse Doge of resorting to mass layoffs and quick budget cuts.

Martha Gimbel, executive director of the Yale Budget Lab, described the project as reckless. “They were the ‘department of government slash and burn’,” she said. “There doesn’t seem to be an approach to dig in on places where government services could really be improved. Any improvement in government services takes time. You have to invest. You have to build it out. You have to figure out how to fix it.”

Asked whether Doge had improved any services, Gimbel laughed before replying: “No. There has clearly been a degeneration of government services.”

Indeed, both experts and everyday citizens have reported worsening conditions in several areas. Veterans’ hospitals now require longer wait times for appointments. Calls to the Internal Revenue Service take longer to be answered. Social Security offices are increasingly crowded, and the departure of many experienced workers has left less-qualified staff giving out advice on benefits.

At a White House press conference on May 1, Musk defended his tenure. “In the grand scheme of things, I think we’ve been effective. Not as effective as I’d like. I think we could be more effective,” he said. “But we’ve made progress.”

Musk admitted, however, that achieving his $1 trillion savings goal proved far more difficult than anticipated. “It’s sort of, how much pain is the cabinet and the Congress willing to take?” he said. “It can be done, but it requires dealing with a lot of complaints.”

Despite Musk’s claims of progress, the White House declined to answer questions from the Guardian about deteriorating services or to offer examples of improved outcomes due to Doge’s efforts.

Gimbel warned that conditions are likely to worsen as the full impact of Doge’s job cuts plays out in the coming months. “Things will definitely get worse,” she said, pointing to the administration’s ongoing efforts to eliminate 80,000 positions at the Department of Veterans Affairs as just one example.

While Trump and Musk have frequently alleged widespread waste and fraud across government agencies, Gimbel said there’s a clear difference between targeted reform and indiscriminate cutting. “There is waste, and you can go after it,” she said. “People who have been in government know where those places are. There is a ton of tech that needs modernizing. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that. There’s a lot of Medicare and Medicaid overbilling. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that either. What you have is a relatively expensive exercise in slash-and-burn that sometime in the future will cost a lot to fix.”

Max Stier, president of the Partnership for Public Service, a nonprofit focused on government effectiveness, also expressed alarm. He likened Doge’s approach unfavorably to the strategies of former General Electric CEO Jack Welch, known for cost-cutting. “Jack Welch would be appalled by the approach that Doge has taken,” Stier said. “It’s not actually about cost-cutting. It’s about capability destroyed. Jack Welch would never, ever have fired people without having a real understanding about the way the organization worked and about the qualities of people who were being fired. This is an arbitrary exercise that has moved out employees who are often by far the most qualified rather than the least qualified.”

Stier dismissed Trump’s portrayal of Doge as a model of efficient reform. “That’s just not the case,” he said. “It’s hard to offer any rational basis for the decisions that are being made. There certainly aren’t any improvements that the American public will see.”

He warned of deeper consequences. “It’s burning down government capability,” he said. “It’s unquestionably clear that they are firing people willy-nilly and are disrupting government services without any understanding of the consequences or concern about the consequences. It’s a break-it-is-to-fix-it mentality. It isn’t a mentality that predominates in Silicon Valley. It’s sheer reckless behavior in the public sector because real people get hurt.”

Musk’s $150 billion savings figure, according to Stier, ignores the true costs of the upheaval. His organization estimates that Doge’s moves—through layoffs, rehirings, severance packages, paid leave, and lost productivity for over 100,000 workers—will ultimately cost taxpayers $135 billion in the current fiscal year. The broader public’s increased wait times and reduced service quality should also be factored in, experts argue.

Moynihan asserted that Musk’s entire philosophy was flawed. “His vision is that there is no way that government employees can produce anything of value,” Moynihan said. “So the idea of tools that makes government services better is completely alien to the Musk mindset.”

He added, “I think he believes that nothing public employees do has any real value, that they are not capable employees and therefore cutting them will do no harm. It’s a vision that doesn’t understand what public services are, why they exist and how they benefit people.”

Moynihan was especially critical of Musk for dismantling key initiatives designed to modernize government services, including gutting efforts to use technology more effectively and ending the Direct File program, which allowed citizens to file their taxes simply and at no cost.

Liz Shuler, president of the AFL-CIO, said Doge’s budget slashing would deeply harm workers. She highlighted cuts to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, an agency that conducts crucial research to ensure the safety of firefighters’ equipment. “There’s this notion that Doge is just cutting line items on a spreadsheet. It’s hurting real lives and real people,” Shuler said. “They’ve treated federal workers with blatant disregard and have been nothing short of dehumanizing and insulting toward them.”

Gimbel also cautioned about future public health risks tied to Doge’s actions. “Part of what government does is mitigate risk,” she explained. “Take food safety. Government inspectors decrease the risk that you will get listeria or salmonella. But when they reduce the number of food inspectors, will you get listeria or salmonella tomorrow? No. Will it probably increase the chances of people getting listeria and salmonella over the next five years? Yes.”

In the end, while Musk and Trump have promoted Doge as a bold effort to streamline government, many experts see it as a destructive campaign that has caused real damage with few, if any, public benefits.

Trump’s 2026 Budget Proposal Calls for Deep Domestic Cuts, Focus on Defense and Deportations

President Donald Trump’s administration unveiled its 2026 budget proposal on Friday, presenting a sweeping reconfiguration of federal spending priorities. The budget reflects the president’s broader vision for his second term, aligning with the direction set in his first 100 days back in office and marked by abrupt terminations of federal personnel.

This proposal includes dramatic reductions, or complete eliminations, of spending in numerous domestic programs. Key targets include child care services, disease research, renewable energy initiatives, and U.S. peacekeeping efforts abroad. Many of these cuts are already in progress under the guidance of Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency. At the same time, the plan boosts funding by billions of dollars for Trump’s high-priority immigration enforcement and mass deportation policies.

Trump’s administration maintains its commitment to ending what it calls “woke programs.” This includes the elimination of preschool grants to states that run diversity programs. It also follows through on Trump’s vow to put an end to what he refers to as the “weaponization of government,” by slashing funding for the Internal Revenue Service, despite criticism that he himself is leveraging government power against perceived adversaries.

Overall, the White House estimates that the proposal reduces domestic spending by $163 billion, or 22.6 percent below current funding levels. In contrast, Trump seeks to inject $375 billion in new funding for the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense. This funding surge is part of what Trump calls his “big, beautiful bill” — a legislative package combining significant tax cuts with major reductions in spending. He insists this is essential to repel what he characterizes as a “foreign invasion,” even as data shows migrant arrivals at historic lows.

House Speaker Mike Johnson praised the plan, describing it as “a bold blueprint that reflects the values of hardworking Americans and the commitment to American strength and prosperity.”

Although presidential budgets are not legally binding, they often serve as guiding documents in the fiscal debates that unfold in Congress. Trump’s 2026 proposal is his first since returning to the White House and offers insight into his second-term ambitions and the broader Republican agenda on Capitol Hill.

The timing of the budget also intersects with Trump’s ongoing imposition of tariffs, which many view as a de facto tax increase. These tariffs, totaling potentially hundreds of billions of dollars, have sparked global trade tensions. Consumers, CEOs, and international leaders alike worry that this trade war could tilt the U.S. economy toward a downturn.

In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump rejected claims that a recession was looming. When host Kristen Welker brought up Wall Street analysts’ growing concerns, Trump responded, “Well, you know, you say, some people on Wall Street say. Well, I tell you something else. Some people on Wall Street say that we’re going to have the greatest economy in history.”

Democrats were quick to criticize the budget as harmful to average Americans. Senator Patty Murray of Washington, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, said, “President Trump has made his priorities clear as day: he wants to outright defund programs that help working Americans,” while simultaneously “he shovels massive tax breaks at billionaires like himself and raises taxes on middle-class Americans with his reckless tariffs.”

The budget outline was presented by the White House Office of Management and Budget, led by Russell Vought. A key architect of Project 2025 from the conservative Heritage Foundation, Vought provided only topline figures in a leaner, “skinny” version of the full budget.

It addresses discretionary spending, which currently totals about $1.83 trillion annually across defense and nondefense sectors. Under Trump’s plan, this amount would drop by $163 billion, bringing it down to $1.69 trillion. However, this figure represents only a fraction of the government’s nearly $7 trillion overall budget, which includes mandatory spending programs like Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid.

In recent years, federal budgets have steadily grown, as have deficits, which now approach $2 trillion annually. Interest payments on the national debt alone are nearing $1 trillion per year, driven in part by emergency COVID-19 spending, tax reforms that cut revenue, and rising costs tied to aging-related health care. The U.S. national debt currently stands at $36 trillion.

Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, emphasized the need for a comprehensive solution. “We need a budget that tells the full story, and it should control spending, reduce borrowing, bring deficits down,” she said.

Key proposals in the budget include slashing the State Department and international programs by 84 percent, leaving them with just $9.6 billion. This includes drastic reductions to the U.S. Agency for International Development. The Department of Health and Human Services would be cut by $33.3 billion, and the Department of Education would see a $12 billion decrease. Both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health face major funding reductions.

Conversely, the Department of Defense would receive an additional $113.3 billion, and the Department of Homeland Security would gain another $42.3 billion, subject to congressional approval of Trump’s broader legislative plan. However, this defense funding boost has not been universally embraced among Republicans.

Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the former GOP Senate Leader, labeled the defense spending hike a “gimmick.” He added, “America cannot expect our allies to heed calls for greater annual defense spending if we are unwilling to lead by example. Fortunately, Presidential budget requests are just that: requests. Congress will soon have an opportunity to ensure that American power – and the credibility of our commitments – are appropriately resourced.”

The power to determine federal spending lies with Congress, which must pass legislation to fund agencies and programs. That process often breaks down, leading to temporary funding measures to prevent government shutdowns. Lawmakers are currently working on Trump’s “big bill” that pairs tax reductions with massive spending cuts and expanded deportation efforts — unlike the budget blueprint, this package would carry legal authority.

Russell Vought is expected to appear before Congress in the coming weeks to defend the administration’s proposals. A veteran of Trump’s first term, Vought played a significant role in shaping the current vision. He also authored a detailed section in the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 outlining a major overhaul of the federal government.

Vought is separately preparing a $9 billion package aimed at defunding both the U.S. Agency for International Development and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which includes PBS and NPR. Late Thursday, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Corporation for Public Broadcasting and other agencies to halt funding for public media.

Vought has indicated that this $9 billion proposal would be only the first in a series of so-called “budget rescissions.” These measures are designed to test how willing lawmakers are to go on record supporting significant funding rollbacks.

End of De Minimis Exemption Signals Higher Costs for U.S. Shoppers and a Shift in Trade Policy

Many Americans may only now begin to experience the tangible impact of President Donald Trump’s broad tariff policies. That’s because a key shipping exemption known as the de minimis rule officially expired just after midnight on Friday. This rule had previously allowed goods valued at $800 or less to enter the United States without tariffs, bypassing many inspections and bureaucratic procedures.

The de minimis loophole was pivotal in transforming American shopping habits. It enabled Chinese online retailers such as Shein, Temu, and AliExpress to deliver a wide range of ultra-affordable products—from craft supplies and patio décor to clothing and camera gear—directly into American homes. With its removal, baseline tariffs as steep as 145% are now being imposed on Chinese imports, which could more than double the cost of items that bargain-hunting consumers have come to rely on.

This development is reverberating across social media platforms, where consumers are reacting with alarm. For the first time, abstract trade policy is being translated into something consumers can physically see: a higher receipt at checkout.

Shipping giants including UPS, FedEx, DHL, and the U.S. Postal Service report they are ready to handle the change. A spokesperson from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) affirmed to CNN, “We are prepared and equipped to carry out enhanced package screenings and enforce orders effectively.”

However, whether the average American consumer is truly prepared for these changes is another story.

Earlier this year, when Trump first curtailed the de minimis exemption for shipments originating from Hong Kong and China, the consequences were immediate and disruptive. The U.S. Postal Service briefly halted parcel deliveries from China, and packages that were shipped experienced substantial delays with little to no tracking available domestically.

At the core of the disruption is the sheer volume of affected shipments. A congressional research report found that over 80% of all U.S. e-commerce shipments in 2022 were classified as de minimis imports, most of which came from China. According to CBP, the agency processes nearly 4 million of these duty-free shipments daily, and the total number of such packages in the last fiscal year reached 1.36 billion.

This enormous volume includes everything from dog accessories and kids’ bead kits to kitchen tools and trinkets. Regular users of platforms like Temu and Shein told CNN that these sites have become increasingly popular as American-made products grow less affordable.

“I can’t afford to buy from Temu now, and I already couldn’t afford to buy in this country,” said Rena Scott, a 64-year-old retired nurse from Virginia, in a comment to CNN Business.

The new policy is likely to hit lower-income households the hardest. Research from economists at UCLA and Yale in February revealed that 48% of de minimis shipments were delivered to the poorest zip codes in the U.S., while only 22% went to the wealthiest areas.

This shift might not be instantaneous but is expected to unfold gradually. Even before the exemption officially expired, retailers like Shein and Temu began adjusting their prices. CNN monitored these hikes in real time.

Shein addressed the change directly in a public notice, stating, “Due to recent changes in global trade rules and tariffs, our operating expenses have gone up. To keep offering the products you love without compromising on quality, we will be making price adjustments. We’re doing everything we can to keep prices low and minimize the impact on you.”

Temu, meanwhile, is adapting its operational model. A spokesperson told CNN that the platform is increasingly relying on domestic fulfillment and expanding its network of U.S.-based sellers. “Temu’s pricing for U.S. consumers remains unchanged as the platform transitions to a local fulfillment model,” the company said. “All sales in the U.S. are now handled by locally based sellers, with orders fulfilled from within the country.”

It remains uncertain whether further price hikes will occur among these or other online retailers.

Shipping companies are also adjusting to the change. DHL confirmed to CNN that it has “increased our staffing levels in order to support the additional volume of informal entry clearances we anticipate.”

Meanwhile, the tariff changes themselves are significant. Goods from China and Hong Kong transported by major couriers such as UPS, DHL, and FedEx are now subject to a baseline 145% tariff, in addition to specific duties based on the type of product. Items arriving via USPS face a 120% base tariff or a $100 flat fee per item. That flat fee will rise to $200 beginning June 1.

While core supporters of Trump’s “Make America Great Again” movement continue to stand by him, suggesting in social media posts and interviews that they are willing to weather short-term economic hardship, broader public sentiment is shifting.

A CNN poll conducted by SSRS last month found that 59% of Americans believe Trump’s policies have worsened the U.S. economy. The survey, held between April 17 and 24, came shortly after the White House introduced a series of expansive new tariffs on numerous countries, only to then pause several of them. Nevertheless, 60% of respondents felt Trump’s policies have led to a higher cost of living in their communities.

Now, with the end of the de minimis exemption, those cost increases could become even more noticeable.

At a Cabinet meeting on Thursday, Trump emphasized the significance of the move. “It’s a very, it’s a big deal,” he said. Describing the de minimis rule, he added, “a big scam.” He concluded with, “And we’ve ended, we put an end to it.”

With a stroke of policy, everyday consumers may now find themselves paying more for items they once bought at rock-bottom prices. What was once a behind-the-scenes matter of international trade rules has now become a kitchen table issue for millions of Americans, many of whom are confronting it for the first time not in headlines, but on their receipts.

-+=